As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2020
File No. 000-
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
Delaware | 85-2950084 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or registration) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) | |
9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920, New York, NY | 10019 | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip Code) |
(212) 588-6700
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
with copies to:
Richard J. Byrne Franklin BSP Capital Corporation 9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920 New York, NY 10019 (212) 588-6700 |
|
Thomas J. Friedmann Matthew J. Carter
Jonathan
H. Gaines
One International Place, 40th Floor 100 Oliver Street Boston, MA 02110-2605 |
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock,
par value $0.001 per share
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | ¨ |
Non-accelerated filer | ¨ | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
Emerging growth company | x |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. x
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-i-
Franklin BSP Capital Corporation is filing this registration statement on Form 10 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), on a voluntary basis in order to permit it to file an election to be regulated as a business development company (a “BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and to provide current public information to the investment community and comply with applicable requirements for the possible future quotation or listing of its securities on a national securities exchange or other public trading market.
In this Registration Statement, except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” refer to Franklin BSP Capital L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, for the periods prior to consummation of the Conversion (as defined below), and refers to Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, for the periods following the Conversion. We refer to Franklin BSP Capital Adviser L.L.C., our investment adviser, as our “Adviser,” and Benefit Street Partners L.L.C., our administrator, as “Benefit Street Partners,” “BSP,” or our “Administrator.” The term “stockholders” refers to holders of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”).
The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. As a result, the Company is eligible to take advantage of certain reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies including, but not limited to, not being subject to the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. See “Item 1. Business – JOBS Act.”
Upon the effective date of this Registration Statement, we will be subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act, including the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act, which will require us to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K. We will also be required to comply with all other obligations of the Exchange Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act. The SEC maintains an Internet Website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the reports mentioned in this section.
Some of the statements in this Registration Statement constitute forward-looking statements because they relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this Registration Statement may include statements as to:
· | our future operating results; |
· | the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and our portfolio companies, including our and their ability to access capital and liquidity; |
· | changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets, including the effect of the current COVID-19 pandemic; |
· | the impact that the discontinuation of LIBOR and the transition to new reference rates could have on the value of any LIBOR-indexed portfolio investments we may hold and the cost of borrowing under any credit facilities we may enter into; |
· | the impact of the investments that we expect to make; |
· | the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives; |
· | our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties; |
· | our expected financings and investments; |
· | the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital; |
· | the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies; |
· | our repurchase of shares; |
· | actual and potential conflicts of interest with our Adviser and its affiliates; |
· | the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we invest; |
· | the ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and a business development company (“BDC”); |
· | the timing, form and amount of any distributions; |
· | the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on our business; |
· | the valuation of any investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market; |
· | the impact of changes to generally accepted accounting principles, and the impact to the Company; |
· | the impact of changes to tax legislation and, generally, our tax position; |
· | the ability of our Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments; and |
· | the ability of our Adviser and its affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals. |
In addition, words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “seek,” “estimate,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “target,” “project,” and variations of these words and similar expressions indicate a forward-looking statement, although not all forward-looking statements include these words. The forward-looking statements contained in this Registration Statement involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those implied or express in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including the factors set forth in “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” some of which also appear elsewhere in this Registration Statement. Examples of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include:
· | change in the economy; |
· | risks associated with possible disruption in our operations or the economy generally due to terrorism or natural disasters; and |
· | future changes in laws or regulations and conditions in our operating areas. |
We have based the forward-looking statements included in this Registration Statement on information available to us on the date of this Registration Statement, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Except as required by the federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Investors are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly or through reports that we in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. The forward-looking statements and projections contained in this Registration Statement are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by Section 27A of the Securities Act.
2
ITEM 1. | BUSINESS |
We are a newly formed, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC and intends to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC. We were formed as a Delaware limited liability company on January 29, 2020 with the name Franklin BSP Capital L.L.C. Effective September 23, 2020, we converted to a Delaware corporation pursuant to which Franklin BSP Capital Corporation succeeded to the business of Franklin BSP Capital L.L.C. (the “Conversion”).
We are managed by the Adviser, an affiliate of Benefit Street Partners. Our Adviser is a limited liability company that is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). Our Adviser oversees the management of our activities and is responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio.
Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. We intend to invest primarily in first and second lien senior secured loans, and to a lesser extent, mezzanine loans, unsecured loans and equity of predominantly private U.S. middle market companies. We define middle market companies as those with annual revenues up to $1 billion, although we may invest in larger or smaller companies. We also may purchase interests in loans or corporate bonds through secondary market transactions. We intend to use our proceeds from this offering to finance our investment objectives. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations.
Senior secured loans generally are senior debt instruments that rank ahead of subordinated debt and equity in priority of payments and are generally secured by liens on the operating assets of a borrower which may include inventory, receivables, plant, property and equipment. Mezzanine debt is subordinated to senior loans and is generally unsecured. For a discussion of the risks inherent in our portfolio investments, please see the discussion under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
We may co-invest, subject to the conditions included in the exemptive order received by affiliates of our Adviser from the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), with certain of our affiliates. See “Item 1. Business — “Potential Conflicts of Interests; Co-Investment Opportunities” and “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” below. We believe that such co-investments afford us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification.
As a BDC, we are generally required to invest at least 70% of our total assets primarily in securities of private and certain U.S. public companies (other than certain financial institutions), cash, cash equivalents and U.S. government securities and other limited float high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.
We are permitted to borrow money from time to time within the levels permitted by the 1940 Act that are applicable to us. Subject to the receipt of certain approvals and compliance with certain disclosure requirements, we are permitted to reduce our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act from 200% to 150% so long as we meet certain disclosure requirements and, since our securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, offer to repurchase the shares of our stockholders as of the applicable approval date. As of [*], our sole stockholder approved the application of the reduced asset coverage requirements to us and declined the Company’s offer to repurchase all of its outstanding shares of common stock. As a result, we are subject to the reduced asset coverage requirements in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, which permit a BDC to double the maximum amount of leverage that it is permitted to incur by reducing the asset coverage requirements applicable to such BDC from 200% to 150%.
3
About Our Adviser, BSP and Franklin Templeton
Our Adviser is served by BSP’s origination, investment and portfolio management team. BSP consists of over 220 total employees as of June 30, 2020. The Adviser is a subsidiary of BSP and is also registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act.
BSP is a leading credit-focused alternative asset management firm with over $28 billion in assets under management as of June 30, 2020. Established in 2008, the BSP platform manages funds for institutions and high-net-worth investors across various credit funds and complementary strategies, including private/opportunistic debt, structured credit, high yield, special situations, and commercial real estate debt. These strategies complement each other as they all leverage the sourcing, analytical, compliance, and operational capabilities that encompass BSP’s robust platform.
Franklin Resources, Inc. (NYSE:BEN) is a global investment management organization with subsidiaries operating as Franklin Templeton and serving clients in over 165 countries. Franklin Templeton’s mission is to help clients achieve better outcomes through investment management expertise, wealth management and technology solutions. Through its specialist investment managers, the company brings extensive capabilities in equity, fixed income, alternatives and custom multi-asset solutions. With offices in over 30 countries and 1,300 investment professionals, the California-based company has more than 70 years of investment experience and over $1.4 trillion in assets under management as of August 31, 2020.1
Our Adviser’s investment committee consists of Thomas Gahan, Chief Executive Officer of BSP, Michael Paasche, Senior Managing Director of BSP, and Blair D. Faulstich, Senior Portfolio Manager for Private Debt at BSP, each with over 20 years of experience in the financial services industry and substantial experience in originating, underwriting and structuring credit investments.
Investment Strategy
Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. We intend to invest primarily in first and second lien senior secured loans, and to a lesser extent, mezzanine loans, unsecured loans and equity of predominantly private U.S. middle market companies. We define middle market companies as those with annual revenues up to $1 billion, although we may invest in larger or smaller companies. We also may purchase interests in loans or corporate bonds through secondary market transactions.
Senior secured loans generally are senior debt instruments that rank ahead of subordinated debt and equity in priority of payments and are generally secured by liens on the operating assets of a borrower which may include inventory, receivables, plant, property and equipment. Mezzanine debt is subordinated to senior loans and is generally unsecured.
In seeking this objective, we intend to target a differentiated investment strategy comprised of six key components:
· | sourcing of primarily private debt opportunities through Benefit Street Partners’ extensive proprietary networks and close relationships; |
· | prioritization of non-competitive, “strategic capital” opportunities, including non-sponsored investments; |
· | creative and flexible approach to providing capital; |
1 | Assets under management represent combined assets of Franklin Templeton Investments, Legg Mason, and subsidiary investment management groups. Franklin Templeton Investments acquired Legg Mason on July 31, 2020. |
4
· | optimization of investment level risk/return profile; |
· | maintaining fund-level downside protection through world-class risk management and multi-dimensional diversification; and |
· | ability to take advantage of opportunities Benefit Street Partners believes are mispriced. |
Sourcing of primarily private debt opportunities. At the heart of the Company’s investment strategy is its approach to sourcing attractive private debt opportunities by capitalizing on Benefit Street Partners’ extensive networks as well as its proprietary relationships and insights.
This differentiated transaction-sourcing framework comprises hundreds of close, long-standing personal relationships that have been forged over the course of several decades and hundreds of transactions. Benefit Street Partners’ personnel have collectively been involved in thousands of credit transactions over the course of their careers as senior bankers at preeminent institutions at the center of the global credit markets. Primarily through hands-on, personal involvement in these investments and transactions, the Benefit Street Partners team has developed and maintained a broad and diversified network of contacts throughout the deal transaction ecosystem. This network is a rich source of proprietary idea and deal generation, often yielding a “first look” at attractive private debt opportunities.
Prioritize non-competitive, “strategic capital” opportunities. The Company seeks to prioritize non-competitive, “strategic capital” opportunities where BSP is well-positioned as a debt provider by virtue of its industry insights, capital markets expertise or other differentiating attribute. BSP participates in both transactions initiated with the backing of private equity firms and transactions without such backing and has historically followed a balanced approach to allocating into both types of deals. BSP incorporates a component of transactions without private equity backing into its managed portfolios because they are typically less competitive, and therefore often result in better yield and other terms per unit of risk than sponsored loans. Having said that, deals without private equity backing tend to be more episodic in nature than sponsor deals. As such, the Company also expects to invest in private equity-backed loans with a focus on targeting non-competitive transactions. Ultimately, BSP evaluates the risk-reward profile of every investment on a case-by-case basis, and its primary aim is to participate in transactions where BSP has influence over terms, covenants and governance of these investments. In BSP’s experience, investment opportunities where BSP is viewed as provider of “strategic capital,” as opposed to just capital, have generally been more attractive from a risk-reward perspective.
Investment-level risk/return profile optimization. Every investment opportunity is evaluated on a standalone basis and must have an attractive risk-reward profile to be considered for an investment. As mentioned above, the Company prioritizes situations which are less competitive and where we are viewed as “strategic capital” providers. This means that the Company prioritizes a combination of non-sponsored investment opportunities, which by their nature are less competitive, as well as non-competitive sponsored investment opportunities. Most importantly, every investment is evaluated individually with regard to its risk vs. reward profile. Our aim is to invest in opportunities where we are being paid higher yields per unit of risk than what is contemplated in the broader market. Additionally, even though our investments are made from the bottom up, we aim to produce a broad portfolio of assets, which together are reflective of the types of risk we think are appropriate in any given environment. The Company intends to target investments where attractive returns and upside potential is accompanied by solid, reliable and measurable downside protection. In addition to downside protection that comes from the contractual nature of returns inherent in all debt structures, the Company plans to employ a wide range of investment-specific mechanisms to provide further downside protection in many of its investments.
Fund-level downside protection via risk management and broad based investment strategy. Transcending all components of the Company’s investment strategy is the overarching goal of downside protection at the fund-level through experienced portfolio management. Our Adviser seeks to accomplish this objective through disciplined application of risk management best practices across the portfolio combined with a broad based investment approach at the fund-level, and diversification across several discrete dimensions. Benefit Street Partners’ risk management practices are grounded in an established investment process comprising systematic underwriting, rigorous due diligence, third-party reports and investment committee approval accompanied by a proprietary and dynamic post-investment monitoring system for regularly updating issuer data (see “Item 1. Business — Investment Process”).
5
Ability to take advantage of opportunities Benefit Street Partners believes are mispriced. As a complement to its traditional middle market investments, Benefit Street Partners will preserve the flexibility to invest opportunistically, including in opportunities it believes are mispriced. Throughout Benefit Street Partners’ history, its private debt funds have been opportunistic in identifying the best risk-adjusted returns as determined by market-driven factors. Benefit Street Partners and its affiliates have successfully invested in private debt across a credit cycle.
Investment Restrictions. The Company will not make any investment, directly or indirectly, in coal-related companies, oil or gas reserves or invest in portfolio companies primarily engaged in directly investing in the exploration for, or the production of, coal, oil and gas reserves.
Market Opportunity
We believe that there exists a unique opportunity for BDCs with experience in investing in middle market companies. In our view, middle market companies provide attractive current yields and significant downside protection. The Company also aims to target investments presented by the large, persistent and compelling market opportunity that has been created by a structural supply/demand imbalance for private credit predominantly in North America. This imbalance is driven by substantial long-term changes in the debt capital markets following the credit crisis. Benefit Street Partners believes that the Company’s target market segment represents a large opportunity set for the Company, particularly for well-positioned investors that possess a scaled platform, deep credit markets experience, knowledge and proprietary sourcing networks.
Our current opportunity is highlighted by the following factors:
Large, persistent and compelling market opportunity. The fundamental premise underpinning the Company’s investment thesis is that there is a compelling near- and medium-term opportunity to provide capital to middle market companies on attractive terms. This opportunity is a function of the size and growth rate of the middle market segment of the U.S. economy as well as a substantial, persistent and structurally-driven supply/demand imbalance for middle market debt capital across North America.
Sizeable and growing segment of the economy. Middle market companies represent a significant segment of the U.S. economy. There are approximately 200,000 middle market companies in the U.S., each typically generating annual revenue between $10 million and $1 billion.2 Moreover, in our experience, middle market companies can have significant and recurring capital requirements and therefore, often require regular and reliable access to capital to build their businesses and compete effectively. Annual issuance of middle market loans has averaged over $169 billion since 2013.3
2 | “Q1 2019 Middle Market Indicator”. National Center for the Middle Market. 2019. |
3 | Refinitiv: “Middle Market 2Q20 Review,” June 2020. |
6
Source: Refinitiv: “Middle Market 2Q 2019 Review,” July 2019. “Middle market” is defined as issuers with loan size and revenue of less than or equal to $500 million.
Reduced supply of debt capital for middle market companies. The global financial crisis and its long-term aftereffects have reduced the amount of debt capital available to middle market companies from bank lenders.
The tables below summarize the banks’ retrenchment as providers of debt capital to the middle market.
Source: “2Q 2019 High-End Middle Market Lending Review.” S&P LCD. Note: Data reflects share of institutional investors in middle market leveraged loans. Middle market defined as issuers with EBITDA of $50 million or less.
Since the global financial crisis, the lending landscape has shifted as banks have pulled back their lending efforts to meet capital requirements imposed by Basel III and other regulations. In turn, alternative lenders have stepped in to fill this void by providing loans directly to companies without the use of a bank as an intermediary. The private debt market offers borrowers significant advantages relative to the syndicated market as described below:
7
Note: Characteristics above express the views of BSP.
Consolidation among commercial banks has reduced their focus on middle market businesses. As shown in the S&P LCD data in the chart above, commercial banks in the United States, which have traditionally been the primary source of capital to middle market companies, have substantially reduced market share of the loan volume to the middle market for, we believe, a variety of reasons, including consolidation, loan losses, and stricter regulatory scrutiny, which has led to a significant tightening of credit standards. Many financial institutions that have historically loaned to middle market companies have failed or been acquired, and we believe that larger financial institutions are now more focused on syndicated lending to larger corporations and are allocating capital to business lines that generate fee income and involve less balance sheet risk. We believe this market dynamic provides us with numerous opportunities to originate new debt and equity investments in middle market companies.
Consistent demand for debt capital by middle market companies. In contrast to the supply-side dynamic characterized by the diminished presence of traditional debt capital providers, Benefit Street Partners believes that demand for private debt capital will continue through the Company’s investment period. Benefit Street Partners believes a range of dynamics drive this demand, including both cyclical factors such as leveraged buyout and other sponsor-related activity and non-cyclical factors such as impending maturities of existing debt and the need for growth capital.
The need for debt capital to refinance maturing existing debt is particularly acute among middle market companies, with over $203 billion and $259 billion in sponsor and non-sponsor loans, respectively, maturing over the next six years in the U.S.4
4 | Refinitiv: “Middle Market 2Q20 Review,” June 2020. |
8
Source: Refinitiv: “Middle Market 2Q19 Review,” July 2019.
Middle market is defined for purposes of the above only as issuers with loan size and revenue of less than or equal to $500 million.
In addition, the M&A activity in the middle market remains robust. So far, M&A activity in 2020 saw total deal value of approximately $99 billion across 647 deals as of March 31, 2020. 2019 saw total deal value of approximately $477 billion across 3,293 deals, and in 2018 saw total deal value of approximately $448 billion across 3,108 transactions, an increase from $380 billion in 2017 and $310 billion in 2016. 5 With private market participants holding more dry powder, BSP believes firms have shown an increased willingness to spend on M&A as a means to put capital to work.
Attractive Asset Class on a Relative Value Basis. Within the loan space, the middle market continues to earn a premium over broadly syndicated loans.6 When comparing private debt investments with other core asset classes, private debt has provided investors with a favorable risk-adjusted return since 2011.
5 | US PE Middle Market Report, Pitchbook, Q1 2020. |
6 | Source: Refinitiv: “Middle Market 2Q20 Review,” July 2020. |
9
Large pool of uninvested private equity capital likely to seek additional capital to support private investments. We believe there remains a large pool of uninvested private equity capital available to middle market companies. We expect that private equity firms will be active investors in middle market companies and that these private equity firms will seek to supplement their equity investments with senior secured and mezzanine debt and equity co-investments from other sources, such as us.
Refinancing activities will provide continued opportunities to extend capital to middle market companies. As companies seek to refinance their debt, we believe this will create new financing opportunities for us.
Lower default rates and higher recovery rates in the middle market. Default rates remain relatively low, with generally higher recovery rates in the middle market. Middle market companies are generally over-equitized as compared to large cap companies.
Favorable pricing environment in the loan market. Lower valuation levels in certain situations, combined with reduced liquidity in the secondary loan market, have created opportunities to acquire relatively high yielding senior and subordinated debt, both secured and unsecured, at potentially attractive prices.
Investment Process
The Company’s expected investment process consists of several distinct phases as summarized in the following exhibit.
10
Expected Investment Process
Sourcing. The BSP credit team’s investment process typically begins with sourcing private debt opportunities through our extensive proprietary networks and other relationships (see “Item 1. Business — Investment Strategy”). Investment ideas deemed worthy of exploration are then channeled into a rigorous vetting process. Investment ideas are initially screened according to strict internal credit and pricing criteria. Ideas that pass this initial screen are then discussed among the broader Benefit Street Partners credit team. Only investment ideas that gain preliminary approval proceed to further evaluation.
Structuring. Investment ideas that receive favorable feedback result in a preliminary discussion with the proposed issuer under a non-disclosure agreement to confirm the issuer’s interest in the contemplated transaction prior to expending resources for full due diligence. During this phase, Benefit Street Partners focuses on creating a tailored financing solution for the company. Once created, the proposed solution is presented to the company so the company can consider whether the proposed structure makes sense. If both sides agree that the proposed financing solution is appropriate, a term sheet is generated, circulated and executed.
Investment Committee Preview. Upon execution of a term sheet, the deal team presents the terms and structure of the proposed investment to at least one member of the investment committee, for a full vetting. The current investment committee for the Company is composed of Messrs. Gahan, Paasche and Faulstich. The investment committee member will then either decline the opportunity or approve that the proposed investment proceed to full due diligence.
Full Due Diligence. Following the investment committee preview and approval, the deal team proceeds to full due diligence of the prospective investment and issuer. This phase of the investment process comprises all aspects of credit-oriented due diligence including fundamental financial and business analysis, comprehensive accounting and legal reviews, an overview of industry trends and business valuation. Benefit Street Partners’ fundamental analysis involves close scrutiny of financial statements to reveal key drivers of revenues, expenses and cash flow. Benefit Street Partners also typically conducts extensive management team interviews to uncover incremental insights into these drivers as well as other potential issues that could affect the company’s performance and its ability to service its debt obligations. To ensure completeness of its due diligence process, Benefit Street Partners supplements in-house resources as necessary with leading third-party specialists including accountants, appraisers, consultants and attorneys.
11
Final Investment Committee. Upon completion of full due diligence, the deal team formally presents the investment opportunity to the investment committee for approval. In addition to considering the proposed investment on its standalone merits, the investment committee considers the overall fit of the proposed investment within the portfolio. At least two of the three members of the investment committee must approve the transaction in order for the investment to go in the portfolio.
Investment and Monitoring. Completed investments are closely monitored and more formally reviewed, at the Company’s regular portfolio review meeting. BSP conducts regular meetings with management and stays in close contact with the issuer to ensure a steady stream of information (including compliance with loan covenants) and to get an early read on potential issues. Additionally, Benefit Street Partners conducts quarterly portfolio review meetings where it discusses and evaluates the entirety of the investments in its portfolio. In the event that actual or potential underperformance is identified, the investment will be discussed and evaluated accordingly and Benefit Street Partners may seek proactive protective measures including amendments, forbearance, waivers and retention of outside consultants.
Realization. The Company’s core strategy is to source and structure debt investments that will deliver strong returns when held to maturity or refinanced prior to maturity. However, we will consider, on a selective and opportunistic basis, exiting an investment earlier if we believe the accessible exit value has exceeded intrinsic value.
12
Potential Conflicts of Interest; Co-Investment Opportunities
The Adviser and its affiliates engage in a broad range of activities, including investment activities for their own account and for the account of other investment funds or accounts. In the ordinary course of conducting its activities, the interests of the Company may conflict with the interests of the Adviser, or other funds advised by the Adviser or its affiliates and there is no guarantee that such conflicts will ultimately be resolved in favor of the Company. A description of certain of these potential conflicts of interest is provided below. The discussion below does not describe all conflicts that may arise.
Investment Advisory Agreement
We have entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) with our Adviser in which the Adviser, subject to the overall supervision of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”), manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to us. The Adviser and its affiliates also provide investment advisory services to other funds that have investment mandates that are similar, in whole and in part, with ours. The Adviser and its affiliates serve as investment adviser or sub-adviser to private funds and registered open-end funds, and serves as an investment adviser to a public real estate investment trust. In addition, any affiliated fund currently formed or formed in the future and managed by the Adviser or its affiliates may have overlapping investment objectives with our own and, accordingly, may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. However, in certain instances due to regulatory, tax, investment, or other restrictions, certain investment opportunities may not be appropriate for either us or other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates.
Co-Investment Relief
The 1940 Act generally prohibits BDCs from entering into negotiated co-investments with affiliates absent an order from the SEC. The SEC has granted exemptive relief to affiliates of the Adviser that allows us to enter into certain negotiated co-investment transactions alongside other funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates (“Affiliated Funds”) in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors, subject to compliance with certain conditions (the “Order”). Pursuant to the Order, we are permitted to co-invest with our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our eligible directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transactions, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching in respect of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned, and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies.
Administration Agreement
We have entered into an administration agreement with Benefit Street Partners (the “Administration Agreement”) in which Benefit Street Partners provides us with office facilities and certain administrative services. See “— Administration Agreement.”
Private Placement
Our initial private placement of shares of Common Stock is expected to be conducted in reliance on Regulation D under the Securities Act (“Regulation D”) or Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Investors in our initial private placement will be required to be “accredited investors” as defined in Regulation D of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons under Regulation S.
Each investor in the private placement will make a capital commitment (the “Capital Commitments”) to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to a subscription agreement (a “Subscription Agreement”). Investors will be required to make capital contributions to purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Drawdown Purchase Price”) each time we deliver a drawdown notice (the “Drawdown Notice”), which will be delivered at least ten business days prior to the required funding date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed their respective Capital Commitments. All purchases will generally be made pro rata in accordance with the investors’ Capital Commitments, at a per-share price as determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with the limitations under Section 23 of the 1940 Act, provided that the Company retains the right to make non-pro rata capital drawdowns for any reason in the Company’s sole discretion, including, without limitation, if the Company determines that it is necessary or advisable in light of applicable legal, tax, regulatory and other considerations. As set forth in each Subscription Agreement, in the event that an investor fails to pay all or any portion of a Drawdown Purchase Price pursuant to a Drawdown Notice, and such default remains uncured for a period of thirty days (such investor, a “Defaulting Subscriber”), the Company will be permitted to pursue any remedies against the Defaulting Subscriber available under the Subscription Agreement or at law or at equity, including prohibiting the Defaulting Subscriber from purchasing additional shares of Common Stock or causing the Defaulting Subscriber to forfeit 50% of the Defaulting Subscriber’s shares of Common Stock to the other stockholders.
13
The initial closing of our private placement of shares of our Common Stock is expected to occur shortly after the filing of our election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act (the “Initial Closing”). Closings of our private placement are expected to occur, from time to time, during the 12 month period following the Initial Closing (the “Initial Closing Period”), provided that the Board of Directors may extend the Initial Closing Period in its sole discretion. After the Initial Closing Period, the Company may permit one or more additional closings with the approval of the Board of Directors.
Term
Drawdowns of Capital Commitments will be made at the discretion of the Adviser until the earlier of (i) a Liquidity Event (as defined below) or (ii) the two-year anniversary of the end of the Initial Closing Period, provided that this period may be extended by an additional one-year extension in the discretion of the Board of Directors (the “Drawdown Period”).
After the end of the Drawdown Period, the Company may draw down Capital Commitments to the extent necessary to: (a) pay Company expenses, including any amounts that may become due under any borrowings or other financings or similar obligations, any indemnity obligations or other liabilities and including expenses under the Administration Agreement or Investment Advisory Agreement, and/or (b) complete portfolio investments with respect to which commitments have been made or for which the Company has entered into a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, written bid letter, written agreement in principle or other binding written agreement as of the end of the Drawdown Period and/or prior to the start of any suspension of the Drawdown Period (including investments that are funded in phases).
We define a “Liquidity Event” as any of: (1) a merger or another transaction approved by the Board of Directors in which the Company’s stockholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company (or a company that becomes publicly traded concurrently with the closing of such transaction), which may include an entity advised by the Adviser or its affiliates, (2) an initial public offering (“IPO”) or a listing (an “Exchange Listing”) of the Common Stock on a national securities exchange, or (3) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation.
14
Investment Advisory Agreement
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement with our Adviser, we will pay our Adviser a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components — a base management fee (the “Management Fee”) and an incentive fee, which will consist of two components (together, the “Incentive Fee”). In addition, we will reimburse the Adviser for certain expenses it incurs on our behalf.
Management Fee
The Management Fee is payable quarterly in arrears and is based on the average value of the Company’s gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters.
Prior to a Liquidity Event, the Management Fee payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement will be calculated at an annual rate of 0.5% of the Company’s average gross assets.
After a Liquidity Event, the Management Fee payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.50% of the Company’s average gross assets, provided, that the Management Fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.00% of the Company’s average gross assets purchased with borrowed funds above 1.0x debt-to-equity, and provided further that for 15 months after the closing of an IPO or Exchange Listing, the Adviser will irrevocably waive Management Fees in excess of 0.5% of the Company’s average gross assets.
Incentive Fee
The Company will also pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee consisting of two parts, which are described below. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Adviser will waive all Incentive Fees for the first twelve calendar quarters of operations of the Company.
Incentive Fee on Income. The first part is referred to as the “incentive fee on income” and it is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding quarter.
“Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, other than fees for providing managerial assistance, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. For purposes of computing the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, the calculation methodology will look through total return swaps as if the Company owned the referenced assets directly.
15
Prior to an IPO or Exchange Listing, the incentive fee on income with respect to the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income will be calculated as follows:
· | No incentive fee on income in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the preferred return rate of 1.50%, or 6.00% annualized (the “Preferred Return”), on net assets; |
· | 100% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Preferred Return but is less than or equal to 1.765% in any calendar quarter (7.06% annualized). This portion of the incentive fee on income is referred to as the “catch up” and is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 15% on all of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income when the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income reaches 1.765% (7.06% annualized) in any calendar quarter; and |
· | For any quarter in which Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 1.765% (7.06% annualized), the incentive fee on income equals 15% of the amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, as the Preferred Return and catch-up will have been achieved. |
For any period ending after the closing an IPO or Exchange Listing, the incentive fee on income for each quarter will be calculated as follows:
· | No incentive fee on income in any calendar quarter in which Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Preferred Return of 1.50%, or 6.00% annualized, on net assets; |
· | 100% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Preferred Return but is less than or equal to 1.8175% in any calendar quarter (7.27% annualized), which portion of the incentive fee on income is referred to as the “catch up” and is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 17.5% on all of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income when Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income reaches 1.8175% (7.27% annualized) in any calendar quarter; and |
· | For any quarter in which Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 1.8175% (7.27% annualized), the incentive fee on income equals 17.5% of the amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, as the Preferred Return and catch-up will have been achieved. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for a period of 15 months after the closing of an IPO or Exchange Listing, the Adviser will irrevocably waive any incentive fee on income otherwise payable in excess of any amounts calculated at the pre-IPO or pre-Exchange Listing rates.
Incentive Fee on Capital Gains. The second part of the incentive fee, referred to as the “incentive fee on capital gains during operations,” is an incentive fee on capital gains earned on liquidated investments from the portfolio during operations prior to the Company’s liquidation and is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, if earlier). Prior to a Liquidity Event, this fee equals 15% of the Company’s incentive fee capital gains, which equals realized capital gains of the Company on a cumulative basis from the date of the Company’s election to be regulated as a business development company, calculated as of the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid incentive fee on capital gains during operations. Following a Liquidity Event, the incentive fee on capital gains during operations equals 17.5% of the Company’s incentive fee capital gains calculated as described above, on a cumulative basis from the date of the Company’s election to be regulated as a business development company.
Administration Agreement
Pursuant to an Administration Agreement with our Administrator, the Administrator will provide the Company with office facilities and certain administrative services necessary for the Company to conduct its business. The Company will reimburse the Administrator for expenses incurred in administering the Company’s business, including the Company’s allocable portion of overhead and certain other expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement.
16
Valuation Procedures
The Adviser, acting pursuant to delegated authority from, and under the oversight of our Board of Directors, assists the Board of Directors in its determination of the net asset value (“NAV”) of our investment portfolio each quarter and at such other times as may be required by law. The NAV per share of our outstanding shares of Common Stock is determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding. Securities for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the reported closing price on the valuation date. Securities for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined by our Board of Directors. In connection with that determination, our Adviser facilitates the preparation, through the use each quarter of independent valuation firms, portfolio company valuations using relevant inputs, including but not limited to, indicative dealer quotes, values of like securities, the most recent portfolio company financial statements and forecasts.
We classify the fair value measurements of our assets and liabilities into a fair value hierarchy in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. The guidance defines fair value as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The guidance also establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, which includes inputs such as quoted prices for similar securities in active markets and quoted prices for identical securities where there is little or no activity in the market; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs for which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Adviser undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
· | Each portfolio company or investment will be valued by the Adviser, with assistance from one or more independent valuation firms engaged by our Board of Directors or as noted below, with respect to investments in an investment fund; |
· | The independent valuation firm(s) conduct independent appraisals and make an independent assessment of the value of each investment; and |
· | The Board of Directors determines the fair value of each investment, in good faith, based on the input of the Adviser and independent valuation firm (to the extent applicable). |
Determination of fair values involves subjective judgments and estimates. Below is a description of factors that our Board of Directors may consider when valuing our debt and equity investments.
Securities for which market quotations are readily available on an exchange are valued at the reported closing price on the valuation date. We may also obtain quotes with respect to certain of our investments from pricing services or brokers or dealers in order to value assets. When doing so, we determine whether the quote obtained is readily available according to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) to determine the fair value of the security. If determined to be readily available, we use the quote obtained.
Investments without a readily available market quotation are primarily valued using a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, M&A comparables, and enterprise values, among other factors. When available, broker quotations and/or quotations provided by pricing services are considered as an input in the valuation process.
17
Regulation as a Business Development Company
General
We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates, principal underwriters and the affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters. The 1940 Act also requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities. The 1940 Act defines “a majority of the outstanding voting securities” as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy or (ii) 50% of our voting securities.
We are generally not able to issue and sell our Common Stock at a price below net asset value per share. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Business Development Companies — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.” We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then current net asset value of our common stock if the Board of Directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. In addition, we may generally issue new shares of our Common Stock at a price below net asset value in rights offerings to existing stockholders, in payment of dividends and in certain other limited circumstances.
We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.
As a BDC, we may be examined periodically by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act. Our Adviser is a registered investment adviser and is also subject to examination by the SEC.
We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misconduct, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.
Qualifying Assets
As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities of U.S. operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, U.S. operating companies with listed securities that have equity market capitalizations of less than $250 million, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.
18
Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are any of the following:
1. | Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which: |
a. | is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States; |
b. | is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and |
c. | satisfies any of the following: |
i. | does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange; |
ii. | has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million; |
iii. | is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or |
iv. | is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4.0 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2.0 million. |
2. | Securities of any eligible portfolio company that we control. |
3. | Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements. |
4. | Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company. |
5. | Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities. |
6. | Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. |
In addition, a BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.
Temporary Investments
Pending investment in other types of “qualifying assets,” as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.
19
Significant Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies
A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in “Regulation-Qualifying Assets” above. BDCs generally must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance, except in circumstances where either (i) the BDC controls such issuer of securities or (ii) the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together and one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.
Indebtedness and Senior Securities
We are permitted, under specified conditions, to borrow money and issue multiple classes of debt and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, which as defined in the 1940 Act, measures the ratio of total assets less total liabilities not represented by senior securities to total borrowings, is at least equal to 150% immediately after each such issuance. The application of the 150% asset coverage requirement permits us to double the maximum amount of leverage that we are permitted to incur as compared to BDCs who have not obtained the requisite approvals and made the required disclosures. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provision to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Business Development Companies - Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.”
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to the code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements.
Compliance Policies and Procedures
We and our Adviser have adopted and implemented written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws, and our Board of Directors is required to review these compliance policies and procedures annually to assess their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation. We have designated Guy F. Talarico as our chief compliance officer.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
We delegate our proxy voting responsibility to our Adviser. The proxy voting policies and procedures that our Adviser follows are set forth below and are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by our Adviser and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change.
20
Privacy Notice
Financial companies choose how they share investors’ personal information. Federal law gives our clients the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell investors how we collect, share, and protect their personal information.
We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about our investors or former investors to third parties other than as described below.
We collect personal information about investors in connection with our providing advisory services to them. This information includes investors’ social security number and may include other information such as investors’:
· | assets; |
· | investment experience; |
· | transaction history; |
· | income; and |
· | wire instructions. |
We collect this information from investors through various means. For example when investors give us their contact information, enter into an investment advisory contract with us, buy securities (i.e., interests in a fund) from us, tell us where to send money, or make a wire transfer. We also may collect investors’ personal information from other sources, such as our affiliates7 or other non-affiliated companies.
All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday business and we use the personal information we collect from investors for our everyday business purposes or as permitted by law. These purposes may include for example:
· | To provide advisory services to investors; |
· | To open an account for investors; |
· | To process a transaction for investors’ account; |
· | To market products and services to investors; and |
· | To respond to court orders and legal investigations. |
We may provide investors’ personal information to our affiliates and to firms that assist us in servicing such investors’ account and have a need for such information, such as a broker or fund administrator. We may also disclose such information to service providers and financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing arrangements (i.e., a formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products or services to investors, such as placement agents). We require third-party service providers and financial institutions with which we have joint marketing arrangements to protect the confidentiality of investors’ information and to use the information only for the purposes for which we disclose the information to them. These sharing practices are consistent with federal privacy and related laws, and in general, investors may not limit our use of their personal information for these purposes under such laws. We note that the federal privacy laws only give investors the right to limit the certain types of information sharing that we do not engage in (e.g., sharing with our affiliates certain information relating to investors’ transaction history or creditworthiness for their use in marketing to such investors, or sharing any personal information with nonaffiliates for them to market to such investors).
7 Our affiliates are companies related to us by common ownership or control and can include both financial and nonfinancial companies. Non-affiliates are companies not related to us by common ownership or control and can include both financial and nonfinancial companies.
21
To protect investors’ personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings.
JOBS Act
We currently are and expect to remain an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), until the earliest of:
· | the last day of our fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of an Exchange Listing occurs; |
· | the end of the fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues first exceed $1.07 billion; |
· | the date on which we have, during the prior three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and |
· | the last day of a fiscal year in which we (1) have an aggregate worldwide market value of shares of our Common Stock held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more, computed at the end of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter in such fiscal year and (2) have been an Exchange Act reporting company for at least one year (and filed at least one annual report under the Exchange Act). |
Under the JOBS Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), we are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which would require that our independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, until such time as we cease to be an emerging growth company and become an accelerated filer as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. This may increase the risk that material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected.
Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have made an irrevocable election not to take advantage of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards. We therefore are subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
Exchange Act and Sarbanes-Oxley Act
Upon effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we will be subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements of the Exchange Act, including the filing of quarterly, annual and current reports, proxy statements and other required items. In addition, we are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly-held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:
· | pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer are required to certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports; |
· | pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K, our periodic reports are required to disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures; |
· | pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, our management is required to prepare a report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and |
· | pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses. |
22
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our Common Stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to us or our investors on such an investment. For example, we have not described tax consequences that we assume to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, financial institutions, U.S. stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who mark-to-market our shares and persons who hold our shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge” or “conversion” transaction. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding this follow-on offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.
For purposes of our discussion, a “U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Common Stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
· | a citizen or individual resident of the United States; |
· | a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
· | an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
· | a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person. |
For purposes of our discussion, a “Non-U.S. stockholder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Common Stock that is neither a U.S. stockholder nor a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes).
If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our Common Stock, the tax treatment of a partner or member of the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective stockholder that is a partner in a partnership holding shares of our Common Stock should consult his, her or its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Common Stock.
23
Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in our shares will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation. We encourage investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. Federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.
Election to Be Taxed as a RIC
We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code commencing with our taxable year ended December 31, 2020, and intend to qualify annually thereafter as a RIC. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders from our taxable earnings and profits. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to obtain RIC tax treatment, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gain over realized net long-term capital loss, (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”). Even if we qualify as a RIC, we generally will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our undistributed taxable income and could be subject to U.S. federal excise, state, local and foreign taxes.
Taxation as a RIC
Provided that we qualify as a RIC and satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain (which generally is defined as net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss) that we timely distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.
We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income of RICs unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of: (1) 98% of our ordinary income for each calendar year; (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year; and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.
We expect to form consolidated subsidiaries that are consolidated for financial reporting purposes although not for income tax purposes (the “Consolidated Holding Companies”). These Consolidated Holding Companies enable us to hold equity securities of portfolio companies organized as pass-through entities while continuing to satisfy the requirements of a RIC under the Code. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation as a business Development Company” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations.
In order to qualify to be treated as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things: qualify to be treated as a BDC or be registered as a management investment company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year; meet the Annual Distribution Requirement; derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or other securities or currencies. or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” as defined in the Code (the “90% Income Test”); and diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer (which for these purposes includes the equity securities of a “qualified publicly traded partnership”); and (ii) no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other RICs, (i) of one issuer (ii) of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or the Diversification Tests. To the extent that we invest in entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (other than a “qualified publicly traded partnership”), we generally must include the items of gross income derived by the partnerships for purposes of the 90% Income Test, and the income that is derived from a partnership (other than a “qualified publicly traded partnership”) will be treated as qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test only to the extent that such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized by us directly. In addition, we generally must take into account our proportionate share of the assets held by partnerships (other than a “qualified publicly traded partnership”) in which we are a partner for purposes of the Diversification Tests.
24
In determining whether or not a RIC is in compliance with the Diversification Tests, the 90% Income Test and the Annual Distribution Requirement, a RIC may take into consideration certain cure provisions contained in the Code.
In order to meet the 90% Income Test, we may establish one or more special purpose corporations to hold assets from which we do not anticipate earning dividend, interest or other qualifying income under the 90% Income Test. Any investments held through a special purpose corporation would generally be subject to U.S. federal income and other taxes, and therefore we can expect to achieve a reduced after-tax yield on such investments.
We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash.
Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to obtain and maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.
Furthermore, a portfolio company in which we invest may face financial difficulty that requires us to work-out, modify or otherwise restructure our investment in the portfolio company. Any such restructuring may result in unusable capital losses and future non-cash income. Any restructuring may also result in our recognition of a substantial amount of non-qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test, such as cancellation of indebtedness income in connection with the work-out of a leveraged investment (which, while not free from doubt, may be treated as non-qualifying income) or the receipt of other non-qualifying income.
Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will generally be treated as capital gain or loss. Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.
Our investment in non-U.S. securities may be subject to non-U.S. income, withholding and other taxes. In that case, our yield on those securities would be decreased. Stockholders will generally not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to non-U.S. taxes paid by us.
25
If we purchase shares in a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, we may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by us to our stockholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on us in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, or QEF, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, we will be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed to it. Alternatively, we can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it does not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, we may be required to recognize in a year income in excess of our distributions from PFICs and our proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account for purposes of the 4% U.S. federal excise tax. We intend to limit and/or manage our holdings in PFICs to minimize our liability for any taxes and related interest charges. In addition, income required to be included as a result of a QEF election would be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test if we receive a distribution of such income from the PFIC in the same taxable year to which the inclusion relates, or if the included income is derived with respect to our business of investing.
Under Section 988 of the Code, gain or loss attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time we accrue income, expenses, or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time we actually collect such income or pay such expenses or liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gain or loss on foreign currency forward contracts and the disposition of debt denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.
Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company — Qualifying Assets” and “— Indebtedness and Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or to avoid the excise tax, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.
If we fail to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement or otherwise fail to qualify as a RIC in any taxable year, we will be subject to tax in that year on all of our taxable income, regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. In that case, all of such income will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, reducing the amount available to be distributed to our stockholders. See “Item 1. Business — Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Failure To Obtain RIC Tax Treatment.”
As a RIC, we are not allowed to carry forward or carry back a net operating loss for purposes of computing our investment company taxable income in other taxable years. U.S. federal income tax law generally permits a RIC to carry forward (i) the excess of its net short-term capital loss over its net long-term capital gain for a given year as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the following year and (ii) the excess of its net long-term capital loss over its net short-term capital gain for a given year as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the following year. However, future transactions we engage in may cause our ability to use any capital loss carryforwards, and unrealized losses once realized, to be limited under Section 382 of the Code. Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain and qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions, and (vii) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We will monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.
26
As described above, to the extent that we invest in equity securities of entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the effect of such investments for purposes of the 90% Income Test and the Diversification Tests will depend on whether or not the partnership is a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (as defined in the Code). If the partnership is a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” the net income derived from such investments will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test and will be “securities” for purposes of the Diversification Tests. If the partnership, however, is not treated as a “qualified publicly traded partnership,” the consequences of an investment in the partnership will depend upon the amount and type of income of the partnership allocable to us and our proportionate share of the underlying assets of the partnership. The income derived from such investments may not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test and, therefore, could adversely affect our qualification as a RIC. We intend to monitor our investments in equity securities of entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes to prevent our disqualification as a RIC.
We may invest in preferred securities or other securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the expected tax treatment, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized, requiring us to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change our portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to RICs under the Code.
Taxation of U.S. Stockholders
Whether an investment in shares of our Common Stock is appropriate for a U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in shares of our Common Stock by a U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. The following summary generally describes certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in shares of our Common Stock by taxable U.S. stockholders and not by U.S. stockholders that are generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. U.S. stockholders should consult their own tax advisors before making an investment in our common stock.
Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or capital gain. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our ordinary income excluding net capital gain) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. To the extent such distributions paid by us to noncorporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions generally will be eligible for taxation at rates applicable to “qualifying dividends” (at a maximum tax rate of 20%) provided that we properly report such distribution as “qualified dividend income” and certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied. In this regard, it is not anticipated that a significant portion of distributions paid by us will be attributable to qualifying dividends; therefore, our distributions generally will not qualify for the preferential rates applicable to qualified dividend income. Distributions of our net capital gain (which is generally our net long-term capital gain in excess of net short-term capital loss) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder as long-term capital gain (at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of individuals, trusts or estates), regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to such U.S. stockholder.
U.S. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of stock generally are subject to the same federal income tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. The U.S. stockholder will have an adjusted tax basis in the additional shares of our Common Stock purchased through the plan equal to the amount of the reinvested distribution. The additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.
27
Although we currently intend to distribute any long-term capital gain at least annually, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our long-term capital gain, but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its proportionate share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for his, her or its common stock. Since we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gain at our regular corporate tax rate, and since that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by individuals on net capital gain, the amount of tax that individual stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit will exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations or may be refunded to the extent it exceeds a stockholder’s liability for U.S. federal income tax. A stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a U.S. federal income tax return would be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”
For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in any such month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
We may have the ability to declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our Common Stock to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. If a portion of such distribution is paid in cash (which portion may be as low as 20% based on certain public and private rulings issued by the IRS) and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, U.S. stockholders will be taxed on the distribution as if the entire distribution was cash distribution, even though most of the distribution was paid in shares of our Common Stock.
If an investor purchases shares of our Common Stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of his, her or its investment.
A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its shares of our Common Stock. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one year.
Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our Common Stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our Common Stock may be disallowed if other substantially identical shares are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. The ability to otherwise deduct capital loss may be subject to other limitations under the Code.
In general, U.S. stockholders taxed at individual rates currently are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on their recognized net capital gain (i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital losses), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by such U.S. stockholders. In addition, individuals with modified adjusted gross incomes in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes net income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses). Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 21% rate also applied to ordinary income.
28
Noncorporate stockholders with net capital loss for a year (which we define as capital loss in excess of capital gain) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital loss of a noncorporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate stockholders generally may not deduct any net capital loss for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.
When we are not a publicly offered regulated investment company for any taxable year, a non-corporate U.S. shareholder’s pro rata portion of our affected expenses, including our management fees, will be treated as an additional dividend to the shareholder and will be deductible by such shareholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a regulated investment company whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. For taxable years beginning before 2026, certain expenses (including advisory fees), referred to as miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are not deductible by non-corporate U.S. shareholders, including individuals, trusts, and estates. For taxable years beginning in 2026 or later, miscellaneous itemized deductions generally are deductible by a non-corporate U.S. shareholder (such as an individual, trust or estate) only to the extent that the aggregate of such U.S. shareholder’s miscellaneous itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such U.S. shareholder’s adjusted gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, are not deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and are subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions under Section 68 of the Code. We do not anticipate that we will initially constitute a publicly offered regulated investment company although it is possible that we may qualify at some point in the future.
We (or the applicable withholding agent) will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal income tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 20% maximum rate). Dividends paid by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to qualifying dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation.
We (or the applicable withholding agent) may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax, or backup withholding, from all distributions to any noncorporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax, and any amount withheld may be refunded or credited against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of our Common Stock of $2 million or more for a noncorporate stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a combination of years), the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 8886 (or successor form). Direct stockholders of portfolio securities in many cases are excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to stockholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Significant monetary penalties apply to a failure to comply with this reporting requirement. States may also have a similar reporting requirement. Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
29
Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders
Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our common stock.
Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders that are not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. stockholder, will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, unless an applicable exception applies. However, we generally are not required to withhold any amounts with respect to distributions of (i) U.S.-source interest income that would not have been subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax if they had been earned directly by a Non-U.S. stockholder, and (ii) net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses that would not have been subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax if they had been earned directly by a Non-U.S. stockholder, in each case only to the extent that such distributions are properly reported by us as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” as the case may be, and certain other requirements are met. No certainty can be provided that any of our distributions would be reported as eligible for this exception.
Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gain to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. stockholder, will generally not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the Non-U.S. stockholder is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements. However, withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on capital gain of nonresident alien individuals who are physically present in the United States for more than the 182 day period only applies in exceptional cases because any individual present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year is generally treated as a resident for U.S. income tax purposes; in that case, he or she would be subject to U.S. income tax on his or her worldwide income at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, rather than the 30% U.S. Federal withholding tax.
If we distribute our net capital gain in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions (which we may do in the future), a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gain deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. Accordingly, investment in the shares may not be appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder.
Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” and net capital gain (including deemed distributions) to Non-U.S. stockholders, and gains realized by Non-U.S. stockholders upon the sale of our common stock that is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S. stockholder (or if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a “permanent establishment” in the United States), will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents and domestic corporations. Corporate Non-U.S. stockholders may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30% imposed by the Code (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty). In the case of a non-corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, we may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from distributions that are otherwise exempt from withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced rate) unless the Non-U.S. stockholder certifies his or her foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.
We may have the ability to declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our Common Stock to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement. If a portion of such dividend is paid in cash (which portion may be as low as 20% under certain public and private rulings issued by the IRS) and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, non-U.S. stockholders will be taxed on the distribution as if the entire distribution was cash distribution, even though most of the distribution was paid in shares of our Common Stock.
30
The tax consequences to a Non-U.S. stockholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Non-U.S. stockholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in our shares.
A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a nonresident alien individual may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.
Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions (“FFIs”) unless such FFIs either (i) enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners) or (ii) reside in a jurisdiction that has entered into an intergovernmental agreement (“IGA”) with the United States to collect and share such information and are in compliance with the terms of such IGA and any enabling legislation or regulations. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not FFIs unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.
Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the shares.
Failure to Obtain RIC Tax Treatment
If we were unable to obtain tax treatment as a RIC, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions would generally be taxable to our stockholders as dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits (in the case of noncorporate U.S. stockholders, at a maximum rate applicable to qualified dividend income of 20%). Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain.
If we fail to meet the RIC requirements for more than two consecutive years and then seek to re-qualify as a RIC, we would be required to recognize gain to the extent of any unrealized appreciation in our assets unless we made a special election to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any such unrealized appreciation during the succeeding five-year period.
Possible Legislative or Other Actions Affecting Tax Considerations
Prospective investors should recognize that the present U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in our stock may be modified by legislative, judicial or administrative action at any time, and that any such action may affect investments and commitments previously made. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process any by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department, resulting in revisions of regulations and revised interpretations of established concepts as well as statutory changes. Revisions in U.S. federal tax laws and interpretations thereof could adversely affect the tax consequences of an investment in our stock.
31
The discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice, and potential investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the tax considerations relevant to their particular situation.
ITEM 1A. | RISK FACTORS. |
Investing in our Common Stock involves a number of significant risks and other important factors relating to investments in BDCs generally, and relating to the structure and investment objectives of the Company in particular. There can be no guarantee or representation that the Company will achieve its investment objective. An investment in the Company is highly speculative and is not intended as a complete investment program. Investment in the Company is suitable only for persons who can bear the economic risk of the loss of their entire investment and who have limited need for liquidity in their investment. An investment in the Company can lead to a loss of the entire amount invested. In addition to the factors hereunder, prospective investors should also consider the risks described under “Item 1. Business — Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” “Item 1. Business — “Potential Conflicts of Interests; Co-Investment Opportunities” and “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” and elsewhere in this Registration Statement. While the following summary of certain of these risks should be carefully evaluated before making an investment in the Company, the following does not intend to describe all possible risks of such an investment.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment in the Company, investors should carefully consider the following risk factors. The risks and uncertainties set forth below are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks were to occur, our business, financial condition or could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the net asset value of our common stock could decline, and investors may lose all or part of their investment.
RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS AND STRUCTURE
Global economic, political and market conditions may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, including our revenue growth and profitability.
The U.S. and global capital markets have, from time to time, experienced periods of disruption characterized by the freezing of available credit, a lack of liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant losses in the principal value of investments, the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market, the failure of major financial institutions and general volatility in the financial markets. During these periods of disruption, general economic conditions deteriorated with material and adverse consequences for the broader financial and credit markets, and the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole, and financial services firms in particular, was reduced significantly. These conditions may reoccur for a prolonged period of time or materially worsen in the future. In addition, continuing uncertainty arising from the United Kingdom’s decision to leave the European Union (the so-called “Brexit”) could lead to further market disruptions and currency volatility, potentially weakening consumer, corporate and financial confidence and resulting in lower economic growth for companies that rely significantly on Europe for their business activities and revenues. We may in the future have difficulty accessing debt and equity capital markets, and a severe disruption in the global financial markets, deterioration in credit and financing conditions or uncertainty regarding U.S. government spending and deficit levels, Brexit or other global economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Future disruptions or instability in capital markets could negatively impact our ability to raise capital, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
32
From time to time, the global capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability, which could materially and adversely impact the broader financial and credit markets and reduce the availability to us of debt and equity capital. For example, between 2008 and 2009, instability in the global capital markets resulted in disruptions in liquidity in the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector, the repricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated credit market and the failure of major domestic and international financial institutions. In particular, the financial services sector was negatively impacted by significant write-offs as the value of the assets held by financial firms declined, impairing their capital positions and abilities to lend and invest. We believe that such value declines were exacerbated by widespread forced liquidations as leveraged holders of financial assets, faced with declining prices, were compelled to sell to meet margin requirements and maintain compliance with applicable capital standards. Such forced liquidations also impaired or eliminated many investors and investment vehicles, leading to a decline in the supply of capital for investment and depressed pricing levels for many assets. These events significantly diminished overall confidence in the debt and equity markets, engendered unprecedented declines in the values of certain assets, caused extreme economic uncertainty and significantly reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and financial services firms in particular. While market conditions have experienced relative stability in recent years, there have been continuing periods of volatility and there can be no assurance that adverse market conditions will not repeat themselves in the future.
Future volatility and dislocation in the capital markets could create a challenging environment in which to raise or access capital. For example, the re-appearance of market conditions similar to those experienced from 2008 through 2009 for any substantial length of time could make it difficult to extend the maturity of or refinance our existing indebtedness or obtain new indebtedness with similar terms. Significant changes or volatility in the capital markets may also have a negative effect on the valuations of our investments. While most of our investments are not expected to be publicly traded, applicable accounting standards may require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity) and impairments of the market values or fair market values of our investments, even if unrealized, must be reflected in our consolidated financial statements for the applicable period, which could result in significant reductions to our net asset value for the period. With certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts or issue debt securities if our asset coverage, complies with the threshold set forth in the 1940 Act applicable to us (150% immediately after such borrowing). Equity capital may also be difficult to raise during periods of adverse or volatile market conditions because, subject to some limited exceptions, as a BDC, we are generally not able to issue additional shares of our Common Stock at a price less than net asset value without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. If we are unable to raise capital or refinance existing debt on acceptable terms, then we may be limited in our ability to make new commitments or to fund existing commitments to our portfolio companies. Significant changes in the capital markets may also affect the pace of our investment activity and the potential for liquidity events involving our investments. Thus, the illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments to access capital if required, and as a result, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded our investments if we were required to sell them for liquidity purposes.
Uncertainty with respect to the financial stability of the United States and several countries in the European Union (“EU”) could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Recent U.S. debt ceiling and budget deficit concerns have increased the possibility of a downgrade of the U.S. long-term sovereign debt credit rating or a recession or economic slowdown in the U.S. To the extent the U.S. Government continues to operate at a budget deficit, in the future, the U.S. Government may not be able to meet its debt payments unless the federal debt ceiling is raised. If, at such times, legislation increasing the debt ceiling is not enacted and the debt ceiling is reached, the U.S. federal government may stop or delay making payments on its obligations, which could negatively impact the U.S. economy and our portfolio companies. In addition, disagreement over the federal budget has in the past and may in the future cause the U.S. federal government to shut down for periods of time. Continued adverse political and economic conditions, further downgrades or warnings by The Standard & Poor Financial Services LLC's Rating Service or other rating agencies, and the U.S. Government’s credit and deficit concerns in general, including issues around the federal debt ceiling, could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact both the perception of credit risk associated with our debt portfolio and our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms.
33
The discontinuation of LIBOR and the transition to any new reference rates may affect the value of our LIBOR-indexed portfolio investments and may increase the cost of borrowing under our credit facilities, which in each case could affect our results of operations or financial condition.
On July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced that LIBOR would be phased out of use after the 2021 calendar year, and the FCA has determined not to compel participant banks to submit LIBOR information after 2021. In response to the expected discontinuation of LIBOR, the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York formed the Alternative Reference Rates Committee (“ARRC”), a U.S. working group of private-sector representatives and financial regulators, to recommend an alternative reference rate to U.S. dollar LIBOR. Similarly, financial regulators in the UK, the European Union, Japan and Switzerland formed working groups with the aim of recommending alternatives to LIBOR denominated in their local currencies. The ARRC has recommended the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) together with a spread adjustment, as appropriate in the particular market, as its preferred alternative reference rate for U.S. dollar LIBOR. SOFR represents the average interest rate to borrow cash overnight collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities, and is based primarily on recent U.S. Treasury-backed repurchase transactions.
At this time, it is not possible to predict how the discontinuation of LIBOR will affect financial instruments that utilize LIBOR, whether SOFR or any other alternative reference rates will be established, or will attain general acceptance in the financial markets, or the pace at which any such transition away from LIBOR and to any other reference rate may occur. The process of phasing out LIBOR or any further changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR or alternative reference rates, may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in reported LIBOR or alternative reference rates, which could have an adverse impact on the market for or value of any securities, loans, derivatives and other financial obligations or extensions of credit indexed to LIBOR or such alternative reference rate that may be held by or due to us or on our overall financial condition or results of operations.
Additionally, the effect of changes or reforms to LIBOR may require us to engage in time-consuming renegotiations of any credit or similar agreements with our portfolio companies that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate and extend beyond 2021. We may need to renegotiate, among other provisions, the new reference rates to be used, the timing and frequency of determining rates and making interest payments and the methods for calculating or determining the interest rate adjustment. If agreements with portfolio companies are unable to be renegotiated, our investments may bear interest at a lower rate, which would decrease investment income and potentially the value and liquidity of such investments. This could have an adverse effect on our overall financial condition or results of operations.
The amount of any distributions we pay is uncertain. Our distributions to our stockholders may exceed our earnings. Therefore, portions of the distributions that we pay may represent a return of capital which will lower a stockholder’s tax basis in its shares and reduce the amount of funds we have for investment in targeted assets. A return of capital is a return of the initial investment in the Company rather than earnings or gains derived from our investment activities. We may not be able to pay distributions, and our distributions may not grow over time.
We intend to declare and pay distributions on a quarterly basis. We intend to pay these distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure stockholders that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a targeted level of distributions or year-to-year increases in distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by, among other things, the impact of one or more of the risk factors described herein. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC can limit our ability to pay distributions. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant from time-to-time. We cannot assure stockholders that we will pay distributions in the future. In the event that we encounter delays in locating suitable investment opportunities, we may pay all or a substantial portion of our distributions from the proceeds of our offerings of our common stock or from borrowings in anticipation of future cash flow, which may constitute a return of capital and will lower a stockholder’s tax basis in its shares. Distributions from the proceeds of our offerings of common stock or from borrowings also could reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in interests of portfolio companies. We have not established any limit on the extent to which we may use borrowings, if any, or proceeds from our public offering to fund distributions (which may reduce the amount of capital we ultimately invest in assets). There can be no assurance that we will be able to sustain distributions at any particular level or at all. A return of capital is a return of the initial investment in the Company rather than earnings or gains derived from our investment activities.
34
Price declines in the large corporate leveraged loan market may adversely affect the fair value of debt securities we hold, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.
Prior to the onset of the financial crisis, CLOs, a type of leveraged investment vehicle holding corporate loans, hedge funds and other highly leveraged investment vehicles, comprised a substantial portion of the market for purchasing and holding senior secured and second lien secured loans. As the secondary market pricing of the loans underlying these portfolios deteriorated during the fourth quarter of 2008, it is our understanding that many investors, as a result of their generally high degrees of leverage, were forced to raise cash by selling their interests in performing loans in order to satisfy margin requirements or the equivalent of margin requirements imposed by their lenders. This resulted in a forced deleveraging cycle of price declines, compulsory sales, and further price declines, with widespread redemption requests and other constraints resulting from the credit crisis generating further selling pressure. While prices have appreciated measurably in recent years, conditions in the large corporate leveraged loan market may experience similar disruptions or distortions in the future, which may cause pricing levels to decline similarly or be volatile. As a result, we may suffer unrealized depreciation and could incur realized losses in connection with the sale of debt securities we hold, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our Adviser’s and its affiliates’ ability to manage and support our investment process. If our Adviser were to lose any members of its senior management team, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.
We are externally managed and depend upon the investment expertise, diligence, skill and network of business contacts of our Adviser. We also depend, to a significant extent, on our Adviser’s access to the investment professionals and the information and deal flow generated by such investment professionals in the course of its investment and portfolio management activities. Our Adviser evaluates, negotiates, structures, closes, monitors and services our investments. Our success depends to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of our Adviser, including its key professionals. The departure of a significant number of our Adviser’s or its affiliates’ key professionals could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective. Additionally, changes in ownership or management practices, the occurrence of adverse events affecting our Adviser or its affiliates or other companies advised by our Adviser and its affiliates could create adverse publicity and adversely affect us and our relationship with investment banks, business brokers, loan syndication and trading desks and other investment counterparties. In addition, we can offer no assurance that our Adviser will remain our investment adviser or that we will continue to have access to our Adviser’s or its affiliates’ investment professionals or their information and deal flow.
Because our business model depends, to a significant extent, upon relationships with investment banks, business brokers, loan syndication and trading desks, and commercial banks, the inability of our Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.
Our Adviser depends on its relationship with private equity firms, investment banks, business brokers, loan syndication and trading desks, and commercial banks, and we will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If our Adviser fails to maintain its existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sponsors or sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom our Adviser’s professionals have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.
35
We may face increasing competition for investment opportunities, which could delay deployment of our capital, reduce returns and result in losses.
We intend to compete for investments with other BDCs and investment funds (including private equity funds and mezzanine funds), as well as traditional financial services companies such as commercial banks and other sources of funding. Moreover, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, also make investments in middle market private U.S. companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in private U.S. companies may intensify. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of capital and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than we have. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we are able to do. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss. We believe a significant part of our competitive advantage stems from the fact that the market for investments in private U.S. companies is underserved by traditional commercial banks and other financial sources. A significant increase in the number and/or the size of our competitors in this target market could force us to accept less attractive investment terms. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater experience operating under, or are not subject to, the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC.
Our business and operations could be negatively affected if we become subject to any securities litigation or stockholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder execution of investment strategy and impact our stock price.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Stockholder activism, which could take many forms or arise in a variety of situations, has been increasing in the BDC space recently. While we are currently not subject to any securities litigation or stockholder activism, due to the potential volatility of our stock price and for a variety of other reasons, we may in the future become the target of securities litigation or stockholder activism. Securities litigation and stockholder activism, including potential proxy contests, could result in substantial costs and divert the attention of management and our Board of Directors’ attention and resources from our business. Additionally, such securities litigation and stockholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future, adversely affect our relationships with service providers and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel. Also, we may be required to incur significant legal fees and other expenses related to any securities litigation and stockholder activism matters.
A significant portion of our investment portfolio will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors and, as a result, there is uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.
Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or, if there are no readily available market quotations, at fair value, as determined by our Board of Directors. However, the majority of our investments are not expected to be publicly traded or actively traded on a secondary market. As a result, we will value these securities quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors.
The determination of fair value, and thus the amount of unrealized losses we may incur in any year, is to a degree subjective, and our Adviser has a conflict of interest in providing input to the Board of Directors in making this determination. We expect to value our securities quarterly at fair value as determined in good faith by our Board of Directors based on input from our Adviser and at such other times as may be required to comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. Our Board of Directors may utilize the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to aid it in determining the fair value of any securities. The types of factors that may be considered in determining the fair value of our investments include the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments on indebtedness and its earnings, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded companies, discounted cash flow, current market interest rates and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, the valuations may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time due to changes in current market conditions. The determinations of fair value by our Board of Directors may differ materially from the values that would have been used if an active market and market quotations existed for these investments. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.
36
Our Board of Directors may change our operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.
Our Board of Directors has the authority to modify or waive our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval if it determines that doing so will be in the best interests of stockholders. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies, investment criteria and strategies would have on our business, net asset value, operating results and value of our stock. However, the effects might be adverse, which could negatively impact our ability to pay distributions and cause stockholders to lose all or part of their investment. Moreover, we have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of our offering and may use the net proceeds from our offering in ways with which our stockholders may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of our offering.
Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.
We and our portfolio companies are subject to regulation at the local, state and federal level. New legislation may be enacted or new interpretations, rulings or regulations could be adopted, including those governing the types of investments we are permitted to make, any of which could harm us and our stockholders, potentially with retroactive effect.
Additionally, any changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations relating to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth herein and may result in our investment focus shifting from the areas of expertise of our Adviser to other types of investments in which our Adviser may have less expertise or little or no experience. Thus, any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of the investment.
Efforts to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with the Sarbanes- Oxley Act may adversely affect us.
We are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. Under current SEC rules, our management is required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. We are required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting. This process requires us to incur significant additional expenses and diverts management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to maintain or achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we may be adversely affected.
We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.
We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, variations in the interest rates on the debt securities we acquire, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any previous period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.
37
Terrorist attacks, acts of war, natural disasters, outbreaks or pandemics may impact our portfolio companies and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
Terrorist acts, acts of war, natural disasters, disease outbreaks, pandemics or other similar events may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of our portfolio companies. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to recent global economic instability. For example, in December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (also known as “COVID-19”) emerged in China and has since spread rapidly to other countries, including the United States. The global impact of the outbreak is rapidly evolving, and many countries reacted by instituting quarantines, prohibitions on travel and the closure of offices, businesses, schools, retail stores and other public venues. With respect to the U.S. credit markets (in particular for middle market loans), this outbreak has resulted in, and may continue to result in, the following (among other things): (i) government imposition of various forms of shelter in place orders and the closing of “non-essential” businesses, resulting in significant disruption to the businesses of many middle-market loan borrowers including supply chains, demand and practical aspects of their operations, as well as in furloughs or lay-offs of employees, and, while these effects are hoped to be temporary, some effects could be persistent or even permanent; (ii) increased draws by borrowers on revolving lines of credit; (iii) volatility and disruption of these markets including greater volatility in pricing and spreads; and (iv) rapidly evolving proposals and/or actions by state and federal governments to address problems being experienced by the markets and by businesses and the economy in general which may not necessarily adequately address the problems facing the loan market and middle market businesses.
This outbreak is having, and any future outbreaks could have, an adverse impact on the markets and the economy in general, which could have an impact on, among other things, the ability of lenders to originate loans, the volume and type of loans originated, and the volume and type of amendments and waivers granted to borrowers and remedial actions taken in the event of a borrower default, each of which could reduce the amount and quality of loans available for investment by us and returns to us, among other things. As of the date of this offering memorandum, it is impossible to determine the scope of this outbreak, or any future outbreaks, how long any such outbreak, market disruption or uncertainties may last, the effect any governmental actions will have on us and certain of our portfolio companies. Further, even after the pandemic subsides, the U.S. and other major economies may experience a recession.
Although it is impossible to predict the precise nature and consequences of these events, or of any political or policy decisions and regulatory changes occasioned by emerging events or uncertainty on applicable laws or regulations that impact us, certain of our portfolio companies and our investments, these types of events are impacting and may continue to impact us and such portfolio companies. The effects of a public health emergency may impact (i) the value and performance of us and certain of our portfolio companies, (ii) the ability of our borrowers to continue to meet loan covenants or repay loans provided by us on a timely basis or at all (iii) our ability to repay debt obligations, on a timely basis or at all, (iv) our ability to comply with certain regulatory requirements, such as asset coverage requirements, and/or covenants under our credit facilities and indentures, (v) our ability to continue to pay distributions or to make them at current levels or (vi) our ability to source, manage and divest investments and achieve our investment objectives, all of which could result in losses to us. We may also be harmed if the operations and effectiveness of any of our portfolio companies (or any of the key personnel or service providers of the foregoing) is compromised or if necessary or beneficial systems and processes are disrupted.
In addition, future terrorist activities, military or security operations, natural disasters, disease outbreaks, pandemics or other similar events could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively impact our portfolio companies and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.
38
The capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and economic uncertainty. Such market conditions have adversely affected debt and equity capital markets, which have had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on our business and operations.
The U.S. capital markets have experienced significant volatility and disruption following the global outbreak of COVID-19 that began in December 2019, as evidenced by the volatility in global stock markets as a result of, among other things, uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and the fluctuating price of commodities such as oil. Despite actions of the U.S. federal government and foreign governments, these events have contributed to worsening general economic conditions that are negatively impacting the broader financial and credit markets and reducing the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole. These conditions could continue for a prolonged period of time or worsen in the future.
Significant changes or volatility in the capital markets may also have a negative effect on the valuations of our investments. While most of our investments are not publicly traded, applicable accounting standards require us to assume as part of our valuation process that our investments are sold in a principal market to market participants (even if we plan on holding an investment through its maturity). Our valuations, and particularly valuations of private investments and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and are often based on estimates, comparisons and qualitative evaluations of private information that may not show the complete impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting measures taken in response thereto.
Disruptions in the capital markets caused by the COVID-19 pandemic have increased the spread between the yields realized on risk-free and higher risk securities, resulting in illiquidity in parts of the capital markets. These and future market disruptions and/or illiquidity could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Unfavorable economic conditions may also increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events have limited and could continue to limit our investment originations, limit our ability to grow and have a negative impact on our and certain of our portfolio companies’ operating results and the fair values of our debt and equity investments.
We depend upon information systems, and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the value of our common stock and our ability to pay distributions.
We depend upon the communications and information systems of the Adviser and its affiliates as well as certain other third-party service providers. We, and our third-party service providers, are susceptible to operational and information security risks. While our third-party service providers have procedures in place with respect to information security, their technologies may become the target of cyber-attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized gathering, monitoring, release, misuse, loss or destruction of our and/or our stockholders’ confidential and other information, or otherwise disrupt our operations or those of our third-party service providers. Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that our third-party service providers, cyber-attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our third-party service providers use to service our operations, or disruption or failures in the movement of information between service providers could disrupt and impact the service providers’ and our operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, the inability of our stockholders to transact business and of us to process transactions, inability to calculate our NAV, misstated or unreliable financial data, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, litigation costs, increased insurance premiums, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. Our third-party service providers’ policies and procedures with respect to information security have been established to seek to identify and mitigate the types of risk to which we and our third-party service providers are subject. As with any risk management system, there are inherent limitations to these policies and procedures as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that have not been anticipated or identified. There can be no assurance that we or our third-party service providers will not suffer losses relating to information security breaches (including cyber-attacks) or other disruptions to information systems in the future.
39
Our business could suffer in the event our Adviser or any other party that provides us with services essential to our operations experiences system failures or cyber-incidents or a deficiency in cybersecurity.
Despite system redundancy, the implementation of security measures and the existence of a disaster recovery plan for the internal information technology systems of our Adviser and other parties that provide us with services essential to our operations, these systems are vulnerable to damage from any number of sources, including computer viruses, unauthorized access, energy blackouts, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication failures. Any system failure or accident that causes interruptions in our operations could result in a material disruption to our business.
A cyber-incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of information resources. More specifically, a cyber-incident is an intentional attack or an unintentional event that can result in third parties gaining unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data, or steal confidential information. As reliance on technology in our industry has increased, so have the risks posed to the systems of our Adviser and other parties that provide us with services essential to our operations, both internal and those that have been outsourced. In addition, the risk of a cyber-incident, including by computer hackers, foreign governments and cyber terrorists, has generally increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted attacks and intrusions from around the world have increased. Even the most well protected information, networks, systems and facilities remain potentially vulnerable because the techniques used in such attempted attacks and intrusions evolve and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. In some cases such attacks and intrusions are designed not to be detected and, in fact, may not be detected.
The remediation costs and lost revenues experienced by a victim of a cyber-incident may be significant and significant resources may be required to repair system damage, protect against the threat of future security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by any breaches, including reputational harm, loss of revenues and litigation. In addition, a security breach or other significant disruption involving the information technology networks and related systems of our Adviser or any other party that provides us with services essential to our operations could:
· | result in misstated financial reports, violations of loan covenants, missed reporting deadlines; |
· | affect our ability to properly monitor our compliance with the rules and regulations regarding our qualification as a RIC; |
· | result in the unauthorized access to, and destruction, loss, theft, misappropriation or release of, proprietary, confidential, sensitive or otherwise valuable information, which others could use to compete against us or for disruptive, destructive or otherwise harmful purposes and outcomes; |
· | result in liability to us for claims by stockholders and third-parties; |
· | require significant management attention and resources to remedy any damages that result; or |
· | adversely impact our reputation among investors. |
Although our Adviser and other parties that provide us with services essential to our operations intend to continue to implement industry-standard security measures, there can be no assurance that those measures will be sufficient, and any material adverse effect experienced by our Adviser and other parties that provide us with services essential to our operations could, in turn, have an adverse impact on us.
We could potentially be involved in litigation arising out of our operations in the normal course of business.
We may, from time to time, be involved in litigation arising out of our operations in the normal course of business or otherwise. Furthermore, third parties may try to seek to impose liability on us in connection with the activities of our portfolio companies. While the outcome of any current legal proceedings cannot at this time be predicted with certainty, we do not expect any current matters will materially affect our financial condition or results of operations; however, there can be no assurance whether any pending legal proceedings will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations in any future reporting period.
40
RISKS RELATED TO OUR ADVISER AND ITS AFFILIATES
We may be obligated to pay our Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a net loss due to a decline in the value of our portfolio.
The Investment Advisory Agreement entitles our Adviser to receive incentive compensation on income regardless of any capital losses. In such case, we may be required to pay our Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or if we incur a net loss for that quarter.
We expect that any incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income may be computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser will not be under any obligation to reimburse us for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued income that we never received as a result of a default by an entity on the debt instrument that resulted in the accrual of such income, and such circumstances would result in our paying an incentive fee on income we never received.
Moreover, to the extent that we are required to recognize in our taxable income such interest income that has been accrued but not yet paid, our payment of incentive fees to the Adviser on such income may make it difficult to meet (or may further amplify existing difficulties in meeting) the Annual Distribution Requirement (as defined below) necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level U.S. Federal income tax. For additional discussion regarding the tax implications of a RIC, see “Item 1. Business — Risk Factors — We may be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal taxes if we fail to maintain our qualification as a RIC.”
The time and resources that individuals and the executive officers of our Adviser devote to us may be diverted and we may face additional competition due to the fact that neither our Adviser nor its affiliates are prohibited from raising money for or managing another entity that makes the same types of investments that we target.
Affiliates and executive officers of the Adviser currently manage other investment entities and are not prohibited from raising money for and managing future investment entities that make the same types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources that the executive officers and individuals employed by the Adviser and its affiliates devote to us may be diverted, and during times of intense activity in other areas of business, they may devote less time and resources to our business than is necessary or appropriate.
There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could impact our investment returns.
We pay management and incentive fees to our Adviser and reimburse our Adviser for certain expenses it incurs on our behalf. In addition, investors in our common stock invest on a gross basis and receive distributions on a net basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments.
The part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our pre-incentive fee net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest that is accrued but not yet received in cash. If a portfolio company defaults on a loan that is structured to provide accrued interest, it is possible that accrued interest previously used in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible.
41
Our fee structure may induce our Adviser to make speculative investments or incur debt.
The incentive fee payable by us to our Adviser may create an incentive for it to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The way in which this incentive fee is determined may encourage the Adviser to use leverage to increase the return on our investments. In addition, the fact that our management fee is payable based upon our gross assets, which would include any borrowings for investment purposes, may encourage our Adviser to use leverage to make additional investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of leverage may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor holders of our common stock. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during cyclical economic downturns.
In selecting and structuring investments appropriate for us, our Adviser will consider our investment and tax objectives and those of our stockholders as a whole, not the investment, tax or other objectives of any stockholder individually.
Our stockholders may have conflicting investment, tax and other objectives with respect to their investments in us. The conflicting interests of individual stockholders may relate to or arise from, among other things, the nature of our investments, the structure or the acquisition of our investments, and the timing of the disposition of our investments. As a consequence, conflicts of interest may arise in connection with decisions made by our Adviser, including with respect to the nature or structuring of our investments, that may be more beneficial for one stockholder than for another stockholder, especially with respect to stockholders’ individual tax situations.
Our Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
Our Adviser has the right to resign under the Investment Advisory Agreement at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our Adviser were to resign, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by our Adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our Administrator can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
Our Administrator has the right to resign under the Administration Agreement at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our Administrator resigns, we may not be able to find a new administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and administrative activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a service provider or individuals with the expertise possessed by our Administrator. Even if we are able to retain a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
42
To the extent that our Adviser serves as a “joint bookrunner” in connection with the underwriting of a loan or other security to be acquired, it may be subject to underwriter liability under the federal securities laws. This liability can be managed principally through the exercise of due diligence regarding any such offering. In addition, if it acts as joint bookrunner for a loan or other securities offering and is not successful in syndicating the loan or offering, our Adviser may acquire a larger amount of the subject securities than it had planned, and it may be required to hold such loan or security for a longer period than it had anticipated.
It could be determined that our Adviser is serving as a joint bookrunner in connection with offerings of loans or other securities in connection with providing investment advisory services to us in connection with our ongoing operations and the management of our portfolio. A joint bookrunner is one of multiple lead managers of a securities issuance which syndicates the issuance of securities with other bookrunners and syndicate firms to lower the risk of selling the security for each syndicate member. In acting as a joint bookrunner, our Adviser may be required to perform due diligence on certain offerings before they are syndicated and sold, subjecting our Adviser to underwriter liabilities under federal securities laws in connection with the offer and sale of such securities. Furthermore, in leading an underwriting syndicate, our Adviser, in acting as a joint bookrunner, could be obligated to sell a large portion of an offering of securities should it be unable to put together a substantial enough underwriting syndicate, perhaps obligating it to hold such security for a longer period of time than it had originally anticipated. By being deemed a joint bookrunner, our Adviser would be obligated to perform duties for other lenders or investors while still managing our portfolio, thus reducing the amount of time it allocates to us and subjecting it to potential liabilities and financial obligations.
RISKS RELATED TO BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT COMPANIES
Our failure to invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets could result in our failure to maintain our status as a BDC.
As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company.” Therefore, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets. We may also be required to re-classify investments previously identified as qualifying assets as non-qualifying assets due to a change in the underlying business, a change in law or regulation, or for other reasons. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making additional investments in existing portfolio companies, which could result in the dilution of our position, or could require us either to dispose of investments at an inopportune time or to refrain from making additional investments to comply with the 1940 Act. If we were forced to sell non-qualifying investments in our portfolio for compliance purposes, the proceeds from such sales could be significantly less than the current value of such investments.
Failure to maintain our status as a BDC would reduce our operating flexibility.
If we do not remain a BDC, we might be regulated as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.
Regulations governing our operation as a BDC and RIC will affect our ability to raise, and the way in which we raise, additional capital or borrow for investment purposes, which may have a negative effect on our growth.
We may need to access the capital markets periodically to raise cash to fund new investments. We may also issue “senior securities,” including borrowing money from banks or other financial institutions, in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% after such incurrence or issuance. Our ability to issue different types of securities is also limited. Compliance with these requirements may unfavorably limit our investment opportunities and reduce our ability compared to other companies to profit from favorable spreads between the rates at which we can borrow and the rates at which we can lend. As a BDC, therefore, we intend to continuously issue equity at a rate more frequent than our privately owned competitors, which may lead to greater stockholder dilution.
43
We intend to incur leverage to generate capital to make additional investments. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy the asset coverage test under the 1940 Act, which could prohibit us from paying distributions and could prevent us from being subject to tax as a RIC. If we cannot satisfy the asset coverage test, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our debt financing, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales and repayments may be disadvantageous.
Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our common stock at a price per share, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below net asset value per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared to other public companies. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value of our common stock if (1) our Board of Directors and independent directors determine that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and (2) our stockholders in general, as well as those stockholders that are not affiliated with us approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our Board of Directors, closely approximates the fair value of such securities.
Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted.
The 1940 Act generally prohibits BDCs from entering into negotiated co-investments with affiliates absent an order from the SEC. Unless otherwise provided in the allocation policy, if an investment opportunity is appropriate for both us and other investment funds, the investment opportunity requires more than the price to be negotiated and cannot be effected pursuant to the terms of the co-investment exemptive order, the investment opportunity will be made available to the other investment fund or us on an alternating basis based on the date of closing of each such investment opportunity and each fund’s available capital. As a result, the Adviser and/ or its affiliates may face conflicts in allocating investment opportunities between us and such other entities. Although the Adviser and its affiliates will endeavor to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner and consistent with applicable allocation procedures, it is possible that, in the future, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in investments made by investment funds managed by the Adviser or its affiliates.
Affiliates of our Adviser received exemptive relief from the SEC that permits us greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our Board of Directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by the Adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. Under the terms of this exemptive relief, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our eligible directors is required to make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching in respect of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment strategies and policies. We believe that co-investment by us and accounts sponsored or managed by the Adviser and its affiliates affords us additional investment opportunities and an ability to achieve greater diversification.
We are uncertain of our sources for funding our future capital needs; if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected.
The net proceeds from offerings of our common stock will be used for our investment opportunities, operating expenses and for payment of various fees and expenses such as management fees, incentive fees and other fees. Any working capital reserves we maintain may not be sufficient for investment purposes, and we may require debt or equity financing to operate. In order to maintain our RIC tax treatment we must distribute to our stockholders on a timely basis generally an amount equal to at least 90% of our investment company taxable income, determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid, and the amounts of such distributions will therefore not be available to fund investment originations or to repay maturing debt. In addition, with certain limited exceptions, we are only allowed to borrow amounts or issue debt securities or preferred stock, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” such that our asset coverage, as calculated pursuant to the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% immediately after such borrowing, which, in certain circumstances, may restrict our ability to borrow or issue debt securities or preferred stock. Accordingly, in the event that we develop a need for additional capital in the future for investments or for any other reason, these sources of funding may not be available to us. Consequently, if we cannot obtain debt or equity financing on acceptable terms, our ability to acquire investments and to expand our operations will be adversely affected. As a result, we would be less able to achieve portfolio diversification and our investment objective, which may negatively impact our results of operations and reduce our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.
44
RISKS RELATED TO OUR INVESTMENTS
Our investments may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.
Senior Secured Loans. When the Company makes a senior secured loan to a portfolio company, it will generally take a security interest in the available assets of the portfolio company, including the equity interests of its subsidiaries, which could help mitigate the risk that the Company will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing the Company’s loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. In some circumstances, the Company’s lien could be subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the loan. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that the Company will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that the Company will be able to collect on the loan should it be forced to enforce its remedies.
Second Lien, or Other Subordinated Loans or Debt. The Company may invest in second lien or other subordinated loans. In the event of a loss of value of the underlying assets that collateralize the loans, the subordinate portions of the loans may suffer a loss prior to the more senior portions suffering a loss. If a borrower defaults and lacks sufficient assets to satisfy the Company’s loan, the Company may suffer a loss of principal or interest. If a borrower declares bankruptcy, the Company may not have full recourse to the assets of the borrower, or the assets of the borrower may not be sufficient to satisfy the loan. Issuers of subordinated debt obligations may be highly leveraged and may not have available to them more traditional sources of financing. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, such issuers may be more likely to experience financial stress and may be unable to meet their obligations. In addition, certain of the Company’s loans may be subordinate to other debt of the borrower. As a result, if a borrower defaults on the Company’s loan or on debt senior to the Company’s loan, or in the event of the bankruptcy of a borrower, the Company’s loan will be satisfied only after all senior debt is paid in full. The Adviser’s ability to amend the terms of the Company’s loans, assign the Company’s loans, accept prepayments, exercise the Company’s remedies (through “standstill periods”) and control decisions made in bankruptcy proceedings relating to borrowers may be limited by intercreditor arrangements if debt senior to the Company’s loans exists.
Unsecured Loans or Debt. The Company may invest in unsecured loans which are not secured by collateral. In the event of default on an unsecured loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible that no collateral value would remain for an unsecured holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Company. Because unsecured loans are lower in priority of payment to secured loans, they are subject to the additional risk that the cash flow of the borrower may be insufficient to meet scheduled payments after giving effect to the secured obligations of the borrower. Unsecured loans generally have greater price volatility than secured loans and may be less liquid.
45
Middle Market Companies. The Company will invest in the debt obligations or securities of middle market and/or less well-established companies. While middle market companies may have potential for rapid growth, they often involve higher risks. Middle market companies have more limited financial resources than larger companies and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that the Company holds, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of the Company realizing any guarantees it may have obtained in connection with its investment. Middle market companies also typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Less publicly available information may be available about these companies and they may not be subject to the financial and other reporting requirements applicable to public companies. They are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on the company and, in turn, on the Company. Middle market companies may also have less predictable operating results and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. They may also have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity. Middle market loans may also be subject to greater illiquidity if they are privately negotiated or syndicated in comparison to publicly traded instruments or, if such instruments are publicly traded, there may be smaller relative trading volumes.
Investments in Privately Held Companies. While not a primary strategy of the Company, the Company may acquire controlling or minority equity stakes in privately held companies, which may occur, among other ways, by reason of converting debt into equity. The success of the Company’s investments in privately held companies that it controls will depend in part on the Adviser’s ability to develop plans and strategies to exploit new business opportunities for such companies as well as the Adviser’s ability to restructure and effect improvements in the operations of such companies. The activity of developing such plans and strategies and of identifying and implementing operational improvements at portfolio companies entails a high degree of uncertainty. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully identify and implement such plans, strategies or improvements. To the extent that the Company owns a controlling stake in, or is deemed an affiliate of, a particular company, it may also be subject to certain additional bankruptcy or securities laws restrictions that could affect both the liquidity of the Company’s interest and the Company’s ability to liquidate its interest without adversely impacting the price thereof, including insider trading restrictions, the affiliate sale restrictions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act and the disclosure requirements of Sections 13 and 16 of the Exchange Act. The exercise of control over a company, depending upon the amount and type of securities owned by the Company, contractual arrangements between the company and the Company, and other relevant factual circumstances, could result in an extension to one year of the 90-day bankruptcy preference period with respect to payments made to the Company. The exercise of control over a company may also provide grounds for challenges to the priority and enforceability of investments or other claims the Company may have against the company if it is subject to a bankruptcy case or other insolvency proceeding.
The success of the Company’s investments in minority equity stakes of privately held companies will depend in part on the performance and abilities of such companies’ controlling shareholders. Because the Company will not control such companies, the Company’s ability to exit from such investments may be limited. Additionally, the Company is likely to have a reduced ability to influence management of such companies. The Adviser may also have disagreements with controlling shareholders over the strategy and operations of such companies. As a result of the foregoing, the Company’s equity investments in such companies may perform poorly.
Bank Loans. The Company may invest a portion of its investments in loans originated by banks and other financial institutions. The loans in which the Company invests may include term loans and revolving loans, may pay interest at a fixed or floating rate and may be senior or subordinated. Purchasers of bank loans are predominantly commercial banks, investment funds and investment banks. As secondary market trading volumes for bank loans increase, new bank loans are frequently adopting standardized documentation to facilitate loan trading which should improve market liquidity. There can be no assurance, however, that future levels of supply and demand in bank loan trading will provide an adequate degree of liquidity, that current levels of liquidity will persist and that the market will not experience periods of significant illiquidity in the future. In addition, the Company may make investments in stressed or distressed bank loans which are often less liquid than performing bank loans.
46
The Company may acquire interests in bank loans either directly (by way of sale or assignment) or indirectly (by way of participation). The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations of the assigning institution and becomes a lender under the credit agreement with respect to the debt obligation; however, its rights can be more restricted than those of the assigning institution. Participation interests in a portion of a debt obligation typically result in a contractual relationship only with the institution participating out the interest, not with the borrower. In purchasing participations, the Company generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Company may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the debt obligation in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Company will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the institution selling the participation. The settlement process for the purchase of bank loans can take several days and, in certain instances, several weeks longer than a bond trade. The longer a trade is outstanding between the counterparties, the higher the possible risk of additional operational and settlement issues and the potential for the Company’s counterparty to fail to perform.
Public Debt. In the event that the Company acquires fixed income securities and/or other instruments that are publicly traded, the Company will be subject to certain inherent risks. In some circumstances, the Company may be unable to obtain financial covenants or other contractual rights, including management rights, that it might otherwise be able to obtain in making privately-negotiated debt investments. Moreover, the Company may not have the same access to information in connection with investments in public instruments, either when investigating a potential investment or after making an investment, as compared to a privately-negotiated debt investment.
Term Loans, Delayed Draw Term Loans, or Revolvers. The Company may invest in a variety of different types of debt, including but not limited to term loans, delayed draw term loans, bridge loans, and revolving loans. A term loan is a loan that has a specified repayment schedule. A delayed draw term loan is a loan that typically permits the borrower to withdraw predetermined portions of the total amount borrowed at certain times. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed draw term loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed draw term loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. If the Company enters into or acquires a commitment with a borrower regarding a delayed draw term loan or a revolver, the Company will be obligated on one or more dates in the future to lend the borrower monies (up to an aggregate stated amount) if called upon to do so by the borrower. These commitments may have the effect of requiring the Company to increase its investment in a borrower at a time when it might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). Delayed draw term loans and revolvers may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, the Company may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value.
Financially Troubled Companies. The Company may invest in the obligations of companies that are in weak financial condition, experiencing poor operating results, having substantial capital needs or negative net worth, or facing special competitive or product obsolescence problems, including companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization and liquidation proceedings. Investments in such financially troubled companies involve significantly greater risk than investments in non-troubled companies, and the repayment of obligations of financially troubled companies is subject to significant uncertainties. Among the risks inherent in investments in troubled entities is the fact that it frequently may be difficult to obtain information as to the true condition of such issuers. Loans issued by companies in bankruptcy are also highly risky, as there are a number of significant rights throughout the bankruptcy process, which may result in losses to the Company. Such investments may also be adversely affected by laws relating to, among other things, fraudulent transfers and other voidable transfers or payments, lender liability and the bankruptcy court’s power to disallow, reduce, subordinate or disenfranchise particular claims. Such companies’ securities may be considered speculative, and the ability of such companies to pay their debts on schedule could be affected by adverse interest rate movements, changes in the general economic climate, economic factors affecting a particular industry or specific developments within such companies. Additionally, the Company could invest in the securities of financially troubled companies that are non-U.S. issuers. Such non-U.S. issuers may be subject to bankruptcy and reorganization processes and proceedings that are not comparable to those in the United States and that may be less favorable to the rights of lenders. There is no assurance that the Adviser or their affiliates will correctly evaluate the value of the assets underlying the securities or obligations purchased by the Company or the prospects for a successful reorganization or similar action. In any reorganization or liquidation proceeding relating to a company in which the Company invests, the Company may lose its entire investment, may be required to accept cash or securities with a value less than its original investment and/or may be required to accept payment over an extended period of time. Under such circumstances, the returns generated may not compensate the shareholders adequately for the risks assumed. In liquidation (both in and out of bankruptcy) and other forms of corporate reorganization, there exists the risk that the reorganization will be unsuccessful (due to, for example, failure to obtain requisite approvals), will be delayed (for example, until various liabilities, actual or contingent, have been satisfied) or will result in a distribution of cash or a new security the value of which will be less than the purchase price of the security in respect of which such distribution is made. In certain transactions, the Company may not be “hedged” against market fluctuations, or, in liquidation situations, may not accurately value the assets of the company being liquidated. This can result in losses, even if the proposed transaction is consummated.
47
High Yield Debt. The Company may invest in high yield debt, a substantial portion of which may be rated below investment-grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations or which may be unrated but of comparable credit quality to obligations rated below investment-grade, and have greater credit and liquidity risk than more highly rated debt obligations. High yield debt is generally unsecured and may be subordinate to other obligations of the obligor. The lower rating of high yield debt reflects a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or in general economic conditions (including, for example, a substantial period of rising interest rates or declining earnings) or both may impair the ability of the obligor to make payment of principal and interest. Many issuers of high yield debt are highly leveraged, and their relatively high debt-to-equity ratios create increased risks that their operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations. In addition, many issuers of high yield debt may be in poor financial condition, experiencing poor operating results, having substantial capital needs or negative net worth or be facing special competitive or product obsolescence problems, and may include companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganizations or liquidation proceedings. Certain of these securities may not be publicly traded, and, therefore, it may be difficult to obtain information as to the true condition of the issuers. Overall declines in the below investment-grade bond and other markets may adversely affect such issuers by inhibiting their ability to refinance their debt at maturity. High yield debt is often less liquid than higher rated securities.
High yield debt is often issued in connection with leveraged acquisitions or recapitalizations in which the issuers incur a substantially higher amount of indebtedness than the level at which they had previously operated. High yield debt has historically experienced greater default rates than has been the case for investment-grade securities. The Company may also invest in equity securities issued by entities with unrated or below investment-grade debt.
High yield debt may also be in the form of zero-coupon or deferred interest bonds, which are bonds which are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. Such investments experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in the interest rates than bonds that that provide for regular payments of interest.
Levered Entities. The Company may make investments whose capital structures have significant leverage. Such investments are inherently more sensitive to declines in revenues and asset values and to increases in expenses and interest rates. The leveraged capital structure of such investments will increase the exposure of the investments to adverse economic factors such as downturns in the economy or deterioration in the condition of the investment, its underlying assets or its industry. Additionally, depending on the level in the capital structure in which the Company acquires investments, the Company may be subject to a greater risk of loss than if it acquires securities higher in a capital structure.
Convertible Securities. The Company may invest in convertible securities, which are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest that is generally paid or accrued on debt or a dividend that is paid or accrued on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.
48
Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying common stock due to their fixed-income characteristics and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases.
The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors may also have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed-income security. Generally, the amount of the premium decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity.
A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by the Company is called for redemption, the Company will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third-party. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve its investment objective.
Equity Securities. The Company may hold investments in equity securities. Equity securities may include common and preferred stocks and warrants, rights and equivalents. As with other investments that the Company may make, the value of equity securities held by the Company may be adversely affected by actual or perceived negative events relating to the issuer of such securities, the industry or geographic areas in which such issuer operates or the financial markets generally. However, equity securities may be even more susceptible to such events given their subordinate position in the issuer’s capital structure. As such, equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed income securities or debt instruments. Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt securities in an issuer’s capital structure in terms of priority for corporate income and liquidation payments and, therefore, will be subject to greater credit risk than those debt securities. Depending on the features of the particular security, holders of preferred stock may bear the risks disclosed herein regarding equity or fixed income securities. Dividends paid to equity holders may be suspended or cancelled at any time, and minority owners may have limited protections. In addition, if an issuer of equity securities in which the Company has invested sells additional shares of its equity securities, the Company’s interest in the issuer will be diluted and the value of the Company’s investment may decrease.
Warrants. The Company may hold warrants or rights. Warrants and rights generally give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise, a security of the issuer at a stated price. Risks associated with the use of warrants and rights are generally similar to risks associated with the use of options. Unlike most options, however, warrants and rights are issued in specific amounts, and warrants generally have longer terms than options. Warrants and rights are not likely to be as liquid as exchange-traded options backed by a recognized clearing agency. In addition, the terms of warrants or rights may limit the Company’s ability to exercise the warrants or rights at such time, or in such quantities, as the Company would otherwise wish.
Covenant-Lite Loans. The Company may invest in covenant-lite loans, which contain limited, if any, financial covenants. Generally, such loans either do not require the obligor to maintain debt service or other financial ratios or do not contain common restrictions on the ability of the obligor to change significantly its operations or to enter into other significant transactions that could affect its ability to repay such loans. As a result, the Company’s exposure to different risks may be increased, including with respect to liquidity, price volatility and ability to restructure loans, than is the case with loans that have such requirements and restrictions.
49
Cash and Other Investments. The Company may invest all or a portion of its assets in cash or cash items for investment purposes, pending other investments or as provision of margin for derivatives contracts. These cash items may include money market instruments such as negotiable or non-negotiable securities issued by or short-term deposits with the U.S. and non-U.S. governments and agencies or instrumentalities thereof, bankers’ acceptances, high quality commercial paper, repurchase agreements, bank certificates of deposit, and short-term debt securities of U.S. or non-U.S. issuers deemed to be creditworthy by the Adviser. The Company may also hold interests in investment vehicles that hold cash or cash items. While investments in cash items generally involve relatively low risk levels, they may produce lower than expected returns, and could result in losses. Investments in cash items and money market funds may also provide less liquidity than anticipated by the Company at the time of investment.
Our investments will be subject to interest rate risk.
“Interest rate risk” refers to the risks associated with market changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes may affect the value of a debt instrument indirectly (especially in the case of fixed rate securities) and directly (especially in the case of instruments whose rates are adjustable). In general, rising interest rates will negatively impact the price of a fixed rate debt instrument and falling interest rates will have a positive effect on price. Adjustable rate instruments also react to interest rate changes in a similar manner although generally to a lesser degree (depending, however, on the characteristics of the reset terms, including the index chosen, frequency of reset and reset caps or floors, among other factors). Interest rate sensitivity is generally more pronounced and less predictable in instruments with uncertain payment or prepayment schedules.
Our debt investments will be subject to prepayment or refinancing risk.
The terms of loans in which the Company invests may permit the borrowers to voluntarily prepay loans at any time, either with no or a nominal prepayment premium. This prepayment right could result in the borrower repaying the principal on an obligation held by the Company earlier than expected. This could happen when there is a decline in interest rates, when the borrower’s improved credit or operating or financial performance allows the refinancing of certain classes of debt with lower cost debt. The yield of the Company’s investment assets may be affected by the rate of prepayments differing from the Adviser’s expectations. Assuming an improvement in the credit market conditions, early repayments of the debt held by the Company could increase. To the extent early prepayments increase, they may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s investment objectives and profits. In addition, if the Company is unable to reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments received in investments expected to be as profitable, the proceeds generated by the Company will decline as compared to the Adviser’s expectations.
The Company’s assets may include loans for which most or all of the principal is due at maturity. The ability of the obligor(s) under such loan to make such a large payment upon maturity could depend upon its ability to refinance the loan prior to maturity. The ability of an obligor to consummate a refinancing will be affected by many factors, including the availability of financing at acceptable rates to such obligor, the financial condition of such obligor, the marketability of the collateral (if any) securing such loan, the operating history of the obligor and related businesses, tax laws and prevailing general economic conditions. Additionally, middle-market or smaller obligors generally have more limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may be in a weaker financial position, may need more capital to expand or compete, and may be unable to obtain financing from public capital markets or from more traditional sources, such as commercial banks. Consequently, such obligor may not have the ability to repay the loan at maturity and, unless it is able to refinance such loan, it could default in payment at maturity, which could result in losses to the Company and, indirectly, to the shareholders.
Significant numbers of obligors are expected to need to refinance their debt over the next few years, and significant numbers of collateralized loan obligation transactions (historically an important source of funding for loans) have reached or are close to reaching the end of their reinvestment periods or the final maturities of their own debt. As a result, there could be significant pressure on the ability of obligors to refinance their debt over the next few years unless a significant volume of new collateralized loan obligation transactions or other sources of funding develop. If such sources of funding do not develop, significant defaults in the Company’s assets could occur, and there could be downward pressure on the prices and markets for debt instruments, including assets held by the Company. In certain circumstances, it may be in the Company’s interests to participate in a refinance, including later in the life of the Company, however, the ability of the Company to so participate depends on availability of Company capital. In addition, other funds may participate in a refinancing, which may cause conflicts of interest, and there is no guarantee that such conflicts would be resolved in the interests of the Company. The Company may determine to restructure investments in a manner that would extend the maturity of such investments.
50
Our investments will generally be subject to credit risk.
“Credit risk” refers to the likelihood that an issuer will default in the payment of principal and/or interest on an instrument, in which case the Company may lose some or all of its investment in that instrument, subject the Company to loss. Financial strength and solvency of an issuer are the primary factors influencing credit risk. In addition, subordination, lack or inadequacy of collateral or credit enhancement for a debt instrument may affect its credit risk. Credit risk may change over the life of an instrument and securities which are rated by rating agencies are often reviewed and may be subject to downgrade. A significant downturn in the economy or a particular economic sector could have a significant impact on the business prospects of the companies to which the Company is invested and their ability to comply with their loan repayment obligations, or their ability to refinance such obligations.
In addition, credit ratings may be assigned by various credit rating agencies to loans or other debt instruments that may be acquired by the Company reflect only the views of those agencies. Explanations of the significance of ratings should be obtained from such credit rating agencies. No assurance can be given that ratings assigned will not be withdrawn or revised downward if, in the view of such credit rating agency, circumstances so warrant. Ratings may be wrong or ratings agencies may not adjust their ratings in real time.
We and our investments are subject to risks associated with non-U.S. investing.
Certain non-U.S. investments involve risks and special considerations not typically associated with U.S. investments, and investing outside the U.S. may involve greater risks than investing in the U.S. These risks include, but are not limited to: (i) less publicly available information; (ii) varying levels of governmental regulation and supervision; (iii) the difficulty of enforcing legal rights in a non-U.S. jurisdiction and uncertainties as to the status, interpretation and application of laws; (iv) different accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, practices and requirements compared to those applicable to U.S. companies; (v) fluctuations in currency exchange rates; (vi) the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets or confiscatory taxation; (vii) social, economic and political uncertainty, including war and revolution; (viii) dependence on exports and the corresponding importance of international trade; (ix) greater price fluctuations and market volatility, (x) less liquidity and smaller capitalization of securities markets; (xi) higher rates of inflation; (xii) controls on, and changes in controls on, non-U.S. investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on the Company’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; (xiii) less extensive regulation of the securities markets; (xiv) longer settlement periods for securities transactions; and (xv) less developed corporate laws regarding fiduciary duties and the protection of investors. Non-U.S. markets may be smaller, less liquid, and subject to greater influence by adverse events generally affecting the market. Brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on securities exchanges in non-U.S. countries are generally higher than in the United States. Non-U.S. securities settlements may in some instances be subject to delays and related administrative uncertainties. In some countries there are restrictions on investments or investors such that the only practicable way for the Company to invest in such markets is by entering into swaps or other derivative transactions with its prime brokers or others. Such transactions involve counterparty risks which are not present in the case of direct investments and which may not be controllable by the Adviser.
Currency Exchange Risk. Investments or liabilities of the Company may be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and hence the value of such investments, or the amount of such liabilities, will depend in part on the relative strength of the U.S. dollar. The Company may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may also affect the value of dividends and interest earned, and the level of gains and losses realized on the sale of securities. The rates of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies are affected by many factors, including forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These rates are also affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.
51
The Company is not obligated to engage in any currency hedging operations, and there can be no assurance as to the success of any hedging operations that the Company may implement. To the extent the Company enters into currency hedging operations, the Company may incur costs related to such hedging arrangements, which may be undertaken in exchange-traded or over-the-counter contexts, including futures, forwards, swaps, options and other instruments.
The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.
The lack of an established, liquid secondary market for the Company’s investments may have an adverse effect on the market value of the Company’s investments and on the Company’s ability to dispose of them. Additionally, the Company’s investments may be subject to certain transfer restrictions that would also contribute to illiquidity. Finally, Company assets that are typically traded in a liquid market may become illiquid if the applicable trading market tightens as a result of a significant macro-economic shock or for any other reason. Therefore, no assurance can be given that, if the Company is determined to dispose of a particular investment held by the Company, it could dispose of such investment at the prevailing market price or the current valuation of the investment. A portion of the Company’s investments may consist of securities that are subject to restrictions on resale by the Company because they were acquired in a “private placement” transaction or because the Company is deemed to be an affiliate of the issuer of such securities. Generally, the Company will be able to sell such securities only under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited sales under specified conditions, or pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act. When restricted securities are sold to the public, the Company may be deemed to be an underwriter or possibly a controlling person with respect thereto for the purposes of the Securities Act and be subject to liability as such under the Securities Act. In addition, the Company may, from time to time, possess material, non-public information about a borrower or issuer or the Company may be an affiliate of a borrower or an issuer. Such information or affiliation may limit the ability of the Company to buy and sell investments.
Due to the illiquid nature of the Company’s investments, the Company cannot predict with confidence what the exit strategy will ultimately be for any given position, or that one will definitely be available. Exit strategies which appear to be viable when an investment is initiated may be precluded by the time the investment is ready to be realized due to economic, legal, political or other factors.
Changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.
General interest rate fluctuations and changes in credit spreads on floating rate loans may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our rate of return on invested capital, our net investment income, our net asset value and the market price of our common stock.
The majority of our debt investments are expected to have variable interest rates that reset periodically based on benchmarks such as LIBOR, so an increase in interest rates from their historically low present levels may make it more difficult for our portfolio companies to service their obligations under our debt investments and increase defaults even where our investment income increases. In addition, any such increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt to finance our investments. Any decrease in credit spreads on debt that pays a floating rate of return would have an impact on the income generation of our floating rate assets. Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed rate securities that have longer maturities. Although we have no policy governing the maturities of our investments, under current market conditions we expect that we will invest in a portfolio of debt generally having maturities of up to seven years. This means that we will be subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than an entity investing solely in shorter-term securities.
In addition, because we will borrow to fund a portion of our investments, a portion of our net investment income will depend upon the difference between the interest rate at which we borrow funds and the interest rate at which we invest these funds. Portions of our investment portfolio and our borrowings have floating rate components. As a result, a significant change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds could increase, which would reduce our net investment income. We may hedge against such interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as interest rate swap agreements, futures, options and forward contracts, subject to applicable legal requirements, including all necessary registrations (or exemptions from registration) with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged borrowings. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
52
We may from time to time incur contingent liabilities in connection with an investment that may adversely affect the Company.
The Company may from time to time incur contingent liabilities in connection with an investment. For example, the Company may acquire a revolving credit or delayed draw term facility that has not yet been fully drawn. If the borrower subsequently draws down on the facility, the Company will be obligated to fund the amounts due. There can be no assurance that the Company will adequately reserve for such contingent liabilities and that such liabilities will not have an adverse effect on the Company.
In connection with the disposition of the Company’s investment in a portfolio company, the Company may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of such company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. The Company also may be required to indemnify the purchasers of the Company’s investment to the extent that any such representations are inaccurate or with respect to certain potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in the incurrence of contingent liabilities for which the Adviser may establish reserves or escrows. In that regard, shareholders may be required to return amounts distributed to them to fund the Company’s obligations, including indemnity obligations.
We generally will not control our portfolio companies and may co-invest with third-parties.
We generally will not control our portfolio companies, even though we may have board representation or board observation rights, and debt agreements may contain certain restrictive covenants. As a result, the Company will be subject to the risk that a portfolio company in which it invests may make business decisions with which it disagrees and the management of such company, as representatives of the holders of their common equity, may take risks or otherwise act in ways that do not serve the Company’s interests as debt investors. Due to the lack of liquidity for investments in non-traded companies, the Company may not be able to dispose of interests in its portfolio companies as readily as it would like or at an appropriate valuation. As a result, a portfolio company may make decisions that could decrease the value of the Company’s portfolio holdings.
The Company may co-invest with third-parties through partnerships, joint ventures or other entities. Such investments may involve risks not present in investments where a third-party is not involved, including the possibility that a third-party co-venturer or partner may at any time have economic or business interests or goals which are inconsistent with those of the Company, or may be in a position to take action contrary to the investment objective of the Company. In addition, the Company may in certain circumstances be liable for actions of its third-party co-venturer or partner.
Investments in a portfolio company, whether debt, equity, or a combination thereof, may lead to receiving material non-public information or obtaining “control” of the target company. The ability to exit an investment where the Company has material non-public information or control could be limited and could result in a realized loss on the investment.
The Company may be provided with material non-public information that may restrict its ability to trade in the portfolio company’s securities or be subject to other limitations on trading. While the Company intends to comply with all applicable securities laws and to make judgments concerning restrictions on trading in good faith, the Company may trade in the portfolio company’s securities while engaged in the portfolio company’s restructuring activities. Such trading creates a risk of litigation and liability that may cause the Company to incur significant legal fees and potential losses. As the Company will indemnify any person serving on a committee on its behalf for claims arising from the breaches of those obligations, indemnification payments could adversely affect the return on the Company’s investment in a portfolio company.
53
The Company may be subject to allegations of lender liability.
A number of judicial decisions in the United States have upheld the right of borrowers to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories (collectively termed “lender liability”). Generally, lender liability is founded upon the premise that an institutional lender has violated a duty (whether implied or contractual) of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. Because of the nature of certain of the Company’s investments, the Company could be subject to allegations of lender liability.
In addition, under common law principles that in some cases form the basis for lender liability claims, if a lending institution (i) intentionally takes an action that results in the undercapitalization of a borrower to the detriment of other creditors of such borrower, (ii) engages in other inequitable conduct to the detriment of such other creditors, (iii) engages in fraud with respect to, or makes misrepresentations to, such other creditors or (iv) uses its influence as a stockholder to dominate or control a borrower to the detriment of the other creditors of such borrower, a court may elect to subordinate the claim of the offending lending institution to the claims of the disadvantaged creditor or creditors, a remedy called “equitable subordination.” Because of the nature of certain of the Company’s and its affiliates’ investments, the Company could be subject to claims from creditors of an obligor that the Company’s investments issued by such obligor should be equitably subordinated. The Company may make investments in which it would not be the lead creditor. It is, accordingly, possible that lender liability or equitable subordination claims affecting the Company’s investment could arise without the direct involvement of the Company.
The Company may be subject to risks due to borrower fraud.
There is a risk of material misrepresentation or omission on the part of the borrower. Such inaccuracy or incompleteness may adversely affect the valuation of the collateral underlying the loans or may adversely affect the ability of the Company to perfect or effectuate a lien on any collateral securing the loan. The Company cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of representations made by and information provided by borrowers.
The Company is subject to U.S. federal and state and applicable foreign laws enacted for the protection of creditors.
Various U.S. federal and state and applicable foreign laws enacted for the protection of creditors may apply to the purchase of the Company’s investments, which constitute the primary assets of the Company, by virtue of the Company’s role as a creditor with respect to the borrowers under such investments. In general, if payments on an investment are voidable, whether as fraudulent conveyances or preferences, such payments can be recaptured either from the initial recipient (such as the Company) or from subsequent transferees of such payments, including shareholders.
The Company’s investment activities may subject us to the normal risks of becoming involved in litigation by third parties.
The Company’s investment activities subject it to the normal risks of becoming involved in litigation by third parties. This risk is somewhat greater where the Company exercises control or significant influence over a company’s direction. The Company may also be subject to certain litigation and related risks associated with origination and servicing. Loan origination and servicing companies are routinely involved in legal proceedings concerning matters that arise in the ordinary course of their business. These legal proceedings range from actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with potentially tens of thousands of class members. In addition, a number of participants in the loan origination and servicing industry (including control persons of industry participants) have been the subject of regulatory actions by state regulators, including state attorneys general, and by the federal government. Governmental investigations, examinations or regulatory actions, or private lawsuits, including purported class action lawsuits, may adversely affect such companies’ financial results. To the extent the Company seeks to engage in origination and/or servicing directly, or has a financial interest in, or is otherwise affiliated with, an origination or servicing company, the Company will be subject to enhanced risks of litigation, regulatory actions and other proceedings. The expense of defending against claims by third parties and paying any amounts pursuant to settlements or judgments would generally be borne by the Company and would reduce net assets.
54
RISKS RELATED TO DEBT FINANCING
We may enter into revolving credit facilities that contain various covenants which, if not complied with, could accelerate repayment under such credit facilities, thereby materially and adversely affecting our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders.
The agreements governing certain financing arrangements that we may enter into are expected to require us and any of our special purpose financing subsidiaries party to such arrangements to comply with certain financial and operational covenants. These covenants would be expected to require us and our subsidiaries to, among other things, maintain certain financial ratios, including asset coverage and minimum stockholders’ equity. Compliance with these covenants depends on many factors, some of which will be beyond our and their control. In the event of deterioration in the capital markets and pricing levels, net unrealized depreciation in our and our subsidiaries’ portfolios may increase in the future and could result in non-compliance with certain covenants, or our taking actions which could disrupt our business and impact our ability to meet our investment objective. For example, the agreements governing a credit facility that we may enter into could require applicable special purpose vehicles (“SPVs”) to comply with certain operational covenants, including maintaining eligible assets with an aggregate value equal to or exceeding a specified multiple of the borrowings under the credit facility, and a decline in the value of assets owned by the SPV could result in our being required to contribute additional assets to the SPV.
There can be no assurance that we and our subsidiaries could continue to comply with the covenants under any financing arrangements that we may enter into. Failure to comply with these covenants could result in a default. If we and our subsidiaries were unable to obtain a waiver from the debt holders, such a default could accelerate repayment under any or all of our and their debt instruments and thereby force us to liquidate investments at a disadvantageous time and/or at a price which could result in losses, or allow our lenders to sell assets pledged as collateral under our financing arrangements in order to satisfy amounts due thereunder. These occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay distributions.
Because we expect to borrow money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us will be magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us.
The use of borrowings, also known as leverage, increases the volatility of investments by magnifying the potential for gain or loss on invested equity capital. Because we intend to use leverage to partially finance our investments, through borrowing from banks and other lenders, investors will experience increased risks of investing in our common stock. If the value of our assets increases, leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause our net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to make common stock distribution payments. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique.
The following table illustrates the effects of leverage on returns from an investment in shares of Common Stock, assuming various hypothetical annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing below. The calculation assumes (i) that the Company uses borrowings of 1.0x debt/equity ratio, (ii) a projected annual rate of interest on the borrowings of 4.0% and (iii) no incentive fees payable by the Company to the Adviser. In order to compute the “Corresponding return to stockholders,” the “Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (net of expenses)” is multiplied by the assumed total assets to obtain an assumed return to us. From this amount, the interest expense is calculated by multiplying the assumed weighted average cost of funds by the assumed debt outstanding, and the product is subtracted from the assumed return to us in order to determine the return available to stockholders. The return available to stockholders is then divided by our stockholders’ equity to determine the “Corresponding return to stockholders.” Actual interest payments may be different.
55
Assumed Return on the Company’s Portfolio (net of expenses)
(10.00)% | (5.00)% | 0.00% | 5.00% | 10.00% | |
Corresponding return to stockholders | (25.8)% | (15.8)% | (5.8)% | 4.3% | 14.3% |
Changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.
General interest rate fluctuations and changes in credit spreads on floating rate loans may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our rate of return on invested capital, our net investment income, and our net asset value.
The majority of our debt investments are expected to have variable interest rates that reset periodically based on benchmarks such as LIBOR, so an increase in interest rates from their low present levels may make it more difficult for our portfolio companies to service their obligations under our debt investments and increase defaults even where our investment income increases. In addition, any such increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt to finance our investments. Any decrease in credit spreads on debt that pays a floating rate of return would have an impact on the income generation of our floating rate assets. Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed rate securities that have longer maturities. Although we have no policy governing the maturities of our investments, under current market conditions we expect that we will invest in a portfolio of debt generally having maturities of up to seven years. This means that we will be subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than an entity investing solely in shorter-term securities.
In addition, because we intend to borrow to fund a portion of our investments, a portion of our net investment income will depend upon the difference between the interest rate at which we borrow funds and the interest rate at which we invest these funds. Portions of our investment portfolio and our borrowings are expected to have floating rate components. As a result, a significant change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds could increase, which would reduce our net investment income. We may hedge against such interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as interest rate swap agreements, futures, options and forward contracts, subject to applicable legal requirements, including all necessary registrations (or exemptions from registration) with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged borrowings. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
RISKS RELATING TO OUR CORPORATE STRUCTURE AND COMMON STOCK
Shares of our Common Stock will not be listed on an exchange or quoted through a quotation system for the foreseeable future, if ever. Therefore, stockholders will have limited liquidity and may not receive a full return of their invested capital if they sell shares of our Common Stock.
Shares of our Common Stock are illiquid assets for which there is not expected to be any secondary market nor is it expected that any will develop in the future. We intend to seek a liquidity event for our stockholders within four years following the end of the Initial Closing Period, provided that this period may be extended by up to two one-year extensions in the discretion of our Board of Directors. However, there can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event within such time or at all. We expect that our Board of Directors, in the exercise of its duties to us, will determine to pursue a liquidity event when it believes that then-current market conditions are favorable for a liquidity event, and that such an event is in our best interests. A liquidity event could include (1) a merger or another transaction approved by the Board of Directors in which the Company’s stockholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company (or a company that becomes publicly traded concurrently with the closing of such transaction), which may include an entity advised by the Adviser or its affiliates, (2) an IPO or an Exchange Listing of our Common Stock on a national securities exchange or (3) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation.
56
In making a determination of what type of liquidity event is in our best interests, our Board of Directors, including our independent directors, may consider a variety of criteria, including, but not limited to, market conditions, portfolio diversification, portfolio performance, our financial condition, potential access to capital as a listed company, market conditions for the sale of our assets or listing of our common stock, internal management requirements to become a perpetual life company and the potential for stockholder liquidity. If our shares are listed, we cannot assure a public trading market will develop.
Potential investors should also be aware that shares of publicly traded closed-end investment companies may trade at a discount to their NAV. If our Common Stock is eventually listed on a national exchange, we would not be able to predict whether our Common Stock would trade above, at or below NAV. This risk is separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV may decline.
We are not obligated to complete a liquidity event by a specified date; therefore, it will be difficult to sell shares of our Common Stock.
We intend to seek a potential liquidity event for our stockholders within four years following the end of the Initial Closing Period, provided that this period may be extended by up to two one-year extensions in the discretion of our Board of Directors. We expect that our Board of Directors, in the exercise of the requisite standard of care applicable to directors under Delaware law, will determine to pursue a liquidity event when it believes that then-current market conditions are favorable for a liquidity event, and that such a transaction is in our best interests. A liquidity event could include (1) a merger or another transaction approved by the Board of Directors in which the Company’s stockholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company (or a company that becomes publicly traded concurrently with the closing of such transaction), which may include an entity advised by the Adviser or its affiliates, (2) an IPO or an Exchange Listing of our Common Stock on a national securities exchange or (3) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation. However, there can be no assurance that we will complete a liquidity event within such time or at all. If we do not successfully complete a liquidity event, liquidity for shares will be limited. In addition, in any repurchase offer, if the amount requested to be repurchased in any repurchase offer exceeds the repurchase offer amount, repurchases of shares of common stock would generally be made on a pro rata basis (based on the number of shares of common stock put to us for repurchases), not on a first-come, first-served basis. There is no assurance that the Board of Directors will adopt a repurchase program at the end of the Drawdown Period or at all, and the Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate any such repurchase program at any time in its discretion.
Our stockholders may experience dilution in their ownership percentage, which could reduce the overall value of their investment.
Our stockholders do not have preemptive rights to any shares of common stock we issue in the future. To the extent that we issue additional equity interests at or below net asset value an existing stockholder’s percentage ownership interest in us may be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any future sales of common stock and the value of our investments, stockholders may also experience dilution in the book value and fair value of their shares of our Common Stock.
Under the 1940 Act, we generally are prohibited from issuing or selling our Common Stock at a price below net asset value per share, which may be a disadvantage as compared with certain public companies. We may, however, sell shares of our Common Stock, or warrants, options, or rights to acquire shares of our Common Stock, at a price below the current net asset value of shares of our common stock if our Board of Directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, and our stockholders, including a majority of those stockholders that are not affiliated with us, approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our Board of Directors, closely approximates the fair value of such securities (less any distribution, commission or discount). If we raise additional funds by issuing shares of our Common Stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of our Common Stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease and existing stockholders will experience dilution.
57
Purchases of shares of our Common Stock pursuant to the subscription agreements will generally be made pro rata, in accordance with the remaining capital commitments of all investors. However, we may request capital contributions on a non-pro rata basis in accordance with the terms of the subscription agreements. To the extent an investor is required to purchase less than its pro rata share of a drawdown of investor capital commitments, such stockholder will experience dilution in their percentage ownership of the Company.
Provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law and of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our Common Stock.
The Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “DGCL”), contains provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers. These provisions and others which we may adopt also may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, the application of which is subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, either individually or together with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. Our Board of Directors will adopt a resolution exempting from Section 203 of the DGCL any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our Board of Directors, including approval by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons.” If our Board of Directors does not adopt, or adopts but later repeals such resolution exempting business combinations, or if our Board of Directors does not approve a business combination, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.
We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our certificate of incorporation that classify our Board of Directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our certificate of incorporation authorizing our Board of Directors to classify or reclassify shares of our preferred stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, and to amend our certificate of incorporation, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions we have adopted in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control in circumstances that could give our stockholders the opportunity to realize a premium of the net asset value of shares of our Common Stock.
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX RISKS
We may be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal taxes if we fail to maintain our qualification as a RIC.
To maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code, we must meet the following annual distribution, income source and asset diversification requirements.
58
· | The Annual Distribution Requirement for a RIC will be satisfied if we distribute to our stockholders on an annual basis at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, if any. We may be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on any of our undistributed income or gain. Additionally, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax to the extent that we do not satisfy certain additional minimum distribution requirements on a calendar-year basis. Because we use debt financing, we are subject to an asset coverage ratio requirement under the 1940 Act and may in the future become subject to certain financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we could fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax. |
· | The income source requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our gross income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities, gains from the sale of foreign currency, from other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such sources of income, and net income attributable to a qualified publicly traded partnership. |
· | The asset diversification requirement will be satisfied if we meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each quarter of our taxable year. To satisfy this requirement, at least 50% of the value of our assets must consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other acceptable securities; and no more than 25% of the value of our assets can be invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships.” Failure to meet these requirements may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments will be in private companies, and therefore will be relatively illiquid, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and could result in substantial losses. |
If we fail to maintain RIC tax treatment for any reason and are subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on all of our income, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Even if we qualify as a RIC, we will be required to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income or capital gains that we do not distribute (or deemed to be distributed) to stockholders. We may also be subject to certain U.S. federal excise taxes, as well as state, local and foreign taxes.
We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive a corresponding payment in cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or debt instruments that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. We anticipate that a portion of our income may constitute original issue discount or other income required to be included in taxable income prior to receipt of cash. Further, we have elected to amortize market discounts and include such amounts, if any, in our annual taxable income, instead of upon disposition, as electing not to do so could potentially limit our ability to deduct interest expenses for tax purposes.
Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the Annual Distribution Requirement necessary to maintain RIC tax treatment under the Code. We may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities for this purpose.
59
If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax treatment and thus become subject to corporate-level income tax.
Stockholders may receive shares of our Common Stock as distributions which could result in adverse tax consequences to stockholders.
In order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement applicable to RICs, we may have the ability to declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our Common Stock instead of in cash, provided that stockholders have the right to elect to receive their distribution in cash. As long as a portion of such distribution is payable in cash (which portion can be as low as 20% based on certain rulings by the IRS) and certain requirements are met, the entire distribution to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If too many stockholders elect to receive their distributions in cash, each stockholder electing to receive his/her distribution in cash would receive a pro rata portion of his/her distribution in cash and the remaining portion of the distribution would be paid in shares of our Common Stock. As a result, a stockholder would be taxed on the entire distribution in the same manner as a cash distribution, even though a portion of the distribution was paid in shares of our Common Stock, and a stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. If a stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. In addition, if a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, then such sales may put downward pressure on the trading price of our stock.
Stockholders may have current tax liability on distributions they elect to reinvest in our Common Stock but would not receive cash from such distributions to pay such tax liability.
Participants in our distribution reinvestment plan will be deemed to have received, and for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be taxed on, the fair market value of our common stock that they receive to the extent such amount was not a tax-free return of capital. As a result, unless a stockholder is a tax-exempt entity, it may have to use funds from other sources to pay its tax liability on the value of our Common Stock received from the distribution.
If we do not qualify as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, stockholders will be taxed as though they received a distribution of some of our expenses and may be limited in the ability to deduct such expenses.
A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a regulated investment company whose shares are either (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. If we are not a publicly offered regulated investment company for any period, a non-corporate stockholder’s pro rata portion of our affected expenses, including our management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the stockholder and will be deductible by such stockholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. For non-corporate stockholders, including individuals, trusts, and estates, significant limitations generally apply to the deductibility of certain expenses of a non-publicly offered regulated investment company, including advisory fees. In particular, these expenses, referred to as miscellaneous itemized deductions, are not deductible after 2015 by individuals for before 2016. From 2026 and after, such expenses may be deductible only to the extent they exceed 2% of such a stockholder’s adjusted gross income. Such expenses are not deductible by an individual for alternative minimum tax purposes. We do not anticipate that we will initially constitute a publicly offered regulated investment company although it is possible that we may qualify at some point in the future.
An investment in the shares by a Non-U.S. stockholder may have adverse tax consequences.
Whether an investment in the shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our Common Stock that is neither a U.S. stockholder nor a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes). Among other things, a Non-U.S. stockholder, under certain circumstances, may be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30.0% (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty); required to file U.S. income taxes to receive a tax credit or tax refund of overpayments of taxes; subject to U.S. income tax at graduated rates or to a branch profits on our distributions; subject to certain reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, and withholding taxes under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and other laws; and subject to certain rules regarding foreign tax credits. Non-U.S. persons should consult their tax advisors with respect to U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in our shares.
The foregoing risks do not purport to be a complete explanation of all the risks involved in acquiring our Common Stock. Prospective investors are urged to read this entire Registration Statement and the governing documents of the Company before making a determination whether to invest in the Company.
60
ITEM 2. | FINANCIAL INFORMATION |
Selected Financial and Other Information
Discussion of Management’s Expected Operating Plans
Overview
We are a newly formed, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that intends to be regulated as a BDC and to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under the Code. We are managed by the Adviser. The Adviser is an affiliate of Benefit Street Partners. Our Adviser is a limited liability company that is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act. Our Adviser oversees the management of our activities and is responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio.
Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through debt and equity investments. We intend to invest primarily in first and second lien senior secured loans, and to a lesser extent, mezzanine loans, unsecured loans and equity of predominantly private U.S. middle market companies. We define middle market companies as those with annual revenues up to $1 billion, although we may invest in larger or smaller companies. We also may purchase interests in loans or corporate bonds through secondary market transactions. We intend to use our proceeds from this offering to finance our investment objectives. See “Item 1. Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company” for discussion of BDC regulation and other regulatory considerations.
Senior secured loans generally are senior debt instruments that rank ahead of subordinated debt and equity in priority of payments and are generally secured by liens on the operating assets of a borrower which may include inventory, receivables, plant, property and equipment. Mezzanine debt is subordinated to senior loans and is generally unsecured.
We expect to conduct private placements of shares of our Common Stock to investors in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. At the closing of any private placement, each investor will make a Capital Commitment to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with us. Investors will be required to fund drawdowns to purchase shares of Common Stock up to the amount of their respective Capital Commitments on an as-needed basis each time we deliver a notice to the investors. Closings of the Company’s private placement are expected to occur, from time to time, during the Initial Closing Period, provided that the Board of Directors may extend the Initial Closing Period in its sole discretion. After the Initial Closing Period, the Company may permit one or more additional closings with the approval of the Board of Directors. See “Item 1. Business — Private Placement.”
Investments
We intend to invest primarily in first and second lien senior secured loans, and to a lesser extent, mezzanine loans, unsecured loans and equity of predominantly private U.S. middle market companies. We define middle market companies as those with annual revenues up to $1 billion, although we may invest in larger or smaller companies. We also may purchase interests in loans or corporate bonds through secondary market transactions.
Expenses
We will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the our operations and transactions, including, but not limited to:
· | expenses incurred by the Adviser and payable to third parties, including agents, consultants and other advisors, in monitoring the financial and legal affairs of the Company, news and quotation subscriptions, and market or industry research expenses; |
· | the cost of calculating the Company’s net asset value; the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of our Common Stock and other securities; |
· | management and incentive fees payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement; fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants and other advisors, relating to, or associated with, making investments, and, if necessary, enforcing its rights, and valuing investments (including third-party valuation firms); |
61
· | expenses related to consummated or unconsummated investments, including dead deal or broken deal expenses; rating agency expenses; fees to arrange debt financings for the Company; |
· | distributions on the Company’s shares; administration fees payable under the Administration Agreement; |
· | the allocated costs incurred by the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it; transfer agent and custodial fees; fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts (including attendance at investment conferences and similar events); accounting, audit and tax preparation expenses; |
· | federal and state registration fees; any exchange listing fees; federal, state, local, and other taxes; |
· | costs and expenses incurred in relation to compliance with applicable laws and regulations and the operation and administration of the Company generally; |
· | independent directors’ fees and expenses; |
· | brokerage commissions; costs of proxy statements, stockholders’ reports and notices; costs of preparing government filings, including periodic and current reports with the SEC; the Company’s fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; indemnification payments; |
· | expenses relating to the development and maintenance of the Company’s website, if any; other operations and technology costs; |
· | direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, copying, telephone, fees of independent accountants and outside legal costs; and |
· | all other expenses incurred by the Company or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, payments under the Administration Agreement based upon the Company’s allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, travel and the allocable portion of the cost of the Company’s chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs, including operations and tax professionals and administrative staff who provide support services in respect of the Company. |
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
We intend to generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of any offering of shares of our Common Stock and from cash flows from interest and fees earned from our investments and principal repayments and proceeds from sales of our investments. We may also fund a portion of our investments through borrowings from banks and issuances of senior securities, including before we have fully invested the proceeds of the private placement. Our primary use of cash will be investments in portfolio companies, payments of our expenses and payment of cash distributions to our stockholders.
62
Critical Accounting Policies
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Valuation of Portfolio Investments
Portfolio investments are reported on the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities at fair value. On a quarterly basis we perform an analysis of each investment to determine fair value as follows:
Securities for which market quotations are readily available on an exchange are valued at the reported closing price on the valuation date. We may also obtain quotes with respect to certain of our investments from pricing services or brokers or dealers in order to value assets. When doing so, we determine whether the quote obtained is readily available according to U.S. GAAP to determine the fair value of the security. If determined readily available, we use the quote obtained.
Investments without a readily determined market value are primarily valued using a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in fair value pricing our investments include, as relevant: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company's ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, M&A comparables, and enterprise values, among other factors. When available, broker quotations and/or quotations provided by pricing services are considered as an input in the valuation process.
For an investment in an investment fund that does not have a readily determinable fair value, we measure the fair value of the investment predominately based on the net asset value per share of the investment fund if the net asset value of the investment fund is calculated in a manner consistent with the measurement principles of ASC 946, as of our measurement date.
As part of our quarterly valuation process the Adviser may be assisted by one or more independent valuation firms engaged by us. The board of directors determines the fair value of each investment, in good faith, based on the input of the Adviser and the independent valuation firm(s) (to the extent applicable).
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, the Adviser undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
· | Each portfolio company or investment will be valued by the Adviser, potentially with assistance from one or more independent valuation firms engaged by our board of directors; |
· | The independent valuation firm(s) conduct independent appraisals and make an independent assessment of the value of each investment; and |
· | The board of directors determines the fair value of each investment, in good faith, based on the input of the Adviser and independent valuation firm (to the extent applicable) and the audit committee of the board of directors. |
Because there is not a readily available market value for most of the investments in its portfolio, we value substantially all of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, as described herein. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may fluctuate from period to period. Additionally, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a ready market existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that we may ultimately realize. Further, such investments are generally subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or otherwise are less liquid than publicly traded securities. If we were required to liquidate a portfolio investment in a forced or liquidation sale, we could realize significantly less than the value at which we have recorded it.
63
Net Realized Gains or Losses and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation or Depreciation
Gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated using the specific identification method. We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized. Net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation will reflect the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including any reversal of previously recorded unrealized appreciation or depreciation, when gains or losses are realized.
Revenue Recognition
Investment transactions are accounted for on the trade date. Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis. Discount and premium on investments purchased are accreted/amortized over the expected life of the respective investment using the effective yield method. The amortized cost of investments represents the original cost adjusted for the accretion of discount and amortization of premium on investments.
Other Income
Fee income, such as structuring fees, origination, closing, amendment fees, commitment and other upfront fees are generally non-recurring and are recognized as revenue when earned, either upfront or amortized into income. Upon the payment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment penalties and unamortized loan origination, structuring, closing, commitment and other upfront fees are recorded as income.
Organization and Offering Expenses
We will bear the organization and offering expenses incurred in connection with the formation of the Company and the offering of shares of our Common Stock, including the out-of-pocket expenses of the Adviser and its agents and affiliates. In addition, we will reimburse the Adviser for the organizational and offering costs it incurs on our behalf. If actual organization and offering costs incurred exceed the greater of $1 million or 0.10% of the Company’s total capital commitments, the Adviser or its affiliate will bear the excess costs.
64
U.S. Federal Income Taxes
The Company intends to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, and to qualify annually as a RIC. See “Item 1. Business – Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Contractual Obligations
As of September 23, 2020, we had not commenced operations and did not have any significant contractual payment obligations. On September 3, 2020, we entered into a placement agent agreement (the “Placement Agent Agreement”) with Foreside Fund Services, LLC (the “Placement Agent”). Under the terms of the Placement Agent Agreement, the Placement Agent will assist in the placement of shares of our Common Stock offered in accordance with a sub-placement agent agreement. The Adviser and the Placement Agent have entered into a services agreement pursuant to which the Adviser compensates the Placement Agent for certain services provided by the Placement Agent. We are not liable for any payments to the Placement Agent pursuant to the Placement Agent Agreement.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
The market risk associated with financial instruments and derivative financial instruments is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices or interest rates. We expect our market risk will arise primarily from interest rate risk relating to interest rate fluctuations. Many factors including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations and other factors that are beyond our control contribute to interest rate risk. To meet our short and long-term liquidity requirements, we may borrow funds at a combination of fixed and variable rates. Our interest rate risk management objectives are to limit the impact of interest rate changes in earnings and cash flows and to lower our overall borrowing costs. To achieve these objectives, from time to time, we may enter into interest rate hedge contracts such as swaps, collars and treasury lock agreements, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, in order to mitigate our interest rate risk with respect to various debt instruments. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in benefits of lower interest rates with respect to our portfolio of investments with fixed interest rates. During the periods covered by this report, we did not engage in interest rate hedging activities. We would not hold or issue these derivative contracts for trading or speculative purposes.
ITEM 3. | PROPERTIES. |
Our headquarters are located at 9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920, New York, New York 10019 and are provided by our Administrator. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.
65
ITEM 4. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management |
We have not yet commenced commercial activities and will not do so until the Initial Closing. The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company’s Common Stock as of [*], 2020, in each case including shares of Common Stock which may be acquired by such persons within 60 days, by:
· | each person known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of its outstanding shares of Common Stock based solely upon the amounts and percentages contained in the public filings of such persons; |
· | each of the Company’s officers and directors; and |
· | all of the Company’s officers and directors as a group. |
Name and address(1) |
Type of
ownership |
Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned |
Percentage | ||
BSP Fund Holdco (Debt Strategy) L.P.(2) | Record | [*] | 100% | ||
Richard J. Byrne | N/A | — | — | ||
Lee S. Hillman | N/A | — | — | ||
Ronald J. Kramer | N/A | — | — | ||
Leslie D. Michelson | N/A | — | — | ||
Edward G. Rendell | N/A | — | — | ||
Dennis M. Schaney | N/A | — | — | ||
Nina K. Baryski | N/A | — | — | ||
Leeor P. Avigdor | N/A | — | — | ||
Guy F. Talarico | N/A | — | — | ||
All directors and officers as a group (9 persons) | N/A | — | — |
(1) The business address of each individual or entity listed in the table is 9 West 57th Street, 49th Floor, Suite 4920, New York, New York 10019.
(2) On [*], 2020, the Company sold [*] shares of Common Stock to BSP Fund Holdco (Debt Strategy) L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Benefit Street Partners, at a price per share of Common Stock equal to $15.00.
ITEM 5. | DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS |
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. The responsibilities of the Board of Directors include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, the quarterly valuation of our assets, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. The Board of Directors currently has an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. Each director will serve until the annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Although the number of directors may be increased or decreased, a decrease will not have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. Any director may resign at any time and may be removed with or without cause by the stockholders upon the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. The notice of the meeting will indicate that the purpose, or one of the purposes, of the meeting is to determine if the director will be removed.
66
Board of Directors and Executive Officers
Directors
A majority of our Board of Directors are not “interested persons” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our “Independent Directors.” Directors are divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible, whose terms of office expire in successive years over every three year period. Our Board of Directors currently consists of six directors as set forth below:
Name | Age | Position(s) held with the Company | Term of Office and Length of Time Served | ||||
Interested Directors | |||||||
Richard J. Byrne | 59 | Chair of the Board of Directors; Chief Executive Officer and President | Class I Director since 2020, term expires 2021 | ||||
Independent Directors | |||||||
Lee S. Hillman | 64 | Director | Class I Director since 2020, term expires 2021 | ||||
Edward G. Rendell | 76 | Director | Class II Director since 2020, term expires 2022 | ||||
Dennis M. Schaney | 63 | Director | Class II Director since 2020, term expires 2022 | ||||
Ronald J. Kramer | 61 | Director | Class III Director since 2020, term expires 2023 | ||||
Leslie D. Michelson | 69 | Director | Class III Director since 2020, term expires 2023 | ||||
The address for each of our directors is c/o Benefit Street Partners L.L.C., 9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920, New York, New York 10019.
Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors
Name | Age | Position | ||
Nina K Baryski | 36 | Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | ||
Leeor P. Avigdor | 39 | Secretary | ||
Guy F. Talarico | 65 | Chief Compliance Officer |
Biographical Information
Interested Directors
Richard J. Byrne has served as chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company since March 2020. Mr. Byrne serves as President of BSP and chairman of the board of directors, Chief Executive Officer and President of Business Development Corporation of America (“BDCA”) and Chairman, CEO and President of Benefit Street Partners Realty Trust, Inc., Broadtree Residential, Inc. and Broadstone Real Estate Access Fund. Prior to joining BSP in April 2013, Mr. Byrne was Chief Executive Officer of Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. He was also the Co-Head of Global Capital Markets at Deutsche Bank. Before joining Deutsche Bank, Mr. Byrne was Global Co-Head of the Leveraged Finance Group and Global Head of Credit Research at Merrill Lynch & Co. He was also a perennially top-ranked credit analyst. Mr. Byrne earned an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University and a B.A. from Binghamton University. Mr. Byrne is a member of the Boards of Directors of Wynn Resorts, Limited (NASDAQ: WYNN) and New York Road Runners. Mr. Byrne previously served as a member of the Board of Directors of MFA Financial, Inc. (NYSE: MFA) from March 2014 to December 2019.
67
Independent Directors
Lee S. Hillman has served as an independent director of the Company since March 2020. Mr. Hillman also serves as a member of the board of directors of BDCA where he serves as chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. Hillman has served as President of Liberation Advisory Group, a private management consulting firm, since 2003. Mr. Hillman has also served as Chief Executive Officer of Performance Health Systems, LLC, an early-stage business distributing Power Plate™ and bioDensity® branded, specialty health and exercise equipment since 2012, and its predecessor since 2009. From February 2006 to May 2008, Mr. Hillman served as Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Power Plate International (“Power Plate”) and from 2004 through 2006 as CEO of Power Plate North America. Previously, from 1996 through 2002, Mr. Hillman was CEO of Bally Total Fitness Corporation, then the world’s largest fitness membership club business. Mr. Hillman also serves as a member of the board of directors of Broadtree Residential, Inc. Mr. Hillman currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Lawson Products, Inc. where he serves as the lead independent director and member of its Audit Committee and Financial Strategies Committee as well as chair of its Compensation Committee. He also serves as a board member and member of the Audit, Compensation and Nominating/Governance Committees of HC2 Holdings, Inc. and as trustee and member of the Audit Committee of Adelphia Recovery Trust. Previously he has served as a member of the Board of Directors of HealthSouth Corporation, Wyndham International, RCN Corporation (where he was Chairman of the Board), Bally Total Fitness Corporation (where he was Chairman of the Board) and Professional Diversity Network. Mr. Hillman holds a B.S. in Finance and Accounting from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. in Finance and Accounting from the Booth School of Business of the University of Chicago. Mr. Hillman is a Certified Public Accountant and former audit partner with Ernst & Young.
Ronald J. Kramer has served as an independent director of the Company since March 2020. Mr. Kramer also serves as a member of the board of directors of BDCA. Mr. Kramer has served as the Chief Executive Officer of Griffon Corporation (NYSE: GFF) since April 2008, as Chairman of the Board of Griffon Corporation from January 2018, and as a director of Griffon Corporation since 1993. Griffon Corporation is a diversified holding company with a portfolio of businesses in the following industries: home and building products and defense electronics. From 2002 through March 2008, he was President and a director of Wynn Resorts, Ltd. (NASDAQ:WYNN), a developer, owner and operator of destination casino resorts. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Kramer was a Managing Director at Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein, an investment banking firm, and its predecessor Wasserstein Perella & Co. He was formerly a member of the Board of Directors of Leap Wireless International, Inc. (formerly NASDAQ:LEAP), Monster Worldwide, Inc. (NYSE:MWW) and Sapphire Industrials Corporation (formerly AMEX:FYR). Mr. Kramer holds a BS degree from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an MBA from New York University.
Leslie D. Michelson has served as an independent director of the Company since March 2020. Mr. Michelson also serves as a member of the board of directors of BDCA. He has served as the chairman and chief executive officer of Private Health Management, a retainer-based primary care medical practice management company since April 2007. Mr. Michelson served as vice chairman and chief executive officer of the Prostate Cancer Foundation, the world’s largest private source of prostate cancer research funding, from April 2002 until December 2006 and served on its Board of Directors from January 2002 until April 2013. Mr. Michelson served on the Board of Directors of Catellus Development Corp. (“Catellus”), from 1997 until 2004 when the company was sold to ProLogis. Mr. Michelson was a member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, of Catellus for 5 years and served at various times as the chairman of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee. From April 2001 to April 2002, he was an investor in, and served as an advisor or director of, a portfolio of entrepreneurial healthcare, technology and real estate companies. From March 2000 to August 2001, he served as chief executive officer and as a director of Acurian, Inc., an Internet company that accelerates clinical trials for new prescription drugs. From 1999 to March 2000, Mr. Michelson served as an adviser of Saybrook Capital, LLC, an investment bank specializing in the real estate and health care industries. From June 1998 to February 1999, Mr. Michelson served as chairman and co-chief executive officer of Protocare, Inc., a manager of clinical trials for the pharmaceutical industry and disease management firm. From 1988 to 1998, he served as chairman and chief executive officer of Value Health Sciences, Inc., an applied health services research firm he co-founded. Mr. Michelson has been a director of Nastech Pharmaceutical Company Inc., a NASDAQ-traded biotechnology company focused on innovative drug delivery technology, from 2004 to 2008, of Highlands Acquisition Company, an AMEX-traded special purpose acquisition company, from 2007 to 2009, of G&L Realty Corp., a NYSE-traded medical office building REIT from 1995 to 2001, and of Landmark Imaging, a privately held diagnostic imaging and treatment company from 2007 to 2010. Also, since June 2004, he has served as a director of ALS-TDI, a philanthropy dedicated to curing Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, commonly known as Lou Gehrig’s disease. Mr. Michelson has served as a member of the Board of Advisors for the UCLA Fielding School of Public Health since October 2013 and as a director of Druggability Technologies Holdings Ltd. since April 2013. In addition, he has served as founder and chief executive officer of Michelson on Medicine, LLC since January 2012.
68
Mr. Michelson has served as an independent director of American Realty Capital — Retail Centers of America, Inc. (“RCA”) since November 2015, and previously served as an independent director of RCA from March 2012 until October 2012. In addition, Mr. Michelson has served as an independent director of Healthcare Trust, Inc. (“HTI”) since December 2015 and as an independent trustee of Realty Capital Income Funds Trust (“RCIFT”), a family of mutual funds, since April 2013. Mr. Michelson previously served as an independent director of American Realty Capital Healthcare Trust, Inc. (“HT”) from January 2011 until July 2012 and as lead independent director of HT from July 2012 until January 2015 when HT closed its merger with Ventas, Inc. Mr. Michelson served as an independent director of American Realty Capital Trust, Inc. from January 2008, including as lead independent director from July 2012, until the close of its merger with Realty Income Corporation in January 2013. Mr. Michelson also served as an independent director of VEREIT, Inc. (“VEREIT”) from October 2012 until April 2015. Mr. Michelson also served as an independent director of BDCA Venture, Inc. from June 2014 until June 2015. Mr. Michelson served as lead independent director of Realty Finance Trust, Inc. from January 2013 until November 2014. Mr. Michelson served as an independent director of DNAV from August 2011 until February 2012 and as a director of New York REIT, Inc. (“NYRT”) from October 2009 until August 2011.
Mr. Michelson received his B.A. from The Johns Hopkins University in 1973 and a J.D. from Yale Law School in 1976.
Governor Edward G. Rendell has served as an independent director of the Company since March 2020. Governor Rendell also serves as a member of the board of directors of BDCA. Governor Edward G. Rendell served as the 45th Governor of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania from January 2003 through January 2011. As the Governor of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, he served as the chief executive of the nation’s 6th most populous state and oversaw a budget of $28.3 billion. He also served as the Mayor of Philadelphia from January 1992 through January 2000. As the Mayor of Philadelphia, he eliminated a $250 million deficit, balanced the city's budget and generated five consecutive budget surpluses. He was also the General Chairperson of the National Democratic Committee from November 1999 through February 2001. Governor Rendell served as the District Attorney of Philadelphia from January 1978 through January 1986. In 1986 he was a candidate for governor of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. In 1987, he was a candidate for the mayor of Philadelphia. From 1988 through 1991, Governor Rendell was an attorney at the law firm of Mesirov, Gelman and Jaffe. From 2000 through 2002, Governor Rendell was an attorney at the law firm of Ballard Spahr. Governor Rendell worked on several real estate transactions as an attorney in private practice. Governor Rendell has also served as a member of the board of directors of American Realty Capital — Retail Centers of America, Inc., Global Net Lease, Inc., American Realty Capital Trust III, Inc. and VEREIT. An Army veteran, Governor Rendell holds a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania and a J.D. from Villanova Law School.
Dennis M. Schaney has served as an independent director of the Company since March 2020. Mr. Schaney also serves as a member of the board of directors of BDCA. He previously served as Managing Director and Head of High Yield and Leveraged Loans at Morgan Stanley Investment Management. Mr. Schaney also served as Co-Head of Morgan Stanley Credit Partners. During this time, he was responsible for leveraged loan, high yield bond and mezzanine investments across a variety of funds including closed-end, open-end and institutional separate accounts. Mr. Schaney retired from Morgan Stanley Investment Management in 2010. From 2003 to 2007, he served as Managing Director and Global Head of Fixed Income for Credit Suisse Asset Management. He oversaw global teams responsible for all fixed income investments and served on the asset management’s Executive Committee and the Management Committee for Credit Suisse. Prior to Credit Suisse, Mr. Schaney founded BlackRock Financial Management’s Leveraged Finance Group which was responsible for high yield, leveraged loan and mezzanine investments. He was also responsible for the alternative investment effort for leveraged assets including the Magnetite CLO/CBO products. In addition to those responsibilities, he co-headed the firm’s credit research effort. Mr. Schaney worked at Merrill Lynch from 1988 through 1997 where he was Global Head of Corporate and Municipal Bond Research and an analyst covering the media, entertainment, and cable sectors. Prior to Merrill Lynch, Mr. Schaney was a Vice President at First Boston Corporation focusing on corporate restructuring and credit advisory services. He was also a Rating Officer for Standard & Poor’s Rating Services. Mr. Schaney holds a B.S. in Psychology from the University of Bridgeport and an M.S. in Finance from Fairfield University.
69
Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors
Nina Kang Baryski has served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since March 2020. Ms. Baryski also serves as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of BDCA since May 2019. Ms. Baryski is a Managing Director based in BSP’s Boston office, with financial accounting and reporting oversight over all of BSP’s private debt fund platform. Prior to joining BSP in November 2012, Ms. Baryski worked at Audax Group as a finance manager focusing on financial reporting and fund operations, starting in September 2008. Previously, she began her career at PricewaterhouseCoopers in the investment management practice in September 2006. Ms. Baryski received a Bachelor of Science in Finance and Accounting from the Stern School of Business at New York University in May 2006 and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Leeor P. Avigdor has served as Secretary of the Company since March 2020. Mr. Avigdor also serves as Secretary of BDCA since November 2016. Mr. Avigdor is also a Managing Director with BSP focused on strategic development activities. Prior to joining BSP in 2015, Mr. Avigdor worked as a Director at Barclays in the financial institutions investment banking group, where he worked on numerous M&A and capital markets transactions for asset management and specialty finance companies, including business development companies. Prior to joining Barclays, Mr. Avigdor worked as an investment banker at UBS in the Financial Institutions Group. Prior to investment banking, Mr. Avigdor began his career at UBS in interest rate derivative sales within the fixed income division. Mr. Avigdor received a Bachelor of Science in Operations Research and Industrial Engineering from Cornell University.
Guy F. Talarico has served as Chief Compliance Officer of the Company since March 2020. Mr. Talarico serves as Chief Compliance Officer of BDCA since February 2016. Mr. Talarico is the founder and chief executive officer of Alaric Compliance Services LLC, a regulatory compliance consulting firm. Mr. Talarico has over 29 years of experience in the financial services industry, his background includes serving as the CCO to various registered investment advisers and registered investment companies; the management of a $45 billion asset management and services group at JP Morgan-Chase; client management of SEC-registered advisers within the Institutional Custody Division of Investors Bank & Trust Company; development of an outsourced SEC regulatory compliance program for registered advisers; and legal compliance support. Just prior to founding ALARIC Compliance Services, LLC, he was the co-CEO of EOS Compliance Services, LLC.
Leadership Structure of the Board of Directors
The Board of Directors monitors and performs an oversight role with respect to the business and affairs of the Company, including with respect to investment practices and performance, compliance with regulatory requirements and the services, expenses and performance of service providers to the Company. Among other things, the Board of Directors approves the appointment of the investment adviser, administrator and officers, reviews and monitors the services and activities performed by the investment adviser, administrator and officers and approves the engagement, and reviews the performance of, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.
Under our bylaws, the Board of Directors may designate any officer of director to act as chair of any meeting of the Board of Directors or any stockholder meeting in the absence of the chairman of the Board of Directors. The Company does not have a fixed policy as to whether the chairman of the Board of Directors should be an independent director and believes that its flexibility to select its chairman and reorganize its leadership structure from time to time is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.
Mr. Byrne will serve as our chairman of the Board of Directors and as our Chief Executive Officer and President. Our Board of Directors believes that our chief executive officer is best situated to serve as chairman because he is the director most familiar with our business and industry and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading the discussion and execution of the Company’s strategy. We believe the combined role of chairman and chief executive officer, together with our Independent Directors, is in our best interest because it provides the appropriate balance between strategic development and independent oversight of management.
70
The Independent Directors have designated a lead independent director whose duties include, among other things, chairing executive sessions of the Independent Directors, acting as a liaison between the Independent Directors and chairman of the Board of Directors and between the Independent Directors and officers of the Company and the Adviser, facilitating communication among the Independent Directors and the Company’s counsel, reviewing and commenting on Board of Directors and committee meeting agendas and calling additional meetings of the independent directors as appropriate. The Board of Directors has designated Mr. Michelson as the lead independent director.
The Company believes that board leadership structures must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The Company intends to continually re-examines its corporate governance policies on an ongoing basis to ensure that they continue to meet the Company’s needs.
Oversight of Risk Management
The Board of Directors has an active role in overseeing the management of risks applicable to the Company. The entire Board is actively involved in overseeing risk management for the Company through its oversight of the Company’s executive officers and the Adviser. Each committee of our Board of Directors plays a distinct role with respect to overseeing management of our risks:
· | Audit Committee: Our Audit Committee oversees the management of enterprise risks. To this end, our Audit Committee meets at least annually (i) to discuss our risk management guidelines, policies and exposures and (ii) with our independent registered public accounting firm to review our internal control environment and other risk exposures. |
· | Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee: Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee manages risks associated with the independence of our Board of Directors and potential conflicts of interest. |
While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the committees each report to our Board of Directors on a regular basis to apprise our Board of Directors regarding the status of remediation efforts of known risks and of any new risks that may have arisen since the previous report.
The Board of Directors also performs its risk oversight function and fulfils its risk oversight responsibilities by working with the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer to monitor risk in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures. The Chief Compliance Officer prepares a written report annually discussing the adequacy and effectiveness of the compliance policies and procedures of the Company and certain of its service providers. The Chief Compliance Officer’s report, which is reviewed by and discussed with the Board of Directors, addresses at a minimum (a) the operation of the compliance policies and procedures of the Company and certain of its service providers since the last report; (b) any material changes to such policies and procedures since the last report; (c) any recommendations for material changes to such policies and procedures as a result of the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual review; and (d) any compliance matter that has occurred since the date of the last report about which the Board would reasonably need to know to oversee the Company’s compliance activities and risks. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer reports to the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis with respect to material compliance matters and meets separately in executive session with the Independent Directors periodically, but in no event less than once each year.
The Company believes that the Board of Directors’ role in risk oversight is effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which it is already subject as a BDC. Specifically, as a BDC the Company must comply with certain regulatory requirements and restrictions that control the levels of risk in its business and operations. For example, the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness is limited such that its asset coverage must equal at least 150% immediately after each time it incurs indebtedness, the Company generally has to invest at least 70% of its total assets in “qualifying assets” and, subject to certain exceptions, the Company is subject to restrictions on its ability to engage in transactions with BSP and its affiliates. In addition, the Company has elected to be treated as a RIC under the Code. As a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements.
71
The Company believes that the extent of the Board of Directors’ (and its committees’) role in risk oversight complements the Board of Directors’ leadership structure because it allows the Independent Directors, through the three fully independent Board of Directors committees, a lead independent director, executive sessions with each of the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and independent valuation providers, and otherwise, to exercise oversight of risk without any conflict that might discourage critical review.
The Company believes that a board of directors’ roles in risk oversight must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and that the Board of Directors’ existing role in risk oversight is appropriate. However, the Board of Directors re-examines the manner in which it administers its risk oversight function on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to meet the Company’s needs.
Audit Committee
Each member of the Audit Committee is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Our Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Hillman (Chairman), Kramer, and Michelson. The Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Hillman, Kramer and, Michelson are qualified as “audit committee financial experts” as defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and the rules and regulations of the SEC and are independent directors.
The Audit Committee, in performing its duties, monitors:
· | our financial reporting process; |
· | the integrity of our financial statements; |
· | compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; |
· | the independence and qualifications of our independent and internal auditors, as applicable; and |
· | the performance of our independent and internal auditors, as applicable. |
Our Audit Committee operates pursuant to a written charter. The charter of the Audit Committee is available to any stockholder who requests it c/o Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, 9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920, New York, New York 10019.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Each member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors, developing and recommending to the Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the Board of Directors and our management. Messrs. Kramer (Chairman), Michelson, Rendell and Schaney serve as the members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The charter of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is available in print to any stockholder who requests it.
72
When nominating director candidates, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee takes into consideration such factors as it deems appropriate. These factors may include judgment, skill, diversity, experience with investment companies and other organizations of comparable purpose, complexity, size and subject to similar legal restrictions and oversight, the interplay of the candidate’s experience with the experience of other members of the Board of Directors, each candidate’s ability to devote sufficient time to the affairs of the Company, and the extent to which the candidate would be a desirable addition to the Board and any committees thereof. In addition, while the Board of Directors does not have a formal policy on diversity, it will consider issues of diversity, including diversity of gender, race and national origin, education, professional experience and differences in viewpoints and skills when filling vacancies on the Board of Directors. Other than the foregoing, there are no stated minimum criteria for director nominees.
The Board of Directors will consider candidates nominated by stockholders provided that the stockholder submitting a nomination has complied with procedures set forth in the Company’s bylaws.
Indemnification Agreements
We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide our directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Delaware law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that we will indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement (an “Indemnitee”), including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law and the 1940 Act.
Investment Committee
Our Adviser is responsible for the overall management of our activities and is responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio. All new investments require the approval by a consensus of the investment committee of our Adviser. The members of the investment committee include Thomas J. Gahan, Michael E. Paasche and Blair D. Faulstich. The members of the investment committee receive no direct compensation from the Company. Such members may be employees or partners of our Adviser or its affiliates and may receive compensation or profit distributions from our Adviser or its affiliates. Information regarding the business experience of Messrs. Gahan, Paasche and Faulstich is set forth below.
Thomas Gahan, Chief Executive Officer. Tom Gahan is chief executive officer of Benefit Street Partners and is based in its New York office. Prior to joining Providence and launching Benefit Street Partners in 2008, Mr. Gahan was global head of capital markets of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and head of corporate and investment banking in the Americas. He was also chairman of the principal investment committee and a member of the global banking executive committee and the global markets executive committee. Before joining Deutsche Bank, Mr. Gahan spent eleven years at Merrill Lynch, most recently as global head of credit trading within the fixed income division. Mr. Gahan received a Bachelor of Arts from Brown University.
Michael Paasche, Senior Managing Director. Michael Paasche is a senior managing director at Benefit Street Partners and is based in its New York office. Prior to joining Benefit Street Partners in 2008, Mr. Paasche spent thirteen years at Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. with multiple positions, including global head of leveraged finance, where he was responsible for global non-investment grade loan portfolios, loan sales / trading and total return swaps in New York and London, loan and bond capital markets teams in New York, London and Australia, and leveraged finance banking teams in New York, London, Australia and Hong Kong. Before joining Deutsche Bank, Mr. Paasche spent seven years at Prudential Securities where he held various positions, including managing director and head of high yield sales, trading and research. Mr. Paasche received a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago and a Bachelor of Arts from Albion College.
Blair Faulstich, Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager. Blair Faulstich is a managing director at Benefit Street Partners and is based in its New York office. Prior to joining Benefit Street Partners in 2011, Mr. Faulstich was a managing director and co-head of media and communications investment banking at Citadel Securities. Previously, he was a managing director in the media and communications investment banking group at Merrill Lynch. Mr. Faulstich held various positions at Deutsche Bank Alex. Brown in the media investment banking group. Before joining Alex. Brown in 1997, Mr. Faulstich spent three years at Arthur Andersen. Mr. Faulstich received a Master of Business Administration from Cornell University and Bachelor of Arts from Principia College.
73
ITEM 6. | EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION |
Compensation of Executive Officers
None of our executive officers receives direct compensation from us. We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees in the foreseeable future. The services necessary for the operation of our business will be provided to us by our officers and the employees of our Adviser and Administrator pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement.
Compensation of Directors
Our Independent Directors receive an annual fee of $75,000. The lead independent director receives an annual fee of $7,500, the chairman of the Audit Committee receives an annual fee of $7,500, and the chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee receives an annual fee of $2,500.
ITEM 7. | CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE |
Co-Investment Transactions
The 1940 Act generally prohibits BDCs from entering into negotiated co-investments with affiliates absent an order from the SEC. The SEC has granted us exemptive relief that allows us to enter into certain negotiated co-investment transactions alongside Affiliated Funds in a manner consistent with our investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors, subject to compliance with the Order. Pursuant to the Order, we are permitted to co-invest with our affiliates if a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our eligible directors make certain conclusions in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the transactions, including the consideration to be paid, are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching in respect of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned, and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment objective and strategies.
Conflicts Relating to the Adviser and Administrator
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser oversees the management of our activities and is responsible for making investment decisions with respect to our portfolio.
Responsibilities of the Adviser
Subject to the overall supervision of our Board of Directors, our Adviser manages the day-to-day operations of, and provides investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser, among other things:
· | Determines the composition and allocation of our investment portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; |
· | Identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make; |
· | Performs due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; |
· | Arranges financings and borrowing facilities for us; |
74
· | Executes, closes, monitors and services our investments; |
· | Determines the securities and other assets that we will purchase, retain, or sell; and |
· | Provides us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds. |
We rely, in part, on our Adviser to manage our day-to-day activities and to implement our investment strategy. Our Adviser and certain of its affiliates are presently, and plan in the future to continue to be, involved with activities which are unrelated to us. As a result of these activities, our Adviser and certain of its affiliates and their respective employees will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time between us and other activities in which they are or may become involved. Therefore, our Adviser and its affiliates and their respective personnel may experience conflicts of interest in allocating management time, services, and functions among us and any other business ventures in which they or any of their key personnel, as applicable, are or may become involved. This could result in actions that are more favorable to other affiliated entities than to us. However, our Adviser believes that it and its affiliates have sufficient personnel to discharge fully their responsibilities to all activities in which they are involved. They are free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as their services to us are not impaired.
Fiduciary Duty of Investment Adviser
Our Adviser has a fiduciary responsibility for the safekeeping and use of all of our funds and assets, whether or not in our Adviser’s immediate possession or control. Our Adviser may not employ, or permit another to employ, such funds or assets in any manner except for the exclusive benefit of us. In addition, our Adviser may not, by entry into an agreement with any of our stockholders otherwise, contract away the fiduciary obligation owed to us and our stockholders under common law.
Investment Advisory Agreement
The Adviser serves as our investment adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, which has been approved by our Board of Directors and will be effective as of the date of the Conversion and election to be regulated as a BDC. Unless terminated earlier, it will remain in effect for an initial two-year term and then continue in effect from year to year if approved annually by our Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated by us without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice and by the Adviser upon not less than 60 days’ written notice. Any termination by us must be authorized either by our Board of Directors or by vote of our stockholders.
In determining to approve the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Board of Directors requested information from the Adviser that enabled it to evaluate a number of factors relevant to its determination. These factors included the nature, quality and extent of services performed by the Adviser, the Adviser’s ability to manage conflicts of interest effectively, our short and long-term performance, our costs, including as compared to comparable BDCs that engage in similar investing activities, the Adviser’s profitability, any economies of scale, and any other benefits of the relationship for the Adviser. Based on the information reviewed and the considerations detailed above, our Board of Directors, including all of our directors who are not interested persons of us or the Adviser, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates and terms are fair and reasonable in relation to the services provided and approved the Investment Advisory Agreement as being in the best interests of our stockholders.
The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, members (and their members, including the owners of their members), agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.
75
Administration Agreement
We have entered into the Administration Agreement with our Administrator and will reimburse it for the allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including our allocable portion of the costs of compensation and related expenses of our Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Financial Officer.
Investor Due Diligence Information
Due in part to the fact that potential investors in the Company (including any potential purchaser of an interest in a secondary transaction) may ask different questions and request different information, the Company and the Adviser and its affiliates may provide certain information to one or more prospective investors that it does not provide to all of the prospective or current investors of the Company. In addition, certain investors in the Company could be strategic investors directly or indirectly into the Adviser, which results in such investors receiving greater or different information regarding the Adviser.
Placement Agents and Solicitors
Adviser personnel and independent contractors involved in marketing the Company are acting for the Company and its affiliates and not acting as investment, tax, financial, legal or accounting advisors to potential investors in connection with the marketing of the Company. Potential investors must independently evaluate the offering and make their own investment decisions. The Adviser has, and may in the future, enter into arrangements with third party placement agents to solicit stockholders. Placement agents that solicit stockholders on behalf of the Company are subject to a conflict of interest because they will be compensated by the Adviser in connection with their solicitation activities. Placement agents or other financial intermediaries may also receive other compensation, including placement fees with respect to the acquisition of our Common Stock. Such agents or intermediaries may have an incentive in promoting the acquisition of our Common Stock in preference to products with respect to which they receive a smaller fee.
Other Conflicts
The Adviser may, in its discretion, have, and may, in its discretion, cause the Company to have, ongoing business dealings, arrangements or agreements with persons who are former employees or executives of the Adviser or the Adviser’s affiliates. The Company bears, directly or indirectly, the costs of such dealings, arrangements or agreements. In such circumstances, there may be a conflict of interest between the Adviser and the Company in determining whether to engage in or to continue such dealings, arrangements or agreements, including the possibility that the Adviser may favor the engagement or continued engagement of such persons even if a better price and/or quality of service could be obtained from another person.
The Adviser, its affiliates and the Company will often engage common legal counsel and other advisers in a particular transaction, including transactions in which there may be conflicts of interest. Members of the law firms engaged to represent the Company may be investors in a Company or a related fund and may also represent one or more portfolio companies or investors in the Company or a related fund. In the event of a significant dispute or divergence of interest between the Company and the Adviser and/or its affiliates, the parties may engage separate counsel in the sole discretion of the Adviser and its affiliates. Moreover, in litigation and certain other circumstances separate representation may be required. Additionally, the Adviser, its affiliates and the Company and the portfolio companies may engage other common service providers. In such circumstances, there may be a conflict of interest between the Adviser, on the one hand, and the Company and portfolio companies, on the other hand, in determining whether to engage such service providers, including the possibility that the Adviser may favor the engagement or continued engagement of such persons if it receives a benefit from such service providers, such as lower fees, that it would not receive absent the engagement of such service provider by the Company and/or the portfolio companies.
76
Director Independence
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for a Board of Directors with no fewer than four and no more than ten directors. The 1940 Act requires that a majority of our directors are independent. A director is considered independent under the 1940 Act if he or she is not an “interested person” as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act defines an “interested person” to include, among other things, any person who has, or within the last two years had, a material business or professional relationship with the Company. The members of the Board of Directors who are not Independent Directors are referred to as interested directors.
ITEM 8. | LEGAL PROCEEDINGS |
Neither we nor our Adviser or our Administrator is currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us, or against our Adviser or Administrator.
As of September 23, 2020, we were not defendants in any material pending legal proceeding, and no such material proceedings were known to be contemplated. However, from time to time, we may be party to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business including the enforcement of our rights under the contracts with our portfolio companies. Third parties may also seek to impose liability on us in connection with the activities of our portfolio companies.
ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
There is currently no market for our Common Stock, and we do not expect that a market for our shares will develop in the future. We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from selling our shares of Common Stock at an offering price, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, that is below our net asset value per share unless we obtain stockholder approval. In connection with any issuance of shares of our Common Stock, our Board of Directors or a committee thereof will review the then current offering price per share against the current estimated net asset value per share to ensure that we were not selling shares of our common stock at a price which, after deducting selling commissions and dealer manager fees, was below our net asset value per share.
Set forth below is a chart describing the classes of our securities outstanding as of September 23, 2020.
Title of Class | Amount Authorized | Amount Issued | ||||
Common Stock | 450,000,000 | [*] | ||||
As of September 23, 2020, we issued [*] shares of Common Stock to BSP Fund Holdco (Debt Strategy) L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Benefit Street Partners, in connection with the Conversion.
Distribution
To maintain our RIC qualification, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, if any, to our stockholders. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute, or be deemed to distribute, during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of: (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for the calendar year; (2) 98.2% of our capital gain in excess of capital loss for the calendar year; and (3) any net ordinary income and net capital gain for preceding years that were not distributed during such years and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from paying distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.
77
Our Board of Directors intends to declare and pay distributions on a quarterly basis. We have a distribution reinvestment plan (the “DRIP”) pursuant to which we reinvest all cash dividends or distributions declared by our Board of Directors on behalf of investors who do not elect to receive their distributions in cash as described below (the “Participants”). As a result, if our Board of Directors declares a distributions, then stockholders who have not elected to “opt out” of the DRIP will have their distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of our Common Stock at a price equal to NAV per share as estimated in good faith by us on the payment date. The timing and amount of any future distributions to stockholders are subject to applicable legal restrictions and the sole discretion of our Board of Directors.
We have not established limits on the amount of funds we may use from available sources to fund distributions. We may have distributions which could be characterized as a return of capital for tax purposes.
ITEM 10. | RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES |
In conjunction with our formation, BSP Fund Holdco (Debt Strategy) L.P., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Benefit Street Partners, made a capital contribution to us in an the amount of $[*] in exchange for all of our issued and outstanding limited liability company interests. In connection with the Conversion, the limited liability company interests held by BSP Fund Holdco (Debt Strategy) L.P. were converted into [*] shares of our Common Stock at a price per share as determined by our Board of Directors and in accordance with the limitations of Section 23 under the 1940 Act. The limited liability company interests were sold in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
We expect to enter into Subscription Agreements with a number of investors for the private placement of shares of Common Stock. Under the terms of the Subscription Agreements, investors are required to make capital contributions to purchase shares of our Common Stock at a price at least equal to the net asset value per share as determined within no more than 48 hours of share issuance up to the amount of their respective Capital Commitments on an as-needed basis as determined by us with at least 10 business days’ prior notice.
ITEM 11. | DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED |
The following description is based on relevant portions of the DGCL and on our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be effective upon consummation of the Conversion. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer investors to the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.
78
Capital Stock
Our authorized stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of stock, par value $0.001 per share, of which 450,000,000 shares are classified as common stock and 50,000,000 shares are classified as preferred stock. There is currently no market for our Common Stock, and we do not expect that a market for our shares will develop in the future. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans.
Upon effectiveness of the Conversion, the following are our authorized and outstanding classes of securities:
(1)
Title of Class |
(2)
Amount Authorized |
(3)
Amount Held by us or for Our Account |
(4)
Amount Outstanding Exclusive of Amounts Shown Under (3) |
|||||||||
Common Stock | 450,000,000 | — | [*] | |||||||||
Preferred Stock | 50,000,000 | — | — | |||||||||
Under our certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock and authorize the issuance of shares of stock without obtaining stockholder approval. As permitted by the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation provides that the Board of Directors, without any action by our stockholders, may amend the certificate of incorporation from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.
All shares of our Common Stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and other distributions and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our Common Stock if, as and when authorized by our Board of Directors and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Shares of our Common Stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except when their transfer is restricted by federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our Common Stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our Common Stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our Common Stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will not be able to elect any directors.
Transfer and Resale Restrictions
We intend to sell shares of our Common Stock in a private placement in the United States under the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder, Regulation S under the Securities Act and other exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Investors who acquire shares of Common Stock in such private placements are required to complete, execute and deliver a Subscription Agreement and related documentation, which includes customary representations and warranties, certain covenants and restrictions and indemnification provisions. Additionally, such investors may be required to provide due diligence information to us for compliance with certain legal requirements. We may, from time to time, engage offering or distribution agents and incur offering or distribution fees or sales commissions in connection with the private placement of shares of our Common Stock in certain jurisdictions outside the United States. The cost of any such offering or distribution fees may be borne by an affiliate of the Adviser. We will not incur any such fees or commissions if our net proceeds received upon a sale of shares of our Common Stock after such costs would be less than the net asset value per share.
Furthermore, should there be an IPO or Exchange Listing, our stockholders will be subject to a lock-up restriction that will extend up to six months pursuant to which they will be prohibited from selling or otherwise transferring shares of our Common Stock or its Capital Commitment for a certain period after the date of such event. There can be no assurance that shares of our Common Stock will be listed on a national securities exchange or offered in an initial public offering.
79
Provisions of the DGCL and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses
The indemnification of our officers and directors is governed by Section 145 of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Subsection (a) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if (1) such person acted in good faith, (2) in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (3) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
Subsection (b) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper.
DGCL Section 145 further provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. In all cases in which indemnification is permitted under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court), it will be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct has been met by the party to be indemnified. Such determination must be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (4) by the stockholders. The statute authorizes the corporation to pay expenses incurred by an officer or director in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advance will be made, to repay the advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she was not entitled to indemnification. DGCL Section 145 also provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses permitted under such Section are not to be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. DGCL Section 145 also authorizes the corporation to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and agents regardless of whether the corporation would have the statutory power to indemnify such persons against the liabilities insured.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may be amended. DGCL Section 102(b)(7) provides that the personal liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director may be eliminated except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the registrant or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption of stock or (4) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
80
Our bylaws provide for the indemnification of any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner provided, by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may be amended. In addition, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors in order to effect the foregoing except to the extent that such indemnification would exceed the limitations on indemnification under section 17(h) of the 1940 Act.
As a BDC, we are not permitted to and will not indemnify the Adviser, any of our executive officers and directors, or any other person against liability arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office, or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties of such person arising under contract or agreement.
Election of Directors
Our bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes cast “for” or “against” a nominee for director at a duly called meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present is required to elect a director in an uncontested election. In a contested election, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which is a quorum is present.
Classified Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of only one of the three classes expiring each year. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the class of directors whose term expires at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders following the meeting at which they were elected and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. A classified Board of Directors may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified Board of Directors helps to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.
Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of directors will be set only by the Board of Directors. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire Board of Directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than four (4) nor more than ten (10). Our certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed from office at any time only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any vacancy on the Board of Directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the Board of Directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
Action by Stockholders
Our certificate of incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. This may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.
81
Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals
Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (2) pursuant to our notice of meeting or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with our bylaws for the purposes of electing directors, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.
The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our Board of Directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our Board of Directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our Board of Directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.
Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders
Our bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our Board of Directors and certain of our officers. Additionally, our bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the stockholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of stockholders will be called by the secretary of the Company upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law
The DGCL contains provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board of Directors. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. We believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
· | prior to such time, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; |
· | upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or |
· | at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder. |
82
Section 203 of the DGCL defines “business combination” to include the following:
· | any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; |
· | any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the corporation or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the corporation involving the interested stockholder; |
· | subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; |
· | any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation owned by the interested stockholder; or |
· | the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation. |
In general, Section 203 of the DGCL defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.
The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.
Our Board of Directors has adopted a resolution exempting from Section 203 of the DGCL any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our Board of Directors, including approval by a majority of our independent directors.
Conflict with 1940 Act
Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the DGCL, or any provision of the bylaws shall conflict with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act shall control.
Exclusive Forum
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the bylaws or this certificate of incorporation, or the securities, antifraud, unfair trade practices or similar laws of any international, national, state, provincial, territorial, local or other governmental or regulatory authority, including, in each case, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a federal or state court located in the state of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to have notice of and consented to the exclusive forum provisions and to have irrevocably submitted to, and waived any objection to, the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such action or proceeding and consented to process being served in any such action or proceeding, without limitation, by United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid.
ITEM 12. | Indemnification of Directors and Officers |
See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered – Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses.”
83
ITEM 13. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
Set forth below is an index to our financial statements attached to this Registration Statement.
Page |
Index to Financial Statements* |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm* |
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of [*], 2020* |
Notes to Statement of Assets and Liabilities* |
* to be filed by amendment
ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
There are not and have not been any disagreements between us and our accountant on any matter of accounting principles, practices, or financial statement disclosure.
ITEM 15. | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS |
(a) List separately all financial statements filed
The financial statements attached to this Registration Statement are listed under “Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
(b) Exhibits
Exhibit Index
84
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Franklin BSP Capital Corporation | ||
By: | /s/ Richard J. Byrne | |
Name: Richard J. Byrne | ||
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
Date: September 23, 2020
Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE
OF INCORPORATION
OF
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
ARTICLE I
1.1 The name of the Corporation is Franklin BSP Capital Corporation (the “Corporation”)
ARTICLE II
2.1 The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE III
3.1 The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware General Corporation Law”) and to possess and exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by such law and any other law of Delaware.
ARTICLE IV
4.1 Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 500,000,000 of which 450,000,000 shares shall be common stock having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”) and 50,000,000 shares shall be preferred stock having a par value of $0.001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”).
4.2 Common Stock. Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any Preferred Stock Designation (as defined below), the holders of the Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power, and each share of Common Stock shall have one vote.
4.3 Preferred Stock. To the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is expressly granted authority to issue shares of Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix for each such series such voting powers, full or limited, and such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issue of such series (each, a “Preferred Stock Designation”) and as may be permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any class or series from time to time, in one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to any Preferred Stock Designation. Unless otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of Preferred Stock, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series of Preferred Stock at any time outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock, if one or more series of Preferred Stock is entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to elect one or more directors, all series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to participate in the vote to elect such directors, voting as a single class.
4.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares. Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (b) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; and (c) set or change, subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers (including exclusive voting rights, if any), restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series.
4.5 Fractional Shares. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares. Any fractional shares of capital stock shall carry proportionally all of the rights of a whole share, including, without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends and other distributions.
4.6 Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. All persons who acquire stock of the Corporation acquire the same, and the rights of all stockholders and the terms of all stock are, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and the bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”). The Board of Directors shall have the power, without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation as provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the power, by requisite vote of the stockholders to alter or appeal any Bylaw whether adopted by them or otherwise.
4.7 Inspection of Books and Records. A stockholder that is otherwise eligible under applicable law to inspect the Corporation’s books of account, stock ledger, or other specified documents of the Corporation shall have no right to make such inspection if the Board of Directors determines that such stockholder has an improper purpose for requesting such inspection.
ARTICLE V
5.1 The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator of the Corporation are as follows:
Name | Address |
Shirley Hambelton |
c/o Benefit Street Partners L.L.C. 9 West 57th Street, 49th Floor, Suite 4920 New York, New York 10019 |
2
5.2 The powers of the sole incorporator shall terminate upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, and the names and mailing addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until their successors are elected and qualified are as follows:
Name1 | Position, Director Class |
Expiration
of Initial Term |
Richard J. Byrne | Class I Director | 2021 |
Lee S. Hillman | Class I Director | 2021 |
Edward G. Rendell | Class II Director | 2022 |
Dennis M. Schaney | Class II Director | 2022 |
Ronald J. Kramer | Class III Director | 2023 |
Leslie D. Michelson | Class III Director | 2023 |
1. The address for each of the directors is c/o Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, 9 West 57th Street, 49th Floor, Suite 4920, New York, New York 10019.
ARTICLE VI
6.1 Powers of the Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power, without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the Bylaws as provided by the Bylaws, subject to the power of the stockholders to alter or repeal any bylaw whether adopted by them or otherwise.
The directors in their discretion may submit any contract or act for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders or at any meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of considering any such act or contract, and any contract or act that shall be approved or be ratified by a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereat (provided that a lawful quorum of stockholders be there represented in person or by proxy), unless a higher vote is required by applicable law, shall be as valid and binding upon the Corporation and upon all the stockholders as though it had been approved or ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation, whether or not the contract or act would otherwise be open to legal attack because of directors’ interests, or for any other reason.
The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Bylaws.
In addition to the powers and authorities hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the statutes of Delaware, this Certificate of Incorporation, and to any bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that no bylaw so made shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such bylaw had not been made.
6.2 Number of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors either by resolution or bylaw adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.
3
6.3 Classes of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, as nearly equal in number as possible, and the term of office of directors of one class shall expire at each annual meeting of stockholders, and in all cases as to each director such term shall extend until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify or until his or her earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. Additional directorships resulting from an increase in number of directors shall be apportioned among the classes as equally as possible. The initial term of office of directors of Class I shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2021, the initial term of office of directors of Class II shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2022 and the initial term of office of directors of Class III shall expire at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2023. At each annual meeting of stockholders a number of directors equal to the number of directors of the class whose term expires at the time of such meeting (or, if less, the number of directors properly nominated and qualified for election) shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election.
At each annual election, directors chosen to succeed those whose terms then expire shall be of the same class as the directors they succeed, unless by reason of any intervening changes in the authorized number of directors, the Board of Directors shall designate one or more directorships whose term then expires as directorships of another class in order to more nearly achieve equality of number of directors among the classes.
Notwithstanding the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as possible, in the event of any change in the authorized number of directors, each director then continuing to serve as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which such director is a member until the expiration of his or her current term, or his or her prior death, resignation or removal. If any newly created directorship may, consistently with the rule that the three classes shall be as nearly equal in number of directors as possible, be allocated to any class, the Board of Directors shall allocate it to that of the available class whose term of office is due to expire at the earliest date following such allocation.
6.4 Vacancies. Subject to applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act, including Section 16(b) thereunder, and except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of Preferred Stock, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies. Subject to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation, no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
6.5 Elections. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Bylaws, directors shall be elected by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting duly called for such purpose and entitled to vote thereat. Election of directors to the Board of Directors need not be by ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.
6.6 Extraordinary Actions. Except as specifically provided in Section 6.10 (relating to removal of directors), notwithstanding any provision of law requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
4
6.7 Quorum. The determination of whether a quorum has been established for a meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders shall be as set forth in the Bylaws.
6.8 Preemptive Rights. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock pursuant to Section 6.3 or as may otherwise be provided by contract, no holder of shares of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell.
6.9 Determinations by the Board of Directors. The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors consistent with this Certificate of Incorporation, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of shares of its stock: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation or resolution of any ambiguity with respect to any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation (including any of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation) or of the Bylaws; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any shares of stock of the Corporation; the number of shares of stock of any class or series of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation; any interpretation of the terms and conditions of one or more agreements with any person, corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or other organization; the compensation of directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.
6.10 Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock to elect or remove one or more directors, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.
5
ARTICLE VII
7.1 Limitation on Liability. The directors of the Corporation shall be entitled to the benefits of all limitations on the liability of directors generally that are now or hereafter become available under the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Section 7 shall be prospective only, and shall not affect, to the detriment of any director, any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
7.2 Indemnification. The Corporation, to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended from time to time, shall indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which such officer or director may be entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized hereby.
ARTICLE VIII
8.1 Powers of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter and is filed with the records of the meetings of the stockholders.
8.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IX
9.1 Amendment. The Corporation reserves the right to amend any provision contained in this Certificate as the same may from time to time be in effect in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all rights conferred on stockholders or others hereunder are subject to such reservation.
6
9.2 Miscellaneous. If any provision or provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.
9.3 Duration of the Corporation. The Corporation shall continue perpetually unless terminated pursuant to the provisions contained herein or pursuant to any applicable provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
9.4 Exclusive Forum. To the fullest extent permitted by law, unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Bylaws or this Certificate of Incorporation, or the securities, antifraud, unfair trade practices or similar laws of any international, national, state, provincial, territorial, local or other governmental or regulatory authority, including, in each case, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be a federal or state court located in the state of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.4 and to have irrevocably submitted to, and waived any objection to, the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such action or proceeding and consented to process being served in any such action or proceeding, without limitation, by United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the state of Delaware, has caused this Certificate of Incorporation to be executed this [Ÿ] day of [Ÿ], 2020.
By:
|
|
Name: [•] | |
Title: [•] |
[Signature Page to Certificate of Incorporation]
Exhibit 3.2
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
BYLAWS
Article
I.
OFFICES
1.1. Registered Office. The registered office of Franklin BSP Capital Corporation (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be established and maintained at c/o The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801 and The Corporation Trust Company shall be the registered agent of the corporation in charge thereof.
1.2. Other Offices. The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
Article
II.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
2.2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date and at such time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, for the purpose of electing directors (each, a “Director”) and for the transaction of only such other business as is properly brought before the meeting in accordance with these bylaws (the “Bylaws”).
Written notice of an annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, shall be given by the secretary to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting in writing not less than ten (10) nor more than ninety (90) days before the date of the annual meeting in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and the purpose for which the meeting is called, either by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, by electronic transmission or by any other means permitted by Delaware law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the U.S. mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. The Corporation may give a single notice to all stockholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any stockholder at such address, unless such a stockholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.
To be properly brought before the annual meeting, business must be either (i) brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) pursuant to the notice of meeting or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of these Bylaws. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered by a nationally recognized courier service or mailed by first class U.S. mail, postage or delivery charges prepaid, and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation addressed to the attention of the secretary of the Corporation not earlier than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the anniversary of the date the Corporation’s proxy statement was released to the stockholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, notice by the stockholder must be received by the secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting and (y) the seventh (7th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. A stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth (i) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and (b) any material interest of the stockholder in such business, and (ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice (a) the name and record address of the stockholder and (b) the class, series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2. The officer of the Corporation presiding at an annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.2, and, if such officer should so determine, such officer shall so declare to the annual meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
2.3. Special Meetings - In General. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), by the secretary only at the request of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or by a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.
Unless otherwise provided by law, written notice of a special meeting of stockholders, stating the time, place and purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, not less than ten (10) or more than sixty (60) days before the date fixed for the meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. In fixing a date for any special meeting, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the Board of Directors may consider such factors as he or she deems relevant, including the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting.
2
Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that Directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of Section 3.4 below.
2.4. Stockholder Requested Special Meetings. Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the secretary of the Corporation (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Request Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such stockholder and each matter proposed to be acted on at the meeting that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such a solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Request Record Date. The Request Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Request Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing the Request Record Date, the Request Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which a Record Date Request Notice is received by the secretary of the Corporation.
In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting (collectively, the “Special Meeting Request”) signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Request Record Date entitled to cast not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) shall be delivered to the secretary of the Corporation. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (A) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the secretary), (B) bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (C) set forth (i) the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed), (ii) the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned (beneficially or of record) by each such stockholder and (iii) the nominee holder for, and number of, shares of stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, (D) be sent to the secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (E) be received by the secretary within 60 days after the Request Record Date. Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation of the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the secretary.
The secretary of the Corporation shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing or delivering the notice of the meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials). The secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon stockholder request, and such meeting shall not be held, unless, in addition to the documents required by this Section 2.4, the secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.
3
In the case of any special meeting called by the secretary of the Corporation upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder-Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting shall be not more than 60 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 60th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 60th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that, in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. In fixing a date for a Stockholder-Requested Meeting, the Board of Directors may consider such factors as it deems relevant including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for the meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Stockholder-Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder-Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of this Section 2.4.
If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the secretary of the Corporation and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting on the matter to the secretary, the secretary shall: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been delivered, the secretary shall refrain from delivering the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting on the matter, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been delivered and if the secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting on the matter written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Corporation’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting or for the chair of the meeting to adjourn the meeting without action on the matter, (A) the secretary may revoke the notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting or (B) the chair of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn the meeting without acting on the matter. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.
Any of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer of the Corporation may appoint independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such purported Special Meeting Request shall be deemed to have been received by the secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days after actual receipt by the secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, stockholders of record entitled to cast not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).
4
For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
2.5. Quorum. The holders of at least a majority of the capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting.
The stockholders present, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough stockholders to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.
2.6. Organization. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall act as chair of meetings of the stockholders. The Board of Directors may designate any other officer or Director of the Corporation to act as chair of any meeting in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and the Board of Directors may further provide for determining who shall act as chair of any stockholders meeting in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and such designee. The chair of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chair and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance or participation at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chair of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments; (d) determining when and for how long the polls should be open and when the polls should be closed and when the announcement of the results should be made; (e) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (f) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chair of the meeting; (g) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (h) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security.
The secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings of the stockholders, but, in the absence of the secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any other person to act as secretary of any meeting.
5
2.7. Voting. Except in a contested election, a nominee for director shall be elected as a director only if such nominee receives the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes cast “for” or “against” such nominee at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present. In a contested election, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present. An election shall be considered contested if, as of the date of the proxy statement for the meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected, there are more nominees for election than the number of directors to be elected. Each share entitles the holder thereof to vote for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the holder is entitled to vote. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless a different number or proportion is required by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. Unless otherwise provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each outstanding share of capital stock owned of record on the applicable record date, regardless of class, entitles the holder thereof to cast one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize any person or persons to act for him, her or it by proxy. All proxies shall be executed in writing and shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation not later than the day on which exercised. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven (11) months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of stockholders, in his or her discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.
2.8. Action of Stockholders Without Meeting. Except as may otherwise be required by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting and may not be taken by written action in lieu of a meeting.
2.9. Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city, town or village where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not specified, at the place where said meeting is to be held. The list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder of the Corporation who is present.
2.10. Voting of Stock by Certain Holders. Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, a general partner, trustee, manager or member thereof, as the case may be, or by a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity, or an agreement of the partners of such partnership, presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such stock. Any trustee or other fiduciary may vote stock registered in the name of such person in such person’s capacity as such trustee or other fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.
6
Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.
The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt by the Corporation of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the holder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.
2.11. Stock Ledger. The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 2.9 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
2.12. Adjournment. Any meeting of the stockholders, including one at which Directors are to be elected, may be adjourned for such periods as the presiding officer of the meeting or the stockholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall direct.
2.13. Ratification. Any transaction questioned in any stockholders’ derivative suit, or any other suit to enforce alleged rights of the Corporation or any of its stockholders, on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of any Director, officer or stockholder, nondisclosure, miscomputation or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting may be approved, ratified and confirmed before or after judgment by the Board of Directors or by the holders of common stock and, if so approved, ratified or confirmed, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned transaction had been originally duly authorized, and said approval, ratification or confirmation shall be binding upon the Corporation and all of its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned transaction.
2.14. Inspectors of Election. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspector shall: (1) decide upon the qualifications of voters; (2) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each; (3) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of the proxies of ballots; (4) count all votes and ballots; (5) declare the results; (6) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and (7) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.
7
Article
III.
DIRECTORS
3.1. Powers; Number; Qualifications. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. The number of Directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be not less than four (4) nor more than ten (10). The exact number of Directors shall be fixed from time to time, within the limits specified in this Section 3.1 or in the Certificate of Incorporation, by a majority of the Board of Directors. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation. The Board of Directors shall be divided into classes as more fully set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
3.2. Election; Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Each Director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which his or her class stands for election or until such Director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and as may be required by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and the rules promulgated thereunder, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors or from any other cause may be filled by a majority of the Directors then in office, although less than a quorum, and each Director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting and until such Director’s successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify, or until such Director’s earlier resignation, removal from office, death or incapacity. If for any reason any or all the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder, if any.
3.3. Nominations. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be made only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) pursuant to the notice of meeting or (iii) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of these Bylaws.
3.4. Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominees for Director. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 3.4, at the record date set by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 5.3 hereof for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and at the time of the annual meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business and who has complied with this Section 3.4.
For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation and, in the case of any such other business, such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 3.4 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, in connection with the Corporation’s first annual meeting or in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, in order for notice by the stockholder to be timely, such notice must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth:
8
(i) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (each, a “Proposed Nominee”),
(A) all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter market on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or traded; and
(B) whether such stockholder believes any such Proposed Nominee is, or is not, an “interested person” of the Corporation, as defined in the 1940 Act, and information regarding such individual that is sufficient, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to make such determination;
(ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the stockholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom;
(iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Stockholder Associated Person,
(A) the class, series and number of all shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Corporation Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Corporation Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Corporation Securities of any such person;
(B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Corporation Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person;
(C) whether and the extent to which such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last 12 months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of (x) Corporation Securities or (y) any security of any other closed-end investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act (a “Peer Group Company”) for such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person or (II) increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company) disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Corporation Securities (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company); and
9
(D) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Corporation), by security holdings or otherwise, of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Corporation Securities where such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series;
(iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this Section 3.4 and any Proposed Nominee,
(A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee and
(B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person;
(v) the name and address of any person who contacted or was contacted by the stockholder giving the notice or any Stockholder Associated Person about the Proposed Nominee or other business proposal; and
(vi) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business.
Such stockholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become a party to any voting agreement or any agreement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation or its affiliates with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the Corporation’s Board of Directors, (b) will serve as a director of the Corporation if elected and (c) that the Proposed Nominee’s election would comply with all of the Corporation’s publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Corporation, upon request, to the stockholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter market on which the Corporation’s securities are listed or traded).
10
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.4 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 3.4 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
For purposes of this Section 3.4, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder means (i) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person or is an officer, director, partner, member, employee or agent of such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person
If information submitted pursuant to this Section 3.4 by any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 3.4. Any such stockholder shall notify the Corporation of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information. Upon written request by the secretary of the Corporation or the Board of Directors, any such stockholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 3.4 and (B) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Corporation, written confirmation by such stockholder that it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 3.4 as of an earlier date. If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 3.4.
Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 3.4 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 3.4. The chair of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 3.4.
11
For purposes of this Section 3.4, “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to stockholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. “Public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or the 1940 Act.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.4, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 3.4. Nothing in this Section 3.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 3.4 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.
Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, except as otherwise determined by the chair of the meeting, if the stockholder giving notice as provided for in this Section 3.4 does not appear in person or by proxy at such annual or special meeting to present each nominee for election as a director or the proposed business, as applicable, such matter shall not be considered at the meeting.
3.5. Meetings. The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the meeting of the stockholders at which it is elected and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected Directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the entire Board of Directors. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each Director either by mail not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone, facsimile or e-mail on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice, or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.
3.6. Notice. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, U.S. mail or courier to each director at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by U.S. mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party.
Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by U.S. mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the U.S. mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.
12
3.7. Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, a majority of the entire Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof, a majority of the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
3.8. Organization of Meetings. The Board of Directors shall elect one of its members to be Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall lead the Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibilities as set forth in these Bylaws, including its responsibility to oversee the performance of the Corporation, and shall determine the agenda and perform all other duties and exercise all other powers which are or from time to time may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.
Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or in his or her absence, by the Chief Executive Officer to the extent he or she is a Director, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer by such other person as the Board of Directors may designate or the members present may select.
3.9. Actions of Board of Directors Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee; provided, however, this section does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to the 1940 Act, that requires the vote of the directors to be cast in person at a meeting.
3.10. Removal of Directors by Stockholders. The entire Board of Directors or any individual Director may be removed from office for cause by a 66 2/3% vote of the holders of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of Directors. In case the Board of Directors or any one or more Directors be so removed, new Directors may be elected at the same time for the unexpired portion of the full term of the Director or Directors so removed.
3.11. Resignations. Any Director may resign at any time by submitting his or her written resignation to the Board of Directors or secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of its receipt by the Corporation unless another time be fixed in the resignation, in which case it shall become effective at the time so fixed. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective.
3.12. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the Directors of the Corporation. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided by law and in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution or amending the Bylaws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
13
Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors may designate a chair of any committee, and such chair or, in the absence of a chair, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another Director to act in the place of such absent member.
Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee. Subject to the power of the Board of Directors, the members of the committee shall have the power to fill any vacancies on the committee.
3.13. Compensation. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed amount (in cash or other form of consideration) for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as Director, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.
3.14. Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of its Directors or officers are Directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if (i) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested Directors, even though the disinterested Directors be less than a quorum, (ii) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested Directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
14
3.15. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee designed by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.15 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting; provided, however, this section does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to the 1940 Act that requires the vote of the directors be cast in person at a meeting. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
3.16. Loss of Deposits. No director shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or stock have been deposited.
3.17. Surety Bonds. Unless required by law, no director shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.
3.18. Reliance. Each director and officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Corporation whom the director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the director or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a director, by a committee of the Board of Directors on which the director does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the director reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.
3.19. Emergency Provisions. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, this Section 3.19 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors under these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, (i) a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be called by any Director or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many Directors and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (iii) the number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Directors.
3.20. Ratification. The Board of Directors or the stockholders may ratify and make binding on the Corporation any action or inaction by the Corporation or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the stockholders could have originally authorized the matter. Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.
15
3.21. Certain Rights of Directors and Officers. The directors shall have no responsibility to devote their full time to the affairs of the Corporation. Any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, in his personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to or in addition to those of or relating to the Corporation, subject to any policies relating to such interests and activities adopted by the directors and applicable law.
Article
IV.
OFFICERS
4.1. General. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and may consist of: a Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also elect one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, a Controller and such other officers as in the judgment of the Board of Directors may be necessary or desirable. Any number of offices may be held by the same person and more than one person may hold the same office, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation, nor need such officers be Directors of the Corporation.
4.2. Election. The Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and all officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualified, or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers who are Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
4.3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation. Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer or any Vice President, and any such officer may, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.
4.4. Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the Corporation. He or she shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a Corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.
16
4.5. President. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the president shall in perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the chief operating officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him or her respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer, if any, or the Chairman of the Board of Directors.
4.6. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision, direction and control of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers which are or from time to time may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws, all in accordance with policies as established by and subject to the oversight of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a named Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer shall also have the powers and duties of the Treasurer as hereinafter set forth and shall be authorized and empowered to sign as Treasurer in any case where such officer’s signature is required.
4.7. Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer shall have general responsibility for the compliance matters of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers which are or from time to time may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws, all in accordance with policies as established by and subject to oversight of the Board of Directors. Additionally, the Chief Compliance Officer shall, no less than annually, (i) provide a written report to the Board of Directors, the content of which shall comply with Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act, and meet separately with the Corporation’s independent directors.
4.8. Vice Presidents. In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer and the President, if any, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer, if any, or the Chairman of the Board of Directors.
4.9. Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, then any Assistant Secretary shall perform such actions. If there is no Assistant Secretary, then the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there is one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.
17
4.10. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.
4.11. Assistant Secretaries. Except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, Assistant Secretaries, if there are any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, if there is one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.
4.12. Assistant Treasurers. Assistant Treasurers, if there are any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, if there is one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his or her disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his or her control belonging to the Corporation.
4.13. Controller. The Controller shall establish and maintain the accounting records of the Corporation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, maintain proper internal control of the assets of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, if any, or any Vice President of the Corporation may prescribe.
4.14. Other Officers. Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.
4.15. Vacancies. The Board of Directors shall have the power to fill any vacancies in any office occurring from whatever reason.
18
4.16. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by submitting his or her written resignation to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time of its receipt by the Corporation, unless another time be fixed in the resignation, in which case it shall become effective at the time so fixed. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be required to make it effective. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation. In addition, the termination or resignation of the Chief Compliance Officer shall be effected in accordance with Rule 38a-1(a)(4) under the 1940 Act.
4.17. Removal. Subject to the provisions of any employment agreement approved by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.
Article
V.
CAPITAL STOCK
5.1. Uncertificated Stock. The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation shall be evidenced by shares of stock, which are in uncertificated form, unless otherwise required by law, and such stock shall be entered on the books of the Corporation and registered as issued. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice that shall contain such information as required under Delaware law.
5.2. Transfers. Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the registered owner, or by his, her or its attorney lawfully constituted in writing. Stock of the Corporation which is uncertificated shall, upon the receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated stock, be cancelled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated stock shall be made to the stockholder entitled thereto. It shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue evidence of the issuance of uncertificated stock to the stockholder entitled thereto and record the transaction upon the Corporation’s books, unless the Corporation has a duty to inquire as to adverse claims with respect to such transfer that has not been discharged. The Corporation shall have no duty to inquire into adverse claims with respect to such transfer unless (i) the Corporation has received a written notification of an adverse claim at a time and in a manner which affords the Corporation a reasonable opportunity to act on it prior to the registration of the stock on the books of the Corporation and the notification identifies the claimant, the registered owner and the issue of which the share or shares is a part and provides an address for communications directed to the claimant or (ii) the Corporation has required and obtained, with respect to a fiduciary, a copy of a will, trust, indenture, articles of co-partnership, bylaws or other controlling instruments, for a purpose other than to obtain appropriate evidence of the appointment or incumbency of the fiduciary, and such documents indicate, upon reasonable inspection, the existence of an adverse claim. The Corporation may discharge any duty of inquiry by any reasonable means, including notifying an adverse claimant by registered or certified mail at the address furnished by him, her or its, if there be no such address, at his, her or its residence or regular place of business that the security has been presented for registration of transfer by a named person, and that the transfer will be registered unless within thirty days from the date of mailing the notification, either (i) an appropriate restraining order, injunction or other process issues from a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) an indemnity bond, sufficient in the Corporation’s judgment to protect the Corporation and any transfer agent, registrar or other agent of the Corporation involved from any loss which it or they may suffer by complying with the adverse claim, is filed with the Corporation.
19
5.3. Fixing Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date of action with a meeting is adopted by the Board of Directors, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed:
(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held;
(b) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent is delivered to the Corporation; or
(c) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
5.4. Registered Stockholders. Prior to due presentment for transfer of any share or shares, the Corporation shall treat the registered owner thereof as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and to all other benefits of ownership with respect to such share or shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.
Article
VI.
NOTICES
6.1. Form of Notice. Notices to Directors and stockholders other than notices to Directors of special meetings of the Board of Directors, which may be given by any means stated in Section 3.6, shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the Directors or stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be mailed.
6.2. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of law or the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular, or special meeting of the stockholders, Directors, or members of a committee of Directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation.
20
Article
VII.
INDEMNIFICATION
7.1. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
7.2. The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
7.3. To the extent that a present or former Director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 7.1 or 7.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.
7.4. Any indemnification under Sections 7.1 or 7.2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in such section. Such determination shall be made:
21
(a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum;
(b) by a committee of such Directors designated by majority vote of such Directors, even though less than a quorum;
(c) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, if there are no such Directors, or such Directors so direct; or
(d) by the stockholders.
7.5. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or Director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.
7.6. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to the other sections of this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
7.7. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance (at the Corporation’s expense) on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article.
7.8. For purposes of this Article, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting Corporation, any constituent Corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger, which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its Directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article with respect to the resulting or surviving Corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent Corporation of its separate existence had continued.
7.9. For purposes of this Article, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such Director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article.
22
7.10. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
7.11. No Director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or to any stockholder of the Corporation for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director or officer, provided that this provision shall not limit the liability of a Director or officer (i) for any breach of the Director’s or the officer’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or (iv) for any transaction from which the Director or officer derived an improper personal benefit.
7.12. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Bylaws or Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraphs with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
Article
VIII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
8.1. Reliance on Books and Records. Each Director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation, shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, including reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.
8.2. Maintenance and Inspection of Records. The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board of Directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records.
Any such records maintained by the Corporation may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper form produced from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper form accurately portrays the record.
23
Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.
8.3. Inspection by Directors. Any Director shall have the right to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a Director.
8.4. Checks and drafts. All checks, drafts or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
8.5. Contracts. The Board of Directors, or any committee of the Board of Directors within the scope of its delegated authority, may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors or such committee and executed by an authorized person.
8.6. Deposits. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may designate.
8.7. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as determined by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors shall fail to do so, the Chief Executive Officer shall fix the fiscal year.
8.8. Distributions. Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine to be in the best interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.
8.9. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.
24
8.10. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice of such meeting, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.
8.11. Amendments. The original or other bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote thereon at any regular or special meeting or, if the Certificate of Incorporation so provides, by the Board of Directors. For the avoidance of doubt, the fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board of Directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws at any meeting of the stockholders convened in accordance with these Bylaws.
8.12. Severability. If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such holding shall apply only to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not in any manner affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of the Bylaws in any jurisdiction.
8.13. Interpretation of Bylaws. All words, terms and provisions of these Bylaws shall be interpreted and defined by and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, and as amended from time to time hereafter.
8.14. Conflict with 1940 Act. If and to the extent that any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, or any provision of these Bylaws shall conflict with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act shall control.
25
Exhibit 10.1
INVESTMENT
ADVISORY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
AND
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL ADVISER L.L.C.
This Investment Advisory Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of [●], 2020, by and between Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Franklin BSP Capital Adviser L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).
WHEREAS, the Company is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (together with the rules promulgated thereunder, the “Investment Company Act”);
WHEREAS, the Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (together with the rules promulgated thereunder, the “Advisers Act”); and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Adviser to provide investment advisory services to the Company in the manner and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Adviser wishes to be retained to provide such services.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Adviser hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. Duties of the Adviser.
(a) Retention of Adviser. The Company hereby appoints the Adviser to act as the investment adviser to the Company and to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company, subject to the supervision of the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”), for the period and upon the terms herein set forth in accordance with:
(i) the investment objectives, policies and restrictions that are set forth in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 or Form N-2, as applicable, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as supplemented, amended or superseded from time to time, and in the Company’s confidential private placement memorandum dated [●], 2020, as amended from time to time or as may otherwise be set forth in the Company’s reports filed in compliance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as applicable;
(ii) during the term of this Agreement, all other applicable federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they may be amended from time to time (the “Organizational Documents”);
(iii) such investment policies, directives, regulatory restrictions as the Company may from time to time establish or issue and communicate to the Adviser in writing; and
(iv) the Company’s compliance policies and procedures as applicable to the Adviser and as administered by the Company’s chief compliance officer.
(b) Responsibilities of Adviser. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement:
(i) determine the composition and allocation of the Company’s investment portfolio, the nature and timing of any changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes;
(ii) identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments made by the Company;
(iii) perform due diligence on prospective portfolio companies;
(iv) execute, close, monitor and service the Company’s investments;
(v) determine the securities and other assets that the Company shall purchase, retain or sell;
(vi) arrange financings and borrowing facilities for the Company; and
(vii) provide the Company with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds.
(c) Power and Authority. To facilitate the Adviser’s performance of these undertakings, but subject to the restrictions contained herein, the Company hereby delegates to the Adviser (which power and authority may be delegated by the Adviser to one or more Sub-Advisers), and the Adviser hereby accepts, the power and authority to act on behalf of and in the name of the Company to effectuate investment decisions for the Company, including the negotiation, execution and delivery of all documents relating to the acquisition and disposition of the Company’s investments, the placing of orders for other purchase or sale transactions on behalf of the Company or any entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect ownership interest, including any interest rate, currency or other derivative instruments, and the engagement of any services providers deemed necessary or appropriate by the Adviser to the exercise of such power and authority. In the event that the Company determines to acquire debt or other financing (or to refinance existing debt or other financing), the Adviser shall use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for such financing on the Company’s behalf, subject to the oversight and approval of the Board. If it is necessary for the Adviser to make investments or obtain financing on behalf of the Company through a special purpose vehicle or a special tax blocker vehicle, the Adviser shall have authority to create, or arrange for the creation of, such special purpose vehicles and to make investments or obtain financing through such special purpose vehicles in accordance with applicable law. The Company also grants to the Adviser power and authority to engage in all activities and transactions (and anything incidental thereto) that the Adviser deems, in its sole discretion, appropriate, necessary or advisable to carry out its duties pursuant to this Agreement, including the authority to open accounts and deposit, maintain and withdraw funds of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in any bank, savings and loan association, brokerage firm or other financial institution.
- 2 -
(d) Acceptance of Appointment. The Adviser hereby accepts such appointment and agrees during the term hereof to render the services described herein for the compensation provided herein, subject to the limitations contained herein. Unless and until it resigns or is removed as investment adviser to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the Adviser, to the extent of its powers as set forth in this Agreement, shall be an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and action taken by the Adviser in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company.
(e) Sub-Advisers. The Adviser is hereby authorized to enter into one or more sub-advisory agreements (each a “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) with other investment advisers (each a “Sub-Adviser”) pursuant to which the Adviser may obtain the services of the Sub-Adviser(s) to assist the Adviser in fulfilling its responsibilities hereunder, subject to the oversight of the Adviser and/or the Company, with the scope of such services and oversight to be set forth in each Sub-Advisory Agreement.
(i) The Adviser and not the Company shall be responsible for any compensation payable to any Sub-Adviser; provided, however, that the Adviser shall have the right to direct the Company to pay directly any Sub-Adviser the amounts due and payable to such Sub-Adviser from the fees and expenses otherwise payable to the Adviser under this Agreement.
(ii) Any Sub-Advisory Agreement entered into by the Adviser shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, including without limitation, the requirements of the Investment Company Act relating to Board and Company stockholder approval thereunder, and other applicable federal and state law.
(iii) Any Sub-Adviser shall be subject to the same fiduciary duties as are imposed on the Adviser pursuant to this Agreement, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act, as well as other applicable federal and state law.
(f) Independent Contractor Status. The Adviser shall, for all purposes herein provided, be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized herein, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Company.
(g) Record Retention. Subject to review by and the overall control of the Board, the Adviser shall maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Adviser that relate to activities performed by the Adviser hereunder as required under the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act. The Adviser agrees that all records that it maintains and keeps for the Company shall at all times remain the property of the Company, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered to the Company upon the termination of this Agreement or otherwise on written request by the Company. The Adviser further agrees that the records that it maintains and keeps for the Company shall be preserved in the manner and for the periods prescribed by the Investment Company Act, unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. The Adviser shall have the right to retain copies, or originals where required by Rule 204-2 promulgated under the Advisers Act, of such records to the extent required by applicable law. The Adviser shall maintain records of the locations where books, accounts and records are maintained among the persons and entities providing services directly or indirectly to the Adviser or the Company.
- 3 -
Section 2. Expenses Payable by the Company.
(a) Adviser Personnel. All investment personnel of the Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory services hereunder, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, shall be provided and paid for by the Adviser and not by the Company.
(b) Company’s Costs. Subject to the limitations on expense reimbursement of the Adviser as set forth in Sections 2(a) and (c), the Company, either directly or through reimbursement to the Adviser, shall bear all out-of-pocket costs and expenses of its operations and its transactions, including, but not limited to, expenses incurred by the Adviser and payable to third parties, including agents, consultants and other advisors, in monitoring the financial and legal affairs of the Company, news and quotation subscriptions, and market or industry research expenses; the cost of calculating the Company’s net asset value; the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of the Company’s common stock and other securities; management and incentive fees payable pursuant to this Agreement; fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants and other advisors, relating to, or associated with, making investments, and, if necessary, enforcing its rights, and valuing investments (including third-party valuation firms); expenses related to consummated or unconsummated investments, including dead deal or broken deal expenses; rating agency expenses; fees to arrange debt financings for the Company; distributions on the Company’s shares; administration fees payable under the administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”), by and between the Company and Benefit Street Partners L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator”); the allocated costs incurred by the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it; transfer agent and custodial fees; fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts (including attendance at investment conferences and similar events); accounting, audit and tax preparation expenses; federal and state registration fees; any exchange listing fees; federal, state, local, and other taxes; costs and expenses incurred in relation to compliance with applicable laws and regulations and the operation and administration of the Company generally; independent directors’ fees and expenses, including any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the independent directors; brokerage commissions; costs of proxy statements, stockholders’ reports and notices; costs of preparing government filings, including periodic and current reports with the SEC; the Company’s fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; indemnification payments; expenses relating to the development and maintenance of the Company’s website; other operations and technology costs; direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, copying, telephone, fees of independent accountants and outside legal costs; and all other expenses incurred by the Company or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business, including, but not limited to, payments under the Administration Agreement based upon the Company’s allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, travel and the allocable portion of the cost of the Company’s chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs, including operations and tax professionals, and administrative staff providing support services in respect of the Company.
- 4 -
For avoidance of doubt, it is agreed and understood that, from time to time, the Adviser or its affiliates may pay amounts or bear costs properly constituting Company expenses as set forth herein or otherwise and that the Company shall reimburse the Adviser or its affiliates for all such costs and expenses that have been paid by the Adviser or its affiliates on behalf of the Company.
(c) Portfolio Company’s Compensation. In certain circumstances the Adviser, any Sub-Adviser, or any of their respective Affiliates (as defined below), may receive compensation from a portfolio company, in connection with the Company’s investment in such portfolio company. Any compensation received by the Adviser, Sub-Adviser, or any of their respective Affiliates, attributable to the Company’s investment in any portfolio company, in excess of any of the limitations in or exemptions granted from the Investment Company Act, any interpretation thereof by the staff of the SEC, or the conditions set forth in any exemptive relief granted to the Adviser, any Sub-Adviser or the Company by the SEC, shall be delivered promptly to the Company and the Company will retain such excess compensation for the benefit of its stockholders.
Section 3. Compensation of the Adviser.
The Company agrees to pay, and the Adviser agrees to accept, as compensation for the services provided by the Adviser hereunder, a base management fee (“Base Management Fee”) and an incentive fee (“Incentive Fee”) as hereinafter set forth. Any of the fees payable to the Adviser under this Agreement for any partial calendar quarter shall be appropriately prorated based on the actual number of days elapsed during such partial quarter as a fraction of the number of days in the relevant calendar year.
(a) Base Management Fee. The Base Management Fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The Base Management Fee shall be based on the average value of the Company’s gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters (the “Average Gross Assets”).
(i) For periods ending on or prior to the date of the closing of (i) an initial public offering of the shares of common stock of the Company or a listing of such shares on a national securities exchange, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either on a complete portfolio basis or individually followed by a liquidation or (iii) a merger or another transaction approved by the Board in which the Company’s stockholders will receive cash or shares of a publicly traded company, which entity may include a business development company or other entity advised by the Adviser or its affiliates (each, a “Liquidity Event”), the Base Management Fee shall be calculated at an annual rate of 0.5% of the Average Gross Assets.
(ii) For periods ending after the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Base Management Fee shall be calculated at an annual rate of 1.50% of the Average Gross Assets; provided, that, the Base Management Fee shall be calculated at an annual rate of 1.00% of the Company’s gross assets purchased with borrowed funds above 1.0x debt-to-equity.
- 5 -
(b) Incentive Fee. The Incentive Fee shall consist of two parts, as follows:
(i) The first part, referred to as the “Incentive Fee on Income,” shall be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” for the immediately preceding quarter. “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, other than fees for providing managerial assistance, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Base Management Fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest expense and dividends paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount debt instruments with payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. For purposes of computing the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, the calculation methodology will look through total return swaps as if the Company owned the referenced assets directly. The payment of the Incentive Fee on Income shall be subject to payment of a preferred return to investors each quarter, expressed as a quarterly rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, subject to a “catch up” feature (as described below).
(1) For periods ending on or prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the calculation of the Incentive Fee on Income is as follows:
(A) No Incentive Fee on Income shall be payable to the Adviser in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the preferred return rate of 1.50% per quarter (or 6.00% annualized) (the “Pre-IPO/Listing Preferred Return”) on net assets;
(B) 100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Pre-IPO/Listing Preferred Return but is less than or equal to 1.765% in any calendar quarter (or 7.06% annualized) shall be payable to the Adviser. This portion of the Incentive Fee on Income is referred to as the “catch up” and is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 15.0% on all of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income when the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income reaches 1.765% (or 7.06% annualized) in any calendar quarter; and
(C) For any quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 1.765% in any calendar quarter (or 7.06% annualized), the Incentive Fee on Income shall equal 15.0% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as the Pre-IPO/Listing Preferred Return and catch up will have been achieved.
- 6 -
(2) For any period ending after the closing of a Liquidity Event, the calculation of the Incentive Fee on Income is as follows:
(A) No Incentive Fee on Income shall be payable to the Adviser in any calendar quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the preferred return rate of 1.50% per quarter (or 6.00% annualized) (the “Post-IPO/Listing Preferred Return”) on net assets
(B) 100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Post-IPO/Listing Preferred Return but is less than or equal to 1.8175% in any calendar quarter (or 7.27% annualized) shall be payable to the Adviser. This portion of the Incentive Fee on Income is referred to as the “catch up” and is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 17.5% on all of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income when the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income reaches 1.8175% (or 7.27% annualized) in any calendar quarter; and
(C) For any quarter in which the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 1.8175% in any calendar quarter (or 7.27% annualized), the Incentive Fee on Income shall equal 17.5% of the amount of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as the Post-IPO/Listing Preferred Return and catch up will have been achieved.
(ii) The second part of the incentive fee, referred to as the “Incentive Fee on Capital Gains,” shall be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of this Agreement, if earlier). The Incentive Fee on Capital Gains shall be calculated based on the Company’s “incentive fee capital gains,” which shall equal the Company’s realized capital gains on a cumulative basis from the date of the Company’s election to be regulated as a business development company, as of the end of each calendar year, computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid Incentive Fee on Capital Gains. For the purpose of computing the Incentive Fee on Capital Gains, the calculation methodology will look through derivative financial instruments or swaps as if the Company owned the reference assets directly. Therefore, realized gains and realized losses on the disposition of any reference assets, as well as unrealized depreciation on reference assets retained in the derivative financial instrument or swap, will be included on a cumulative basis in the calculation of the Incentive Fee on Capital Gains. For periods ending on or prior to the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Incentive Fee on Capital Gains shall equal 15.0% of the Company’s incentive fee capital gains, and for periods ending after the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, the Incentive Fee on Capital Gains shall equal 17.5% of the Company’s incentive fee capital gains.
- 7 -
Section 4. Covenant of the Adviser.
The Adviser covenants that it is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act on the effective date of this Agreement, and shall maintain such registration until the expiration or termination of this Agreement. The Adviser agrees that its activities shall at all times be in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws governing its operations and investments, except to the extent that any such noncompliance would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Adviser to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement. The Adviser agrees to observe and comply with applicable provisions of the code of ethics adopted by the Company pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act, as such code of ethics may be amended from time to time.
Section 5. Brokerage Commissions.
The Adviser is hereby authorized, to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law, to cause the Company to pay a member of a national securities exchange, broker or dealer an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission another member of such exchange, broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determines in good faith, taking into account factors, including without limitation, price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities, that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such member, broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or its overall responsibilities with respect to the Company’s portfolio, and is consistent with the Adviser’s duty to seek the best execution on behalf of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with regard to transactions with or for the benefit of the Company, the Adviser may not pay any commission or receive any rebates or give-ups, nor participate in any business arrangements which would circumvent this restriction.
Section 6. Other Activities of the Adviser.
The services of the Adviser to the Company are not exclusive, and the Adviser may engage in any other business or render similar or different services to others including, without limitation, the direct or indirect sponsorship or management of other investment-based accounts or commingled pools of capital, however structured, having investment objectives similar to those of the Company, so long as its services to the Company hereunder are not impaired thereby, and nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of any manager, partner, member (including its members and the owners of its members), officer or employee of the Adviser to engage in any other business or to devote his or her time and attention in part to any other business, whether of a similar or dissimilar nature, or to receive any fees or compensation in connection therewith (including fees for serving as a director of, or providing consulting services to, one or more of the Company’s portfolio companies, subject to applicable law). The Adviser assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder.
- 8 -
During the term of this Agreement and for a period of one year following any termination or nonrenewal of this Agreement for any reason, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly on behalf of itself or any other person or entity: (a) solicit the employment of or employ any partners, stockholders, directors, trustees, officers, employees, consultants and/or associated persons (each, an “Associate”) of the Adviser, any Sub-Adviser or any of their respective Affiliates (collectively, “Adviser Persons”) or any person or entity who was an Associate of an Adviser Person during the one-year period preceding such proposed solicitation or employment, or (b) induce, persuade or attempt to induce or persuade the discontinuation of, or in any way interfere or attempt to interfere with, the relationship between an Adviser Person and any Associate of such Adviser Person or any person or entity who was an Associate of such Adviser Person during the one-year period preceding such proposed inducement, persuasion or interference or attempted inducement, persuasion or interference. The parties intend that any provision of this Section 6 held invalid, illegal or unenforceable only in part or degree because of the duration or geographic scope thereof shall remain in full force to the extent not held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” or “Affiliated” or any derivation thereof means with respect to any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity or association (“Person”): (a) any Person directly or indirectly owning, controlling, or holding, with the power to vote, 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities of such other Person; (b) any Person 10% or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled or held, with the power to vote, by such other Person; (c) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such other Person; (d) any executive officer, director, trustee or general partner of such other Person; or (e) any legal entity for which such Person acts as an executive officer, director, trustee or general partner.
Section 7. Responsibility of Dual Directors, Officers and/or Employees.
If any person who is a manager, partner, member, officer or employee of the Adviser is or becomes a director, officer and/or employee of the Company and acts as such in any business of the Company, then such manager, partner, member, officer and/or employee of the Adviser shall be deemed to be acting in such capacity solely for the Company, and not as a manager, partner, member, officer or employee of the Adviser or under the control or direction of the Adviser, even if paid by the Adviser.
Section 8. Indemnification.
Subject to Section 9, the Adviser, any Sub-Adviser, each of their respective directors, trustees, officers, managers, partners, stockholders or members (and their stockholders or members, including the owners of their stockholders or members), agents, employees, controlling persons (as determined under the Investment Company Act (“Controlling Persons”)), any other person or entity Affiliated with the Adviser or Sub-Adviser (including each of their respective directors, trustees, officers, stockholders or members (and their stockholders or members, including the owners of their stockholders or members), agents, employees or Controlling Persons) and any other person or entity acting on behalf of, the Adviser or Sub-Adviser (each an “Indemnified Party” and, collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) shall not be liable to the Company or any stockholder thereof for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Adviser or any Sub-Adviser in connection with the performance of any of their duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company (except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services), and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Indemnified Parties (each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) and hold them harmless from and against all losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromises and settlement, as fines and penalties and legal or other costs and reasonable expenses of investigating or defending against any claim or alleged claim) of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated) (“Losses”) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Indemnified Parties’ duties or obligations under this Agreement, any Sub-Advisory Agreement, or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company to the extent such Losses are not fully reimbursed by insurance and otherwise to the fullest extent such indemnification would not be inconsistent with the Organizational Documents, the Investment Company Act, the laws of the State of New York and other applicable law.
- 9 -
Section 9. Limitation on Indemnification.
Notwithstanding anything in Section 8 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect any of the Indemnified Parties against, or entitle or be deemed to entitle any of the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any Losses to the Company or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject primarily attributable to the willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Adviser’s or Sub-Adviser’s duties and obligations under this Agreement or any Sub-Advisory Agreement (to the extent applicable, as the same shall be determined in accordance with the Investment Company Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).
In addition, notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the provisions of Section 8 and this Section 9 shall not be construed so as to provide for the indemnification of any Indemnified Party for any liability (including liability under federal securities laws which, under certain circumstances, impose liability even on persons that act in good faith), to the extent (but only to the extent) that such indemnification would be in violation of applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the provisions of Section 8 and this Section 9 to the fullest extent permitted by law.
Section 10. Effectiveness, Duration and Termination of Agreement.
(a) Term and Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective as of the date first written above. This Agreement shall remain in effect for two years, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive one-year periods; provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by: (i) the vote of the Board, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Independent Directors, in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act, or as otherwise permitted under Section 15 of the Investment Company Act.
- 10 -
(b) Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, (i) by the Company upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Adviser: (A) upon the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (as “majority of the outstanding voting securities” is defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the Investment Company Act) or (B) by the vote of the Independent Directors; or (ii) by the Adviser upon not less than 60 days’ prior written notice to the Company. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of construing Section 15(a)(4) of the Investment Company Act). The provisions of Sections 8 and 9 shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement as aforesaid, the Adviser shall be entitled to any amounts owed to it under Section 3 through the date of termination or expiration and Sections 8 and 9 shall continue in force and effect and apply to the Adviser and its representatives as and to the extent applicable.
(c) Duties of Adviser Upon Termination. The Adviser shall promptly upon termination:
(i) deliver to the Board a full accounting, including a statement showing all payments collected by it and a statement of all money held by it, covering the period following the date of the last accounting furnished to the Board;
(ii) deliver to the Board all assets and documents of the Company then in custody of the Adviser; and
(iii) cooperate with the Company to provide an orderly transition of services.
Section 11. Notices.
Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at the address listed below or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section.
Section 12. Amendments.
This Agreement may be amended by mutual written consent of the parties; provided that the consent of the Company is required to be obtained in conformity with the requirements of the Investment Company Act.
Section 13. Severability.
If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, invalid, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder hereof.
- 11 -
Section 14. Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.
Section 15. Governing Law.
Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto and the provisions of Sections 8 and 9, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. For so long as the Company is regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act, this Agreement shall also be construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York or any of the provisions herein conflict with the provisions of the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act shall control.
Section 16. Third Party Beneficiaries.
Except for any Sub-Adviser and any Indemnified Party, such Sub-Adviser and the Indemnified Parties each being an intended beneficiary of this Agreement, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted assigns and nothing herein express or implied shall give or be construed to give to any person, other than the parties hereto and such assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder.
Section 17. Entire Agreement.
This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.
Section 18. Insurance.
The Company shall acquire and maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy or similar insurance policy, which may name the Adviser and any Sub-Adviser each as an additional insured party (each an “Additional Insured Party” and collectively the “Additional Insured Parties”). Such insurance policy shall include reasonable coverage from a reputable insurer. The Company shall make all premium payments required to maintain such policy in full force and effect; provided, however, each Additional Insured Party, if any, shall pay to the Company, in advance of the due date of such premium, its allocated share of the premium. Irrespective of whether the Adviser and any Sub-Adviser is a named Additional Insured Party on such policy, the Company shall provide the Adviser and any Sub-Adviser with written notice upon receipt of any notice of: (a) any default under such policy; (b) any pending or threatened termination, cancellation or non-renewal of such policy or (c) any coverage limitation or reduction with respect to such policy. The foregoing provisions of this Section 18 notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to acquire or maintain any insurance policy to the extent that the same is not available upon commercially reasonable pricing terms or at all, as determined in good faith by the required majority (as defined in Section 57(o) of the Investment Company Act) of the Board.
(signature page follows)
- 12 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION | |
a Delaware corporation |
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL ADVISER L.L.C. | |
a Delaware limited liability company |
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Exhibit 10.2
Franklin BSP Capital Corporation
9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920
New York, NY 10019
Re: Investment Advisory Agreement between Franklin BSP Capital Corporation and Franklin BSP Capital Adviser L.L.C.
This waiver letter agreement (this “Waiver Letter”) to the Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of [ ], 2020 (the “Agreement”), by and between Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Franklin BSP Capital Adviser L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), is made this [ ] day of [ ], 2020.
Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.
For a period of twelve calendar quarters beginning with the quarter in which the Company commences operations, the Adviser hereby agrees to waive all Incentive Fees payable pursuant to the Agreement with respect to such period, provided that any Incentive Fee on Capital Gains payable pursuant to the Agreement that is waived pursuant to this Waiver Letter shall be deemed to have been paid for purposes of calculating the Incentive Fee on Capital Gains payable in subsequent periods.
For a period of 15 months commencing on the date of the closing of an IPO or Exchange Listing, the Adviser hereby agrees to waive the Base Management Fee calculated in accordance with the Agreement, in excess of an annual rate equal to 0.5% of the Company’s average gross assets. For a period of 15 months commencing on the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event (the “Incentive Fee Waiver Period”), the Adviser hereby agrees to waive the Incentive Fee on Income in excess of amounts calculated in accordance with the Agreement for periods ending on or prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, provided, that if the last day of the Incentive Fee Waiver Period (the “Incentive Fee Waiver End Date”) is not the end of a calendar quarter, the Incentive Fee on Income shall be calculated for the quarter during which the Incentive Fee Waiver End Date occurs at the blended rate of (i) the number of days in such quarter prior to and including the Incentive Fee Waiver End Date multiplied by the Incentive Fee on Income as calculated pursuant to the terms of the Agreement for periods ending on or prior to the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event plus (ii) the number of days in such quarter after the Incentive Fee Waiver End Date multiplied by the Incentive Fee on Income as calculated pursuant to the terms of the Agreement for periods ending after the date of the closing of a Liquidity Event, then divided by (iii) the total number of days in such quarter.
Except as expressly amended hereby, the Agreement remains in full force and effect.
This Waiver Letter and the Agreement contain the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Waiver Letter shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. For so long as the Company is regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), this Waiver Letter shall also be construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York or any of the provisions herein conflict with the provisions of the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act shall control.
This Waiver Letter may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]
Very truly yours, | |||
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL ADVISER L.L.C. | |||
a Delaware limited liability company | |||
By: | |||
Name: | |||
Title: |
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED: | ||
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION | ||
a Delaware corporation | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
[Signature page to Waiver Letter to Investment Advisory Agreement]
Exhibit 10.3
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
This ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made as of [●], 2020 by and between Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and Benefit Street Partners L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator”).
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, the Corporation is a closed-end management investment company that intends to elect to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);
WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to retain the Administrator to provide administrative services to the Corporation in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth; and
WHEREAS, the Administrator is willing to provide administrative services to the Corporation on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Corporation and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:
1. Duties of the Administrator
(a) Appointment of Administrator. The Corporation hereby appoints the Administrator to act as administrator of the Corporation, and to furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities described below, subject to review by and the overall control of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”), for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Administrator hereby accepts such appointment and agrees during such period to render, or arrange for the rendering of, such services and to assume the obligations herein set forth subject to the reimbursement of costs and expenses provided for below. The Administrator and any such other persons providing services arranged for by the Administrator shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be independent contractors and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized herein, have no authority to act for or represent the Corporation in any way or otherwise be deemed agents of the Corporation.
(b) Services. The Administrator shall perform (or oversee, or arrange for, the performance of) the administrative services necessary for the operation of the Corporation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall provide the Corporation with office facilities, equipment, clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services at such facilities and such other services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board, shall from time to time determine to be necessary or useful to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator shall also, on behalf of the Corporation, conduct relations with custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, other stockholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and such other persons in any such other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall make reports to the Board of its performance of obligations hereunder and furnish advice and recommendations with respect to such other aspects of the business and affairs of the Corporation as it shall determine to be desirable or as requested by the Board; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to require the Administrator to, and the Administrator shall not provide any advice or recommendation relating to the securities and other assets that the Corporation should purchase, retain or sell or any other investment advisory services to the Corporation. The Administrator shall be responsible for the financial and other records that the Corporation is required to maintain and shall prepare reports to stockholders, and reports and other materials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or any other regulatory authority, including, but not limited to, current reports on Form 8-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, annual reports on Form 10-K and proxy or information statements to stockholders. If requested by the Corporation, the Administrator will provide on the Corporation’s behalf significant managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which the Corporation is required to provide such assistance. In addition, the Administrator will assist the Corporation in determining and publishing the Corporation’s net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of the Corporation’s tax returns, and the printing and dissemination of reports to stockholders of the Corporation, and generally overseeing the payment of the Corporation’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Corporation by others.
2. Records
The Administrator agrees to maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Corporation that relate to activities performed by the Administrator hereunder and, if required by the Investment Company Act, will maintain and keep such books, accounts and records in accordance with that Act. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the Investment Company Act, the Administrator agrees that all records that it maintains for the Corporation shall at all times remain the property of the Corporation, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request. The Administrator further agrees that all records which it maintains for the Corporation pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the Investment Company Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the Investment Company Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. The Administrator shall have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.
3. Confidentiality
The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information of natural persons pursuant to Regulation S-P of the SEC, shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any authority or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.
4. Compensation; Allocation of Costs and Expenses
(a) In full consideration of the provision of the services of the Administrator, the Corporation shall reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations and providing personnel and facilities hereunder, including the costs and expenses charged by any sub-administrator that may be retained by the Administrator to provide services to the Corporation or on the Administrator’s behalf.
2
(b) The Corporation will bear all costs and expenses that are incurred in its operation, administration, and transactions and not specifically assumed by the Corporation’s investment adviser (the “Adviser”), pursuant to that certain Investment Advisory Agreement, dated as of [•], 2020, by and between the Corporation and the Adviser (the “Advisory Agreement”). Costs and expenses to be borne by the Corporation include, but are not limited to, those relating to: expenses deemed to be “organization and offering expenses” of the Corporation for purposes of Conduct Rule 2310(a)(12) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (for purposes of this Agreement, such expenses, exclusive of commissions, the dealer manager fee and any discounts, are hereinafter referred to as “Organization and Offering Expenses”); expenses incurred by the Adviser and payable to third parties, including agents, consultants and other advisors, in monitoring the financial and legal affairs of the Corporation, and news and quotation subscriptions; the cost of calculating the Corporation’s net asset value; the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of the Corporation’s common stock and other securities; management and incentive fees payable pursuant to the Advisory Agreement; fees payable to third parties, including agents, consultants and other advisors, relating to, or associated with, making investments, and, if necessary, enforcing its rights, and valuing investments (including third-party valuation firms); placement agent fees and expenses, rating agency expenses; fees to arrange debt financings for the Corporation; distributions on the Corporation’s shares; administration fees payable under this Agreement; the allocated costs incurred by the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it; transfer agent and custodial fees; fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts (including attendance at investment conferences and similar events); federal and state registration fees; any exchange listing fees; federal, state, local, and other taxes; independent directors’ fees and expenses, including any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the independent directors; brokerage commissions; costs of proxy statements, stockholders’ reports and notices; costs of preparing government filings, including periodic and current reports with the SEC; the Corporation’s fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; indemnification payments; expenses relating to the development and maintenance of the Corporation’s website; other operations and technology costs; direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, copying, telephone, fees of independent accountants and outside legal costs; and all other expenses incurred by the Corporation or the Administrator in connection with administering the Corporation’s business, including, but not limited to, payments under this Agreement based upon the Corporation’s allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under this Agreement, including rent, travel and the allocable portion of the cost of the Corporation’s chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs, including operations and tax professionals, and administrative staff providing support services in respect of the Corporation.
5. Limitation of Liability of the Administrator; Indemnification
The Administrator, its affiliates and their respective directors, officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with any of them including the Adviser, shall not be liable to the Corporation for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrator in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Corporation, and the Corporation shall indemnify, defend and protect the Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator, including without limitation, the Adviser, each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Administrator’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Corporation. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Section 5 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Administrator’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Administrator’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (to the extent applicable, as the same shall be determined in accordance with the Investment Company Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).
3
In addition, notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 5 shall not be construed so as to provide for the indemnification of any Indemnified Party for any liability (including liability under federal securities laws which, under certain circumstances, impose liability even on persons that act in good faith), to the extent (but only to the extent) that such indemnification would be in violation of applicable law, but shall be construed so as to effectuate the provisions of this Section 5 to the fullest extent permitted by law.
6. Activities of the Administrator
The services of the Administrator to the Corporation are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator and each other person providing services as arranged by the Administrator is free to render services to others. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the Corporation are or may become interested in the Administrator and its affiliates, as directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners, stockholders or otherwise, and that the Administrator and directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners and stockholders of the Administrator and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Corporation as officers, directors, stockholders or otherwise.
7. Duration and Termination of this Agreement
(a) This Agreement shall remain in force with respect to the Corporation for two years from the date of effectiveness and thereafter continue from year to year, but only so long as such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Board and (ii) a majority of the members of the Board who are not parties to this Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act) of any such party.
(b) This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by vote of the Board, or by the Administrator, upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party.
(c) This Agreement may not be assigned by a party without the consent of the other party. The provisions of Section 3 and Section 5 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Administrator shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement.
8. Amendments of this Agreement
This Agreement may be amended pursuant to a written instrument by mutual consent of the parties.
9. Severability
If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, invalid, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder hereof.
4
10. Governing Law
This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act, the latter shall control.
11. Entire Agreement
This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.
12. Notices
All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service (with signature required), by facsimile, or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at their respective principal executive office addresses.
13. Miscellaneous
The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
14. Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
BENEFIT STREET PARTNERS L.L.C. | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Exhibit 10.4
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
dated as
of [●], 2020
by and between
FRANKLIN
BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
(“Company”)
and
[U.S. BANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION]
(“Custodian”)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAge | ||
1. | DEFINITIONS | 1 |
2. | APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN | 6 |
3. | DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN | 6 |
4. | REPORTING | 13 |
5. | DEPOSIT IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS | 14 |
6. | SECURITIES HELD OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES | 14 |
7. | CERTAIN GENERAL TERMS | 16 |
8. | COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN | 18 |
9. | RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN | 18 |
10. | SECURITY CODES | 20 |
11. | TAX LAW | 20 |
12. | EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT | 21 |
13. | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES | 21 |
14. | PARTIES IN INTEREST; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT | 22 |
15. | NOTICES | 22 |
16. | CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION | 23 |
17. | ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS | 23 |
18. | AMENDMENT; WAIVER | 23 |
19. | SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS | 23 |
20. | SEVERABILITY | 24 |
21. | INSTRUMENT UNDER SEAL; HEADINGS | 24 |
22. | REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS | 24 |
23. | OTHER BUSINESS | 24 |
24. | REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS | 24 |
25. | MISCELLANEOUS | 24 |
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE A – Trade Confirmation
SCHEDULE B – Initial Authorized Persons
-i-
THIS CUSTODY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [●], 2020 and is by and between FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION (and any successor or permitted assign), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), having its principal place of business at 9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920, New York, NY 10019, and [U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION] (or any successor or permitted assign acting as custodian hereunder, the “Custodian”), a national banking association having a place of business at [One Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110].
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a closed-end management investment company, which has elected to do business as a business development company and is authorized to issue shares of common stock;
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain [U.S. Bank National Association] to act as custodian for the Company;
WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Company’s Securities (as defined below) and cash be held and administered by the custodian pursuant to this Agreement; and
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
1.1. Defined Terms. In addition to terms expressly defined elsewhere herein, the following words shall have the following meanings as used in this Agreement:
“Account” or “Accounts” means the Cash Account, the Securities Account, any Subsidiary Cash Account and any Subsidiary Securities Account, collectively.
“Agreement” means this Custody Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof).
“Authorized Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.
“Business Day” means a day on which the Custodian or the relevant sub-custodian, including a Foreign Sub-custodian, is open for business in the market or country in which a transaction is to take place.
“Cash Account” means the trust account to be established at the Custodian to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any cash Proceeds received by it from time to time from or with respect to the Securities or the sale of the common stock of the Company, as applicable, which deposit account shall be designated the “Franklin BSP Capital Corporation Cash Proceeds Account”.
“Company” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
“Confidential Information” means any databases, computer programs, screen formats, screen designs, report formats, interactive design techniques, and other similar or related information that may be furnished to the Company by the Custodian from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.
“Custodian” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
“Document Custodian” means the Custodian when acting in the role of a document custodian hereunder.
“Eligible Investment” means any investment that at the time of its acquisition is one or more of the following:
(a) United States government and agency obligations;
(b) commercial paper having a rating assigned to such commercial paper by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (or, if neither such organization shall rate such commercial paper at such time, by any nationally recognized rating organization in the United States of America) equal to one of the two highest ratings assigned by such organization, it being understood that as of the date hereof such ratings by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services are “A1+” and “A1” and such ratings by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. are “P1” and “P2”;
(c) interest bearing deposits in United States dollars in United States or Canadian banks with an unrestricted surplus of at least U.S. $250,000,000, maturing within one year; and
(d) money market funds (including funds of the bank serving as Custodian or its affiliates) or United States government securities funds designed to maintain a fixed share price and high liquidity.
“Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in Section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7 under the 1940 Act.
“Federal Reserve Bank Book-Entry System” means a depository and securities transfer system operated by the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States on which are eligible to be held all United States Government direct obligation bills, notes and bonds.
“Financing Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii).
“Foreign Intermediary” means a Foreign Sub-custodian and Eligible Securities Depository.
“Foreign Sub-custodian” means and includes (i) any branch of a “U.S. Bank,” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, (ii) any “Eligible Foreign Custodian,” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, having a contract with the Custodian which the Custodian has determined will provide reasonable care of assets of the Company based on the standards specified in Section 6.7 below.
“Foreign Securities” means Securities for which the primary market is outside the United States.
“Loan” means any U.S. dollar denominated commercial loan, or participation therein, made by a bank or other financial institution that by its terms provides for payments of principal and/or interest, including discount obligations and payment- in-kind obligations, acquired by the Company from time to time.
“Loan Checklist” means a list delivered to the Document Custodian in connection with delivery of a Loan to the Custodian that identifies the items contained in the related Loan File.
“Loan File” means, with respect to each Loan delivered to the Document Custodian, each of the Required Loan Documents identified on the related Loan Checklist.
2
“Noteless Loan” means a Loan with respect to which (i) the related loan agreement does not require the obligor to execute and deliver an Underlying Note to evidence the indebtedness created under such Loan and (ii) no Underlying Notes are outstanding with respect to the portion of the Loan transferred to the Company.
“Participation” means an interest in a Loan that is acquired indirectly by way of a participation from a selling institution.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof) unincorporated organization, or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
“Proceeds” means, collectively, (i) the net cash proceeds to the Company of the initial public offering by the Company and any subsequent offering by the Company of any class of securities issued by the Company, (ii) all cash distributions, earnings, dividends, fees and other cash payments paid on the Securities (or, as applicable, Subsidiary Securities) by or on behalf of the issuer or obligor thereof, or applicable paying agent, (iii) the net cash proceeds of the sale or other disposition of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (and any Reinvestment Earnings from investment of the foregoing, as defined in Section 3.6(b) hereof) and (iv) the net cash proceeds to the Company of any borrowing or other financing by the Company.
“Proper Instructions” means instructions (including Trade Confirmations) received by the Custodian in form acceptable to it, from the Company, or any Person duly authorized by the Company in any of the following forms acceptable to the Custodian:
(a) in writing signed by the Authorized Person (and delivered by hand, by mail, by overnight courier or by facsimile);
(b) by electronic mail from an Authorized Person;
(c) in tested communication;
(d) in a communication utilizing access codes effected between electro mechanical or electronic devices; or
(e) such other means as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the party giving such instructions, including oral instructions.
“Required Loan Documents” means, for each Loan:
(a) other than in the case of a Participation, an executed copy of the Assignment for such Loan, as identified on the Loan Checklist;
(b) with the exception of Noteless Loans and Participations, the original executed Underlying Note endorsed by the issuer or the prior holder of record in blank or to the Company, as identified on the Loan Checklist;
(c) an executed copy of the Underlying Loan Agreement (which may be included in the Underlying Note if so indicated in the Loan Checklist), together with a copy of all amendments and modifications thereto, as identified on the Loan Checklist;
3
(d) a copy of each related security agreement (if any) signed by the applicable Obligor(s), as identified on the Loan Checklist;
(e) a copy of the Loan Checklist, and
(f) a copy of each related guarantee (if any) then executed in connection with such Loan, as identified on the Loan Checklist.
“Securities” means, collectively, the (i) investments, including Loans, acquired by the Company and delivered to the Custodian by the Company from time to time during the term of, and pursuant to the terms of, this Agreement and (ii) all dividends in kind (e.g., non-cash dividends) from the investments described in clause (i).
“Securities Account” means the segregated trust account to be established at the Custodian to which the Custodian shall deposit or credit and hold the Securities (other than Loans) received by it pursuant to this Agreement, which account shall be designated the “Franklin BSP Capital Corporation Securities Custody Account”.
“Securities Custodian” means the Custodian when acting in the role of a securities custodian hereunder.
“Securities Depository” means The Depository Trust Company and any other clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), which acts as a system for the central handling of Securities where all Securities of any particular class or series of an issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of the Securities.
“Securities System” means the Federal Reserve Book-Entry System, a clearing agency which acts as a Securities Depository, or another book entry system for the central handling of securities (including an Eligible Securities Depository).
“Shares” means the shares of common stock issued by Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
“Street Delivery Custom” means a custom of the United States securities market to deliver securities which are being sold to the buying broker for examination to determine that the securities are in proper form.
“Street Name” means the form of registration in which the securities are held by a broker who is delivering the securities to another broker for the purposes of sale, it being an accepted custom in the United States securities industry that a security in Street Name is in proper form for delivery to a buyer and that a security may be re-registered by a buyer in the ordinary course.
“Subsidiary Cash Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(b).
“Subsidiary Securities” collectively, the (i) investments, including Loans, acquired by a Subsidiary and delivered to the Custodian from time to time during the term of, and pursuant to the terms of, this Agreement and (ii) all dividends in kind (e.g., non-cash dividends) from the investments described in clause (i).
4
“Subsidiary Securities Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).
“Subsidiary” means, collectively, any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
“Trade Confirmation” means a confirmation to the Custodian from the Company of the Company’s acquisition of a Loan, and setting forth applicable information with respect to such Loan, which confirmation may be in the form of Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, subject to such changes or additions as may be agreed to by, or in such other form as may be agreed to by, the Custodian and the Company from time to time.
“Underlying Loan Agreement” means, with respect to any Loan, the document or documents evidencing the commercial loan agreement or facility pursuant to which such Loan is made.
“Underlying Loan Documents” means, with respect to any Loan, the related Underlying Loan Agreement together with any agreements and instruments (including any Underlying Note) executed or delivered in connection therewith.
“Underlying Note” means the one or more promissory notes executed by an obligor evidencing a Loan.
1.2. Construction. In this Agreement unless the contrary intention appears:
(a) any reference to this Agreement or another agreement or instrument refers to such agreement or instrument as the same may be amended, modified or otherwise rewritten from time to time;
(b) a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;
(c) any term defined in the singular form may be used in, and shall include, the plural with the same meaning, and vice versa;
(d) a reference to a Person includes a reference to the Person’s executors, Custodian, successors and permitted assigns;
(e) an agreement, representation or warranty in favor of two or more Persons is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;
(f) an agreement, representation or warranty on the part of two or more Persons binds them jointly and severally;
(g) a reference to the term “including” means “including, without limitation,” and
(h) a reference to any accounting term is to be interpreted in accordance with generally accepted principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied, unless otherwise instructed by the Company.
1.3. Headings. Headings are inserted for convenience and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
5
2. APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN
2.1. Appointment and Acceptance. The Company hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian of all Securities and cash owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries (as applicable) (that has been delivered to the Custodian) at any time during the period of this Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (which shall include any addendum hereto which is hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement), and the Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement with respect to it subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof.
2.2. Instructions. The Company agrees that it shall from time to time provide, or cause to be provided, to the Custodian all necessary instructions and information, and shall respond promptly to all inquiries and requests of the Custodian, as may reasonably be necessary to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder.
2.3. Company Responsible For Directions. The Company is solely responsible for directing the Custodian with respect to deposits to, withdrawals from and transfers to or from the Account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian has no responsibility for compliance with any restrictions, covenants, limitations or obligations to which the Company may be subject or for which it may have obligations to third-parties in respect of the Account, and the Custodian shall have no liability for the application of any funds made at the direction of the Company. The Company shall be solely responsible for properly instructing all applicable payors to make all appropriate payments to the Custodian for deposit to the Account, and for properly instructing the Custodian with respect to the allocation or application of all such deposits.
3. DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
3.1. Segregation. All Securities, Subsidiary Securities and non-cash property held by the Custodian, as applicable, for the account of the Company or Subsidiary (other than Securities maintained in a Securities Depository or Securities System) shall be physically segregated from other Securities and non-cash property in the possession of the Custodian (including the Securities and non-cash property of the other series of the Company, if applicable) and shall be identified as subject to this Agreement. Any Account may contain any number of sub-accounts for the convenience of the Custodian or as required by the Company for convenience in administering such accounts.
3.2. Securities Custody Account. The Custodian shall open and maintain in its trust department a segregated trust account in the name of the Company, subject only to order of the Custodian, in which the Custodian shall enter and carry, subject to Section 3.3 (b), all Securities (other than Loans), cash and other assets of the Company which are delivered to it in accordance with this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Custodian shall not be required to credit or deposit Loans in the Securities Account but shall instead maintain a register (in book-entry form or in such other form as it shall deem necessary or desirable) of such Loans, containing such information as the Company and the Custodian may reasonably agree; provided that, with respect to such Loans, all Required Loan Documents shall be held in safekeeping by the Document Custodian, individually segregated from the securities and investments of any other person and marked so as to clearly identify them as the property of the Company in a manner consistent with Rule 17f-1 under the 1940 Act and as set forth in this Agreement.
3.3. Delivery of Securities to Custodian.
(a) The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Custodian all of the Company’s Securities, cash and other investment assets, including (a) all payments of income, payments of principal and capital distributions received by the Company with respect to such Securities, cash or other assets owned by the Company at any time during the period of this Agreement, and (b) all cash received by the Company for the issuance, at any time during such period, of Shares or other securities or in connection with a borrowing by the Company. With respect to Loans, the Required Loan Documents and other underlying loan documents shall be delivered to the Custodian in its role as, and at the address identified for, the Document Custodian. With respect to assets other than Loans, such assets shall be delivered to the Custodian in its role as, and (where relevant) at the address identified for, the Securities Custodian. Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein, delivery of Securities to the Custodian shall be in Street Name or other good delivery form. The Custodian shall not be responsible for such Securities, cash or other assets until actually delivered to, and received by it.
6
(b) | (i) | In connection with its acquisition of a Loan or other delivery of a Security constituting a Loan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian (in its roles as, and at the address identified for, the Custodian and Document Custodian) a properly completed Trade Confirmation containing such information in respect of such Loan as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder in respect of such Loan on which the Custodian may conclusively rely without further inquiry or investigation, in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require, and shall deliver to the Document Custodian (in its role as, and at the address identified for, the Document Custodian) the Required Loan Documents for all Loans, including the Loan Checklist. |
(ii) | Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, delivery of Loans acquired by the Company (or, if applicable, Subsidiary thereof) which constitute Noteless Loans or Participations or which are otherwise not evidenced by a “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC, respectively, shall be made by delivery to the Document Custodian of (i) in the case of a Noteless Loan, a copy of the loan register with respect to such Noteless Loan evidencing registration of such Loan on the books and records of the applicable obligor or bank agent to the name of the Company or, if applicable, a Subsidiary (or, in either case, its nominee) or a copy (which may be a facsimile copy) of an assignment agreement in favor of the Company (or the applicable Subsidiary) as assignee, and (ii) in the case of a Participation, a copy of the related participation agreement. Any duty on the part of the Custodian with respect to the custody of such Loans shall be limited to the exercise of reasonable care by the Custodian in the physical custody of any such documents delivered to it, and any related instrument, security, credit agreement, assignment agreement and/or other agreements or documents, if any (collectively, “Financing Documents”), that may be delivered to it. Nothing herein shall require the Custodian to credit to the Securities Account or to treat as a financial asset (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC) any such Loan or other asset in the nature of a general intangible (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(42) of the UCC) or to “maintain” a sufficient quantity thereof. |
(iii) | The Custodian may assume the genuineness of any such Financing Document it may receive and the genuineness and due authority of any signatures appearing thereon, and shall be entitled to assume that each such Financing Document it may receive is what it purports to be. If an original “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC, respectively, is or shall be or becomes available with respect to any Loan to be held by the Custodian under this Agreement, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Company to make or cause delivery thereof to the Document Custodian, and the Custodian shall not be under any obligation at any time to determine whether any such original security or instrument has been or is required to be issued or made available in respect of any Loan or to compel or cause delivery thereof to the Custodian. |
7
(iv) | Contemporaneously with the acquisition of any Loan, the Company shall (i) cause the Required Loan Documents evidencing such Loan to be delivered to the Document Custodian; (ii) if requested by the Custodian, provide to the Custodian an amortization schedule of principal payments and a schedule of the interest payable date(s) identifying the amount and due dates of all scheduled principal and interest payments for such Loan and (iii) a properly completed Trade Confirmation containing such information in respect of such Loan as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder in respect of such Loan on which the Custodian may conclusively rely without further inquiry or investigation, in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require; (iv) take all actions reasonably necessary for the Company to acquire good title to such Loan; and (v) take all actions as may be reasonably necessary (including appropriate payment notices and instructions to bank agents or other applicable paying agents) to cause (A) all payments in respect of the Loan to be made to the Custodian and (B) all notices, solicitations and other communications in respect of such Loan to be directed to the Company. The Custodian shall have no liability for any delay or failure on the part of the Company to provide necessary information to the Custodian, or for any inaccuracy therein or incompleteness thereof, or for any delay or failure on the part of the Company to give such effective payment instruction to bank agents and other paying agents, in respect of the Loans. With respect to each such Loan, the Custodian shall be entitled to rely on any information and notices it may receive from time to time from the related bank agent, obligor or similar party with respect to the related Loan Asset, and shall be entitled to update its records (as it may deem necessary or appropriate), or from the Company, on the basis of such information or notices received, without any obligation on its part independently to verify, investigate or recalculate such information. |
3.4. Release of Securities.
(a) The Custodian or Document Custodian shall release and deliver, or direct its agents or sub-custodian to release and deliver, as the case may be, Securities or Required Loan Documents of the Company held by the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian from time to time upon receipt of Proper Instructions (which shall, among other things, specify the Securities or Required Loan Documents to be released, with such delivery and other information as may be necessary to enable the Custodian to perform), which may be standing instructions (in form acceptable to the Custodian) in the following cases:
(i) | upon sale of such Securities by or on behalf of the Company and, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions: |
(A) | in accordance with the customary or established practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market where the transactions occur, including delivery to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent of such purchaser or dealer) against expectation of receiving later payment; or |
(B) | in the case of a sale effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operations of the Securities System; |
8
(ii) | upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities; |
(iii) | to a depositary agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for securities; |
(iv) | to the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian); |
(v) | to an issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or into the name of any of its agents or sub-custodian or their nominees or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; |
(vi) | to brokers clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination in accordance with the Street Delivery Custom; |
(vii) | for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian); |
(viii) | in the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian); and/or |
(ix) | for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions and an officer’s certificate signed by an officer of the Company (which officer shall not have been the Authorized Person providing the Proper Instructions) stating (i) the specified securities to be delivered, (ii) the purpose for such delivery, (iii) that such purpose is a proper corporate purpose and (iv) naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made and attaching a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors of Franklin BSP Capital Corporation or an authorized committee thereof approving the delivery of such Proper Instructions. |
9
3.5. Registration of Securities. Securities held by the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian (other than bearer securities, securities held in a Securities System or Securities that are Noteless Loans or Participations) shall be registered in the name of the Company or its nominee; or, at the option of the Custodian, in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the Custodian, or in the name of its agents or its sub-custodian or their nominees; or if directed by the Company by Proper Instruction, may be maintained in Street Name. The Custodian, its agents and its sub-custodian shall not be obligated to accept Securities on behalf of the Company under the terms of this Agreement unless such Securities are in Street Name or other good deliverable form.
3.6. Bank Accounts, and Management of Cash
(a) Proceeds from the Securities received by the Custodian from time to time shall be credited to the Cash Account. All amounts credited to the Cash Account shall be subject to clearance and receipt of final payment by the Custodian.
(b) Amounts held in the Cash Account from time to time may be invested in Eligible Investments pursuant to specific written Proper Instructions (which may be standing instructions) received by the Custodian from an Authorized Person acting on behalf of the Company. Such investments shall be subject to availability and the Custodian’s then applicable transaction charges (which shall be at the Company’s expense). The Custodian shall have no liability for any loss incurred on any such investment. Absent receipt of such written instruction from the Company, the Custodian shall have no obligation to invest (or otherwise pay interest on) amounts on deposit in the Cash Account. In no instance will the Custodian have any obligation to provide investment advice to the Company. Any earnings from such investment of amounts held in the Cash Account from time to time (collectively, “Reinvestment Earnings”) shall be redeposited in the Cash Account (and may be reinvested at the written direction of the Company).
(c) In the event that the Company shall at any time request a withdrawal of amounts from the Cash Account, the Custodian shall be entitled to liquidate, and shall have no liability for any loss incurred as a result of the liquidation of, any investment of the funds credited to such account as needed to provide necessary liquidity. Investment instructions may be in the form of standing instructions (in the form of Proper Instructions acceptable to the Custodian).
(d) The Company acknowledges that cash deposited or invested with any bank (including the bank acting as Custodian) may make a margin or generate banking income for which such bank shall not be required to account to the Company.
3.7. Foreign Exchange
(i) | Upon the receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodians may (but shall not be obligated to) enter into all types of contracts for foreign exchange on behalf of the Company, upon terms acceptable to the Custodian and the Company (in each case at the Company’s expense), including transactions entered into with the Custodian, its sub-custodians or any affiliates of the Custodian or the sub-custodians. The Custodian shall have no liability for any losses incurred in or resulting from the rates obtained in such foreign exchange transactions; and absent specific and acceptable Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall not be deemed to have any duty to carry out any foreign exchange on behalf of the Company. The Custodian shall be entitled at all times to comply with any legal or regulatory requirements applicable to currency or foreign exchange transactions. |
(ii) | The Company acknowledges that the Custodian, any sub-custodian or any affiliates of the Custodian or any sub-custodian, involved in any such foreign exchange transactions may make a margin or generate banking income from foreign exchange transactions entered into pursuant to this section for which they shall not be required to account to the Company. |
10
3.8. Collection of Income. The Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian shall use reasonable efforts to collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to the Securities held hereunder to which the Company shall be entitled, to the extent consistent with usual custom in the securities custodian business in the United States. Such efforts shall include collection of interest income, dividends and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities if on the record date with respect to the date of payment by the issuer the Security is registered in the name of the Custodian or its nominee (or in the name of its agent or sub-custodian, or their nominee); and interest income, dividends and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer such securities are held by the Custodian or its sub-custodian or agent; provided, however, that in the case of Securities held in Street Name, the Custodian shall use commercially reasonable efforts only to timely collect income. In no event shall the Custodian’s agreement herein to collect income be construed to obligate the Custodian to commence, undertake or prosecute any legal proceedings.
3.9. Payment of Moneys.
(a) Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be standing instructions, the Custodian shall pay out from the Cash Account (or remit to its agents or its sub-custodian, and direct them to pay out) moneys of the Company on deposit therein in the following cases:
(i) | upon the purchase of Securities for the Company pursuant to such Proper Instruction; and such purchase may, unless and except to the extent otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, be carried out by the Custodian: |
(A) | in accordance with the customary or established practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market where the transactions occur, including delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or any agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such securities; or |
(B) | in the case of a purchase effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Securities System; |
(ii) | for the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange agreements for the account of the Company, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodians, as contemplated by Section 3.7 above; and |
(iii) | for any other purpose directed by the Company, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment, and naming the Person or Persons to whom such payment is to be made. |
11
(b) At any time or times, the Custodian shall be entitled to pay (i) itself from the Cash Account, whether or not in receipt of express direction or instruction from the Company, any amounts due and payable to it pursuant to Section 8 hereof, and (ii) as otherwise permitted by Section 7.5, 9.4 or Section 12.5 below, provided, however, that in each case all such payments shall be accounted for to the Company.
3.10. Proxies. The Custodian will, with respect to the Securities held hereunder, use reasonable efforts to cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such Securities proxies received by the Custodian from its agents or its sub-custodian or from issuers of the Securities being held for the Company, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and upon receipt of Proper Instructions shall promptly deliver such proxies, proxy soliciting materials and notices relating to such Securities. In the absence of such Proper Instructions, or in the event that such Proper Instructions are not received in a timely fashion, the Custodian shall be under no duty to act with regard to such proxies.
3.11. Communications Relating to Securities. The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Company all written information (including pendency of calls and maturities of Securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith) received by the Custodian, from its agents or its sub-custodian or from issuers of the Securities being held for the Company. The Custodian shall have no obligation or duty to exercise any right or power, or otherwise to preserve rights, in or under any Securities unless and except to the extent it has received timely Proper Instruction from the Company in accordance with the next sentence. The Custodian will not be liable for any untimely exercise of any right or power in connection with Securities at any time held by the Custodian, its agents or sub-custodian unless:
(i) | the Custodian has received Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power; and |
(ii) | the Custodian, or its agents or sub-custodian are in actual possession of such Securities, |
in each case, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which such right or power is to be exercised. It will be the responsibility of the Company to notify the Custodian of the Person to whom such communications must be forwarded under this Section.
3.12. Records. The Custodian shall create and maintain complete and accurate records relating to its activities under this Agreement with respect to the Securities, cash or other property held for the Company under this Agreement, with particular attention to Section 31 of the 1940 Act, and Rules 31a-1 and 32a-2 thereunder. To the extent that the Custodian, in its sole opinion, is able to do so, the Custodian shall provide assistance to the Company (at the Company’s reasonable request made from time to time) by providing sub-certifications regarding certain of its services performed hereunder to the Company in connection with the Company’s certification requirements pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended. All such records shall be the property of the Company and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Company and employees and agents of the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon reasonable request and prior notice and at the Company’s expense. The Custodian shall, at the Company’s request, supply the Company with a tabulation of securities owned by the Company and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Company and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Company and the Custodian, include, to the extent applicable, the certificate numbers in such tabulations, to the extent such information is available to the Custodian.
12
3.13. Custody of Subsidiary Securities.
(a) With respect to each Subsidiary identified to the Custodian by the Company, there shall be established at the Custodian a segregated trust account to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any Subsidiary Securities (other than Loans) received by it (and any Proceeds received by it in the form of dividends in kind) pursuant to this Agreement, which account shall be designated the “[INSERT NAME OF SUBSIDIARY] Securities Account” (the “Subsidiary Securities Account”).
(b) With respect to each Subsidiary identified to the Custodian by the Company, there shall be established at the Custodian a segregated trust account to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any cash Proceeds received by it from time to time from or with respect to Subsidiary Securities, which account shall be designated the “[INSERT NAME OF SUBSIDIARY] Cash Proceeds Account” (the “Subsidiary Cash Account”)
(c) To the maximum extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement regarding Securities of the Company, the Securities Account and the Cash Account shall be applicable to any Subsidiary Securities, Subsidiary Securities Account and Subsidiary Cash Account, respectively. The parties hereto agree that the Company shall notify the Custodian in writing as to the establishment of any Subsidiary as to which the Custodian is to serve as custodian pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and identify in writing any accounts the Custodian shall be required to establish for such Subsidiary as herein provided.
3.14. Responsibility for Property Held by Sub-custodians. The Custodian’s responsibility with respect to the selection or appointment of a sub-custodian shall be limited to a duty to exercise reasonable care in the selection or retention of such sub-custodian in light of prevailing settlement and securities handling practices, procedures and controls in the relevant market. With respect to any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred as a result of the acts or the failure to act by any sub-custodian, the Custodian shall take reasonable action to recover such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims from such sub-custodian; provided that the Custodian’s sole liability in that regard shall be limited to amounts actually received by it from such sub-custodian (exclusive of related costs and expenses incurred by the Custodian).
4. REPORTING
(a) If requested by the Company, the Custodian shall render to the Company a monthly report of (i) all deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Account during the month, and the outstanding balance (as of the last day of the preceding monthly report and as of the last day of the subject month) and (ii) an itemized statement of the Securities held pursuant to this Agreement as of the end of each month, as well as a list of all Securities transactions that remain unsettled at that time, and (iii) such other matters as the parties may agree from time to time.
(b) For each Business Day, the Custodian shall render to the Company a daily report of (i) all deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Account for such Business Day and the outstanding balance as of the end of such Business Day, and (ii) a report of settled trades of Securities for such Business Day.
(c) The Custodian shall have no duty or obligation to undertake any market valuation of the Securities under any circumstance.
(d) The Custodian shall provide the Company with such reports as are reasonably available to it and as the Company may reasonably request from time to time, on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding securities, which are employed by the Custodian or Foreign Sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 6.1.
13
5. DEPOSIT IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS
The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain Securities in a Securities System within the United States in accordance with applicable Federal Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations, including Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, and subject to the following provisions:
(a) The Custodian may keep domestic Securities in a U.S. Securities System provided that such Securities are represented in an account of the Custodian in the U.S. Securities System which shall not include any assets of the Custodian other than assets held by it as a fiduciary, custodian or otherwise for customers;
(b) The records of the Custodian with respect to Securities which are maintained in a U.S. Securities System shall identify by book-entry those Securities belonging to the Company;
(c) If requested by the Company, the Custodian shall provide to the Company copies of all notices received from the U.S. Securities System of transfers of Securities for the account of the Company; and
(d) Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding, the Custodian shall not be liable to the Company for any direct loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim to the Company resulting from use of any U.S. Securities System (other than to the extent resulting from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the Custodian itself, or from failure of the Custodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may have against the U.S. Securities System.)
6. SECURITIES HELD OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES
6.1. Appointment of Foreign Sub-custodian. The Company hereby authorizes and instructs the Custodian in its sole discretion to employ one or more Foreign Sub-custodians to act as Eligible Securities Depositories or as Foreign Sub-custodian to hold the Securities and other assets of the Company maintained outside the United States. If, after the initial approval of a Foreign Sub-custodian by the board of directors of the Company in connection with this Agreement, the Custodian wishes to appoint other Foreign Sub-custodians to hold property of the Company subject to this Agreement, it will so notify the Company and provide it with information reasonably necessary to determine any such new Foreign Sub-custodian’s eligibility under Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, including a copy of the proposed agreement with such Foreign Sub-custodian. The Company shall at the meeting of its board of directors next following receipt of such notice and information approve or disapprove of the proposed action.
6.2. Assets to be Held. The Custodian shall limit the Securities and other assets maintained in the custody of the Foreign Sub-custodians to: (a) Foreign Securities and (b) cash and cash equivalents in such amounts as the Company (through Proper Instructions) may determine to be reasonably necessary to effect the Company’s transactions in such investments.
6.3. Omnibus Accounts. The Custodian may hold Foreign Securities and related Proceeds with one or more Foreign Sub-custodians or Eligible Securities Depositories in each case in a single account with such Foreign Sub-custodian or Securities Depository that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that the records of the Custodian with respect to Securities and related Proceeds which are property of the Company maintained in such account(s) shall identify by book-entry those Securities and other property as belonging to the Company
14
6.4. Reports Concerning Foreign Sub-custodians. The Custodian will supply to the Company, upon request from time to time, statements in respect of the Securities held by Foreign Sub-custodians or Eligible Securities Depositories, including an identification of the Foreign Sub-custodians and Securities Depositories having physical possession of the Foreign Securities.
6.5. Transactions in Foreign Custody Account. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Securities received by a Foreign Intermediary for the account of the Company may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market in which the transaction occurs, including delivering securities to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) against a receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such securities from such purchaser or dealer.
6.6. Foreign Sub-custodians. Each contract or agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-custodian shall include provisions that provide: (i) for indemnification or insurance arrangements (or any combination of the foregoing) such that the Company will be adequately protected against the risk of loss of assets held in accordance with such contract; (ii) that the Company’s assets will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of the Foreign Sub-custodian or its creditors except a claim of payment for their safe custody or administration, in the case of cash deposits, liens or rights in favor of creditors of the Foreign Sub-custodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws; (iii) that beneficial ownership for the Company’s assets will be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration; (iv) that adequate records will be maintained identifying the assets as belonging to the Company or as being held by a third party for the benefit of the Company; (v) that the Company’s independent public accountants will be given access to those records or confirmation of the contents of those records; and (vi) that the Company will receive periodic reports with respect to the safekeeping of the Company’s assets, including notification of any transfer to or from a Company’s account or a third-party account containing assets held for the benefit of the Company. Such contract may contain, in lieu of any or all of the provisions specified above, such other provisions that the Custodian determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for the Company’s assets as the specified provisions, in their entirety.
6.7. Custodian’s Responsibility for Foreign Sub-custodians.
(i) | With respect to its responsibilities under this Section 6, the Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of property of the Company would exercise. The Custodian further agrees that the Foreign Securities will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market, if maintained with each Foreign Sub-custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including: (i) the Foreign Sub-custodian’s practices, procedures, and internal controls for certificated securities (if applicable), method of keeping custodial records, and security and data protection practices; (ii) whether the Foreign Sub-custodian has the requisite financial strength to provide reasonable care for the Company’s assets; (iii) the Foreign Sub-custodian’s general reputation and standing and, in the case of Eligible Securities Depository, the Eligible Securities Depository’s operating history and number of participants; and (iv) whether the Company will have jurisdiction over and be able to enforce judgments against the Foreign Sub-custodian, such as by virtue of the existence of any offices of the Foreign Sub-custodian in the United States or the Sub-custodian’s consent to service of process in the United States. |
15
(ii) | At the end of each calendar quarter, the Custodian shall provide written reports notifying the board of directors of the Company as to the placement of the Foreign Securities and cash of the Company with a particular Foreign Sub-custodian and of any material changes in the Company’s foreign custody arrangements. The Custodian shall promptly take such steps as may be required to withdraw assets of the Company from any Foreign Sub-custodian that has ceased to meet the requirements of Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act. |
(iii) | The Custodian shall establish a system to monitor the appropriateness of maintaining the Company’s assets with a particular Foreign Sub-custodian and the performance of the contract governing the Company’s arrangements with such Foreign Sub-custodian. |
(iv) | The Custodian’s responsibility with respect to the selection or appointment of Foreign Sub-custodians shall be limited to a duty to exercise reasonable care in the selection or retention of such Foreign Intermediaries in light of prevailing settlement and securities handling practices, procedures and controls in the relevant market. With respect to any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred as a result of the acts or the failure to act by any Foreign Sub-custodian, the Custodian shall take reasonable action to recover such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims from such Foreign Sub-custodian; provided that the Custodian’s sole liability in that regard shall be limited to amounts actually received by it from such Foreign Intermediaries (exclusive of related costs and expenses incurred by the Custodian). The Custodian shall have no responsibility for any act or omission (or the insolvency of) any Securities System (including an Eligible Securities Depository). In the event the Company incurs a loss due to the negligence, willful misconduct, or insolvency of a Securities System (including an Eligible Securities Depository), the Custodian shall make reasonable endeavors, in its discretion, to seek recovery from the Eligible Securities Depository. |
7. CERTAIN GENERAL TERMS
7.1. No Duty to Examine Underlying Instruments. Nothing herein shall obligate the Custodian to review or examine the terms of any underlying instrument, certificate, credit agreement, indenture, loan agreement, promissory note, or other financing document evidencing or governing any Security to determine the validity, sufficiency, marketability or enforceability of any Security (and shall have no responsibility for the genuineness or completeness thereof), or otherwise.
7.2. Resolution of Discrepancies. In the event of any discrepancy between the information set forth in any report provided by the Custodian to the Company and any information contained in the books or records of the Company, the Company shall promptly notify the Custodian thereof and the parties shall cooperate to diligently resolve the discrepancy.
7.3. Improper Instructions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian shall not be obligated to take any action (or forebear from taking any action), which it reasonably determines (at its sole option) to be contrary to the terms of this Agreement or applicable law. In no instance shall the Custodian be obligated to provide services on any day that is not a Business Day.
16
7.4. Proper Instructions
(a) The Company will give a notice to the Custodian, in form acceptable to the Custodian, specifying the names and specimen signatures of persons authorized to give Proper Instructions (collectively, “Authorized Persons” and each is an “Authorized Person”) which notice shall be signed by an Authorized Person previously certified to the Custodian. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives written notice from an Authorized Person of the Company to the contrary. The initial Authorized Persons are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof (as such Schedule B may be modified from time to time by written notice from the Company to the Custodian); and the Company hereby represents and warrants that the true and accurate specimen signatures of such initial Authorized Persons are set forth on Schedule B.
(b) The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company (or any other person or entity), and shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, in the event that a subsequent written confirmation of an oral instruction fails to conform to the oral instructions received by the Custodian. The Custodian shall not have an obligation to act in accordance with purported instructions to the extent that they conflict with applicable law or regulations, local market practice or the Custodian’s operating policies and practices. The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss resulting from a delay while it obtains clarification of any Proper Instructions.
7.5. Actions Permitted Without Express Authority. The Custodian may, at its discretion, without express authority from the Company:
(a) make payments to itself as described in or pursuant to Section 3.9(b), or to make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this agreement, provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Company;
(b) surrender Securities in temporary form for Securities in definitive form;
(c) endorse for collection cheques, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and
(d) in general attend to all nondiscretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Company.
7.6. Evidence of Authority. The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed or otherwise given by or on behalf of the Company by an Authorized Person. The Custodian may receive and accept a certificate signed by any Authorized Person as conclusive evidence of:
(a) the authority of any person to act in accordance with such certificate; or
(b) any determination or of any action by the Company as described in such certificate,
and such certificate may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary from an Authorized Person of the Company.
7.7. Receipt of Communications. Any communication received by the Custodian on a day which is not a Business Day or after 3:30 p.m., Eastern time (or such other time as is agreed by the Company and the Custodian from time to time), on a Business Day will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day (but in the case of communications so received after 3:30 p.m., Eastern time, on a Business Day the Custodian will use its best efforts to process such communications as soon as possible after receipt).
17
8. COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN
8.1. Fees. The Custodian shall be entitled to compensation for its services in accordance with the terms of that certain fee letter dated [●], 2020, between the Company and the Custodian.
8.2. Expenses. The Company agrees to pay or reimburse to the Custodian upon its request from time to time all costs, disbursements, advances, and expenses (including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of legal counsel) incurred, and any disbursements and advances made (including any account overdraft resulting from any settlement or assumed settlement, provisional credit, chargeback, returned deposit item, reclaimed payment or claw-back, or the like), in connection with the preparation or execution of this Agreement, or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the administration of this Agreement or performance by the Custodian of its duties and services under this Agreement, from time to time (including costs and expenses of any action deemed necessary by the Custodian to collect any amounts owing to it under this Agreement).
9. RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN
9.1. General Duties. The Custodian shall have no duties, obligations or responsibilities under this Agreement or with respect to the Securities or Proceeds except for such duties as are expressly and specifically set forth in this Agreement, and the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement. No implied duties, obligations or responsibilities shall be read into this Agreement against, or on the part of, the Custodian.
9.2. Instructions
(a) The Custodian shall be entitled to refrain from taking any action unless it has such instruction (in the form of Proper Instructions) from the Company as it reasonably deems necessary, and shall be entitled to require, upon notice to the Company, that Proper Instructions to it be in writing. The Custodian shall have no liability for any action (or forbearance from action) taken pursuant to the Proper Instruction of the Company.
(b) Whenever the Custodian is entitled or required to receive or obtain any communications or information pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement, it shall be entitled to receive the same in writing, in form, content and medium reasonably acceptable to it and otherwise in accordance with any applicable terms of this Agreement; and whenever any report or other information is required to be produced or distributed by the Custodian it shall be in form, content and medium reasonably acceptable to it and the Company, and otherwise in accordance with any applicable terms of this Agreement.
9.3. General Standards of Care. Notwithstanding any terms herein contained to the contrary, the acceptance by the Custodian of its appointment hereunder is expressly subject to the following terms, which shall govern and apply to each of the terms and provisions of this Agreement (whether or not so stated therein):
(a) The Custodian may rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any written notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report, receipt or other paper or document furnished to it (including any of the foregoing provided to it by telecopier or electronic means), not only as to its due execution and validity, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information therein contained, which it in good faith believes to be genuine and signed or presented by the proper person (which in the case of any instruction from or on behalf of the Company shall be an Authorized Person); and the Custodian shall be entitled to presume the genuineness and due authority of any signature appearing thereon. The Custodian shall not be bound to make any independent investigation into the facts or matters stated in any such notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report, receipt or other paper or document, provided, however, that if the form thereof is specifically prescribed by the terms of this Agreement, the Custodian shall examine the same to determine whether it substantially conforms on its face to such requirements hereof.
18
(b) Neither the Custodian nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable to anyone for any error of judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted to be taken by it (or any of its directors, officers of employees), or for any mistake of fact or law, or for anything which it may do or refrain from doing in connection herewith, unless such action constitutes gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part and in breach of the terms of this Agreement. The Custodian shall not be liable for any action taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within powers conferred upon it, or taken by it pursuant to any direction or instruction by which it is governed hereunder, or omitted to be taken by it by reason of the lack of direction or instruction required hereby for such action. The Custodian shall not be under any obligation at any time to ascertain whether the Company is in compliance with the 1940 Act, the regulations thereunder, or the Company’s investment objectives and policies then in effect.
(c) In no event shall the Custodian be liable for any indirect, special or consequential damages (including lost profits) whether or not it has been advised of the likelihood of such damages.
(d) The Custodian may consult with, and obtain advice from, legal counsel selected in good faith with respect to any question as to any of the provisions hereof or its duties hereunder, or any matter relating hereto, and the written opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Custodian in good faith in accordance with the opinion and directions of such counsel; the reasonable cost of such services shall be reimbursed pursuant to Section 8.2 above.
(e) The Custodian shall not be deemed to have notice of any fact, claim or demand with respect hereto unless actually known by an officer working in its Corporate Trust Services group and charged with responsibility for administering this Agreement or unless (and then only to the extent received) in writing by the Custodian at the applicable address(es) as set forth in Section 15 and specifically referencing this Agreement.
(f) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Custodian to expend or risk its own funds, or to take any action (or forbear from action) hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or any financial or other liability unless it shall be furnished with acceptable indemnification. Nothing herein shall obligate the Custodian to commence, prosecute or defend legal proceedings in any instance, whether on behalf of the Company or on its own behalf or otherwise, with respect to any matter arising hereunder, or relating to this Agreement or the services contemplated hereby.
(g) The permissive right of the Custodian to take any action hereunder shall not be construed as duty.
(h) The Custodian may act or exercise its duties or powers hereunder through agents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, sub-custodians) or attorneys, and the Custodian shall not be liable or responsible for the actions or omissions of any such agent or attorney appointed and maintained with reasonable due care.
19
(i) All indemnifications contained in this Agreement in favor of the Custodian shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
9.4. Indemnification; Custodian’s Lien.
(a) The Company shall and does hereby indemnify and hold harmless each of the Custodian and any Foreign Sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 6.1 above for and from any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket attorney’s fees and expenses), and any and all losses, damages, claims and liabilities, that may arise, be brought against or incurred by the Custodian, and any advances or disbursements made by the Custodian (including in respect of any Account overdraft, returned deposit item, chargeback, provisional credit, settlement or assumed settlement, reclaimed payment, claw-back or the like), as a result of, relating to, or arising out of this Agreement, or the administration or performance of the Custodian’s duties hereunder, or the relationship between the Company and the Custodian created hereby, other than such liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses as are directly caused by the Custodian’s own action or inaction constituting gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct.
(b) The Custodian shall have and is hereby granted a continuing lien upon and security interest in, and right of set-off against, the Account, and any funds (and investments in which such funds may be invested) held therein or credited thereto from time to time, whether now held or hereafter required, and all proceeds thereof, to secure the payment of any amounts that may be owing to the Custodian under or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, whether now existing or hereafter arising.
9.5. Force Majeure. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall be without liability to the Company for any damage or loss resulting from or caused by events or circumstances beyond the Custodian’s reasonable control including nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, the interruption, disruption or suspension of the normal procedures and practices of any securities market, power, mechanical, communications or other technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or the like, fires, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters, civil and military disturbance, acts of war or terrorism, riots, revolution, acts of God, work stoppages, strikes, national disasters of any kind, or other similar events or acts; errors by the Company (including any Authorized Person) in its instructions to the Custodian; or changes in applicable law, regulation or orders.
10. SECURITY CODES
If the Custodian issues to the Company, security codes, passwords or test keys in order that it may verify that certain transmissions of information, including Proper Instructions, have been originated by the Company, the Company shall safeguard any security codes, passwords, test keys or other security devices which the Custodian shall make available.
11. TAX LAW
11.1. Domestic Tax Law. The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Company or the Custodian as custodian of the Securities or the Proceeds, by the tax law of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof. The Custodian shall be kept indemnified by and be without liability to the Company for such obligations including taxes, (but excluding any income taxes assessable in respect of compensation paid to the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement) withholding, certification and reporting requirements, claims for exemption or refund, additions for late payment interest, penalties and other expenses (including legal expenses) that may be assessed against the Company, or the Custodian as custodian of the Securities or Proceeds.
20
11.2. Foreign Tax Law. It shall be the responsibility of the Company to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Company, or the Custodian as custodian of any Foreign Securities or related Proceeds, by the tax law of foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) jurisdictions, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other government charges, certifications and government reporting. The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company with respect to any claims for exemption or refund under the tax law of the jurisdictions for which the Company has provided such information.
12. EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT
12.1. Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective as of its due execution and delivery by each of the parties. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided. This Agreement may only be amended by mutual written agreement of the parties hereto. This Agreement may be terminated by the Custodian or the Company pursuant to Section 12.2.
12.2. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest of (a) occurrence of the effective date of termination specified in any written notice of termination given by either party to the other not later than ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of termination specified therein, (b) such other date of termination as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties in writing.
12.3. Resignation. The Custodian may at any time resign under this Agreement by giving not less than ninety (90) days advance written notice thereof to the Company.
12.4. Successor. Prior to the effective date of termination of this Agreement, or the effective date of the resignation of the Custodian, as the case may be, the Company shall give Proper Instruction to the Custodian designating a successor Custodian, if applicable.
12.5. Payment of Fees, etc. Upon termination of this Agreement or resignation of the Custodian, the Company shall pay to the Custodian such compensation, and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements, as may be due as of the date of such termination or resignation (or removal, as the case may be). All indemnifications in favor of the Custodian under this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement, or any resignation or removal of the Custodian.
12.6. Final Report. In the event of any resignation or removal of the Custodian, the Custodian shall provide to the Company a complete final report or data file transfer of any Confidential Information as of the date of such resignation or removal.
13. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
13.1. Representations of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Custodian that:
(a) it has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and it has duly authorized and executed this Agreement so as to constitute its valid and binding obligation; and
(b) in giving any instructions which purport to be “Proper Instructions” under this Agreement, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of its certificate of incorporation and bylaws and any applicable laws and regulations.
21
13.2. Representations of the Custodian. The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
(a) it is qualified to act as a custodian pursuant to Section 26(a)(1) of the 1940 Act;
(b) it has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
(c) it has duly authorized and executed this Agreement so as to constitute its valid and binding obligations; and
(d) that it maintains business continuity policies and standards that include data file backup and recovery procedures that comply with all applicable regulatory requirements.
14. PARTIES IN INTEREST; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT
This Agreement is not intended for, and shall not be construed to be intended for, the benefit of any third parties and may not be relied upon or enforced by any third parties (other than successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 19).
15. NOTICES
Any Proper Instructions shall be given to the following address (or such other address as either party may designate by written notice to the other party), and otherwise any notices, approvals and other communications hereunder shall be sufficient if made in writing and given to the parties at the following address (or such other address as either of them may subsequently designate by notice to the other), given by (i) certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, (ii) recognized courier or delivery service, or (iii) confirmed facsimile, telex, or by electronic mail, with a duplicate sent on the same day by first class mail, postage prepaid:
(a) if to the Company, to
Franklin BSP Capital
Corporation
c/o Benefit Street Partners L.L.C.
9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920
New York, NY 10019
Attention: [●]
Email: [●]
Fax: [●]
(b) if to the Custodian (other than in its role as Document Custodian), to
[U.S. Bank National
Association]
[Corporate Trust Services
One Federal Street, 3rd Floor
Boston, MA 02110]
Ref: Franklin BSP Capital Corporation
Attention: [●]
Email: [●]
Fax: [●]
22
(c) if to the Custodian solely in its role as Document Custodian, to
[U.S. Bank National
Association
[1719 Range Way
Florence, South Carolina 29501]
Mail Code: [Ex - SC – FLOR]
Ref: Franklin BSP Capital Corporation
Attn: [●]
E-mail: [●]
Facsimile No.: [●]
16. CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION
This Agreement shall be construed, and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with and governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts for all purposes (without regard to its choice of law provisions); except to the extent such laws are inconsistent with federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, in which case such federal securities laws shall govern.
17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS
17.1. Complete Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with regard to the matters addressed herein and supersedes and terminates as of the date hereof, all prior agreements, agreements or understandings, oral or written between the parties to this Agreement relating to such matters.
17.2. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
17.3. Facsimile Signatures. The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission or pdf shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile or pdf shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
18. AMENDMENT; WAIVER
18.1. Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended except by an express written instrument duly executed by each of the Company and the Custodian.
18.2. Waiver. In no instance shall any delay or failure to act be deemed to be or effective as a waiver of any right, power or term hereunder, unless and except to the extent such waiver is set forth in an expressly written instrument signed by the party against whom it is to be charged.
19. SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS
19.1. Successors Bound. The covenants and agreements set forth herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party shall be permitted to assign their rights under this Agreement without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of the Custodian to delegate certain duties or services to or perform them through agents or attorneys appointed with due care as expressly provided in this Agreement.
23
19.2. Merger and Consolidation. Any corporation or association into which the Custodian may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or association resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Custodian shall be a party, or any corporation or association to which the Custodian transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business, shall be the successor of the Custodian hereunder, and shall succeed to all of the rights, powers and duties of the Custodian hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.
20. SEVERABILITY
The terms of this Agreement are hereby declared to be severable, such that if any term hereof is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remaining terms.
21. INSTRUMENT UNDER SEAL; HEADINGS
This Agreement is intended to take effect as, and shall be deemed to be, an instrument under seal.
22. REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS
If, in performing its duties under this Agreement, the Custodian is required to decide between alternative courses of action, the Custodian may (but shall not be obliged to) request written instructions from the Company as to the course of action desired by it. If the Custodian does not receive such instructions within two (2) days after it has requested them, the Custodian may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking any such courses of action. The Custodian shall act in accordance with instructions received from the Company in response to such request after such two-day period except to the extent it has already taken, or committed itself to take, action inconsistent with such instructions.
23. OTHER BUSINESS
Nothing herein shall prevent the Custodian or any of its affiliates from engaging in other business, or from entering into any other transaction or financial or other relationship with, or receiving fees from or from rendering services of any kind to the Company or any other Person. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute the Company and/or the Custodian (and/or any other Person) as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or similar assignment as a result of or by virtue of the engagement or relationship established by this Agreement.
24. REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendment hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further production shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
25. MISCELLANEOUS
The Company acknowledges receipt of the following notice:
24
“IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT.
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. For a non-individual person such as a business entity, a charity, a trust or other legal entity the Custodian will ask for documentation to verify its formation and existence as a legal entity. The Custodian may also ask to see financial statements, licenses, identification and authorization documents from individuals claiming authority to represent the entity or other relevant documentation."
[PAGE INTENTIONALLY ENDS HERE. SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE.]
25
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer, intending the same to take effect as the date written above.
Witness: | FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION | |
By: | ||
Name: | Name: | |
Title: | Title: | |
Witness: | [U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION] | |
By: | ||
Name: | Name: | |
Title: | Title: |
26
SCHEDULE A
(Trade Confirmation)
[See Attached.]
SCHEDULE B
Any of the following persons (each acting singly) shall be an Authorized Person (as this list may subsequently be modified by the Company from time to time by written notice to the Custodian):
NAMES: | SPECIMEN SIGNATURE |
[●] | |
[●] | |
[●] | |
[●] |
Exhibit 10.5
FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the _____ day of _______________, 2020, by and between Franklin BSP Capital L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (together with any successor thereto, including, after conversion to a Delaware corporation, Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, the “Company”), and _________________________ (“Indemnitee”).1
WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as a director or officer of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of his or her service; and
WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to continue to serve as such director or officer, the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings; and
WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
(a) “1940 Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and rules thereunder.
(b) “Applicable Legal Rate” means a fixed rate of interest equal to the applicable federal rate for mid-term debt instruments as of the day that it is determined that Indemnitee must repay any advanced expenses.
(c) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the Effective Date of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, after the Effective Date (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of the combined voting power of all of the Company’s then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors without the prior approval of at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such person’s attaining such percentage interest; (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization not approved by at least two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors then in office, as a consequence of which members of the Board of Directors in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board of Directors thereafter; or (iii) at any time, a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not individuals (A) who were directors as of the Effective Date or (B) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors as of the Effective Date or whose election for nomination for election was previously so approved.
1 Insert names of directors or officers.
(d) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (i) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (ii) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company.
(e) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.
(f) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
(g) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium for, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond supersede as bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
(h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
- 2 -
(i) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.
Section 2. Services by Indemnitee. Indemnitee will serve as a director or officer of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.
Section 3. General. Subject to the limitations in Section 5, the Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) as otherwise permitted by the 1940 Act, including Section 17 (h) therein, Delaware law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Delaware law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Delaware law as in effect on the Effective Date. Subject to the limitations in Section 5, the rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by Section 145(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).
Section 4. Standard for Indemnification. Subject to the limitations in Section 5, if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established by clear and convincing evidence that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:
(a) indemnification for any loss or liability unless all of the following conditions are met: (i) Indemnitee has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Company; (ii) Indemnitee was acting on behalf of or performing services for the Company; (iii) such loss or liability was not the result of negligence or misconduct; and (iv) such indemnification is recoverable only out of the Company’s net assets and not from the Company’s stockholders;
(b) indemnification for any loss or liability arising from an alleged violation of federal or state securities laws unless one or more of the following conditions are met: (i) there has been a successful adjudication on the merits of each count involving alleged material securities law violations as to Indemnitee; (ii) such claims have been dismissed with prejudice on the merits by a court of competent jurisdiction as to Indemnitee; or (iii) a court of competent jurisdiction approves a settlement of the claims against Indemnitee and finds that indemnification of the settlement and the related costs should be made, and the court considering the request for indemnification has been advised of the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission and of the published position of any state securities regulatory authority in which securities of the Company were offered or sold as to indemnification for violations of securities laws;
(c) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable to the Company;
- 3 -
(d) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status; or
(e) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 11 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s charter or Bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors or an agreement approved by the Board of Directors to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.
Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of an Indemnitee Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Subject to the limitations in Section 5, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 6 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 6, and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 7. Advance of Expenses for an Indemnitee. Subject to the limitations described in Section 3 herein, if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with (a) such Proceeding which is initiated by a third party who is not a stockholder of the Company, or (b) such Proceeding which is initiated by a stockholder of the Company acting in his or her capacity as such and for which a court of competent jurisdiction specifically approves such advancement, and which relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Company, within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof, to reimburse the portion of any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee, together with the Applicable Legal Rate of interest thereon, relating to claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which it shall ultimately be established, by clear and convincing evidence, that the standard of conduct has not been met by Indemnitee and which have not been successfully resolved as described in Section 6 of this Agreement. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 7 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
- 4 -
Section 8. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses as a Witness or Other Participant. Subject to the limitations in Section 5, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other party, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be advanced all reasonable Expenses and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting any such advance or indemnification from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee.
Section 9. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in Indemnitee’s sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors in accordance with Section 145(d) of DGCL, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by majority vote of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, or (C) if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if Disinterested Directors so direct in accordance with Section 145(d) of DGCL, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Directors or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 9(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
(c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.
- 5 -
Section 10. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.
(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.
Section 11. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Sections 7 or 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Sections 6 or 8 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the charter or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advance of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence a proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 11(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 6 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
(b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 11, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
- 6 -
(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification.
(d) In the event that Indemnitee is successful in seeking, pursuant to this Section 11, a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.
(e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under Delaware law for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period (i) commencing with either the tenth day after the date on which the Company was requested to advance Expenses in accordance with Sections 7 or 8 of this Agreement or the 60th day after the date on which the Company was requested to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 9(b) of this Agreement, as applicable, and (ii) and ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 12. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding.
(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 12(b) and of Section 12(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 12(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 12(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 11 of this Agreement.
- 7 -
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that Indemnitee may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 11(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.
Section 13. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the charter or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the stockholders entitled to vote generally in the election of directors or of the Board of Directors, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
Section 14. Insurance. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors and officers liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of his or her Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his or her Corporate Status. Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in the previous sentence. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
- 8 -
Section 15. Coordination of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
Section 16. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect.
(a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement).
(b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
(c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
(d) The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which Indemnitee may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
- 9 -
Section 17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 18. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
Section 20. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
Section 21. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, on the day of such delivery, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
(a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
(b) If to the Company, to:
Franklin BSP Capital Corporation
c/o Benefit Street Partners L.L.C.
9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920
New York, NY 10019
[Attn: General Counsel]
or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
Section 22. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
- 10 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: | ||
INDEMNITEE | ||
Name: | ||
Address: |
[Signature Page to Indemnity Agreement]
EXHIBIT A
AFFIRMATION AND UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
To: The Board of Directors of _________________________
Re: Affirmation and Undertaking
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Affirmation and Undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement, dated the _____ day of _______________, 2020, by and between _________________________, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).
Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.
I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Corporate Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good faith belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as a director of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.
In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorneys’ fees and related Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) such Advanced Expenses are subject to the limitations and disqualifications described in the Indemnification Agreement or (2) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (3) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (4) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses, together with the Applicable Legal Rate of interest thereon, relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
Name: |
Exhibit 10.6
DISTRIBUTION
REINVESTMENT PLAN
OF
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby adopts the following plan (the “Plan”) with respect to cash dividends or distributions (each, a “Distribution”) declared by its Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) on shares of its common stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Stock”):
1. Unless a stockholder specifically elects to receive cash in accordance with the Plan, all Distributions hereafter declared by the Board of Directors shall be payable in shares of Common Stock, and no action shall be required on such stockholder’s part to receive a Distribution in shares of Common Stock. DST Systems, Inc., the plan administrator and the Company’s transfer agent and registrar (collectively the “Plan Administrator”), will establish an account for shares of Common Stock received pursuant to the Plan for each stockholder who has not affirmatively elected to receive Distributions in cash (each a “Participant”). The Plan Administrator may hold each Participant’s shares of Common Stock, together with the shares of Common Stock of other Participants in the Plan Administrator’s name or that of its nominee.
2. Such Distributions shall be payable on such date or dates (each, a “Payment Date”) as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors to stockholders of record at the close of business on the record date(s) established by the Board of Directors for such Distribution.
3. With respect to each Distribution pursuant to the Plan, the Company reserves the right to either issue new shares of Common Stock or if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market for the accounts of Participants in connection with implementation of the Plan. Unless the Company, in its sole discretion, otherwise directs the Plan Administrator:
(a) if the Market Price (as defined below) is equal to or greater than NAV (as defined below), then the Company shall issue shares of Common Stock at the greater of (i) NAV or (ii) 95% of the Market Price; or
(b) if the Market Price is less than the NAV, then, in the sole discretion of the Company, (i) shares of Common Stock shall be purchased in open market transactions for the accounts of Participants to the extent practicable or (ii) the Company shall issue shares of Common Stock at NAV.
The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to a Participant is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the Distribution payable to the Participant by the price at which the Company issues such shares of Common Stock pursuant to 3(a)(i), 3(a)(ii) or 3(b)(ii), as applicable. Shares of Common Stock purchased in open market transactions pursuant to 3(b)(i) will be allocated to a Participant based on the average purchase price, excluding any brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares of Common Stock purchased in the open market with respect to such Distribution. “Market Price” means the market price per share of the Common Stock at the close of regular trading on any exchange or inter-dealer quotation system that represents the principal trading market for the shares of Common Stock (the “Principal Trading Market”) on the Payment Date, or if no sale is reported for such day, the average of the reported bid and asked prices. “NAV” means the net asset value per share (as estimated in good faith by the Company and rounded up to the nearest whole cent) of Common Stock on the Payment Date.
4. A stockholder may, however, affirmatively elect to receive such stockholder’s Distributions in cash. Except as may otherwise be permitted by the Company in its sole discretion, the election will be effective immediately if such stockholder notifies (i) the Company upon the stockholder’s initial subscription for shares of Common Stock or (ii) the Plan Administrator in writing not less than 10 days prior to the record date fixed by the Board of Directors for the next Distribution; otherwise, such election will be effective only with respect to any subsequent Distribution. Such election shall remain in effect until the stockholder shall notify the Plan Administrator in writing of such stockholder’s withdrawal of the election, which withdrawal will be effective immediately if such stockholder notifies the Plan Administrator in writing not less than 10 days prior to the record date fixed by the Board of Directors for the next Distribution; otherwise, such withdrawal will be effective only with respect to any subsequent Distribution.
5. The Plan Administrator will confirm to each Participant each issuance or acquisition made pursuant to the Plan on such Participant’s behalf as soon as practicable, but not later than 30 days after the date thereof. Although each Participant may from time to time have a fractional interest (computed to three decimal places) in a share of Common Stock of the Company, no certificates for a fractional share will be issued. However, Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each Participant’s account.
6. The Plan Administrator or another agent designated by the Company will forward to each Participant any proxy solicitation materials related to the Company and each report or other communication of the Company delivered to stockholders, and will vote any shares of Common Stock held by it under the Plan in accordance with the instructions set forth on proxies returned to the Company by Participants.
7. In the event that the Company makes available to its stockholders rights to purchase additional shares of Common Stock or other securities, the shares of Common Stock held by the Plan Administrator for each Participant under the Plan will be added to any other shares of Common Stock held by the Participant in calculating the number of rights to be issued to the Participant.
8. There will be no brokerage charges or other sales charges on newly-issued shares of Common Stock acquired by a stockholder under the Plan. The Plan Administrator’s service fee, if any, and expenses for administering the Plan will be paid for by the Company. If a Participant elects by written notice to the Plan Administrator to have the Plan Administrator sell part or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Plan Administrator in the Participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the Participant, whether upon termination of the Plan by the Company, termination by a Participant of such Participant’s account under the Plan or otherwise, the Plan Administrator shall be authorized to deduct from the proceeds a $20.00 transaction fee for each transaction requested by a Participant, plus any applicable brokerage commission or additional administrative expenses charged at the prevailing market rate.
2
9. The Plan Administrator will be responsible for generating or providing a Form 1099-DIV or any related tax forms associated with any Distributions that are reinvested or paid out.
10. Each Participant may terminate such Participant’s account under the Plan by so notifying the Plan Administrator in writing. Such termination will be effective immediately if the Participant’s notice is received by the Plan Administrator not less than 10 days prior to the record date fixed by the Board of Directors for the next Distribution; otherwise, such termination will be effective only with respect to any subsequent Distribution. The Plan may be terminated by the Company upon appropriate written notice, including by public disclosure that satisfies the requirement of Regulation FD or otherwise in a filing made by the Company with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any Distribution by the Company; if such notice is made fewer than 30 days prior to such record date, such termination will be effective immediately following the Payment Date for such Distribution. Upon any termination of the Plan by the Company or by a Participant of such Participant’s account under the Plan, the Plan Administrator will cause whole shares of Common Stock held for the Participant under the Plan to be credited to the Participant in book-entry form with the Company’s transfer agent and a cash adjustment for any fractional shares to be paid to the Participant at the Market Price per share of Common Stock at the close of regular trading on the Principal Trading Market on the date of such termination.
11. These terms and conditions may be amended or supplemented by the Company at any time but, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules, regulations or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, by appropriate written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date thereof. The amendment or supplement shall be deemed to be accepted by each Participant unless, prior to the effective date thereof, the Plan Administrator receives written notice of the termination of such Participant’s account under the Plan. Any such amendment or supplement may include an appointment by the Plan Administrator in its place and stead of a successor agent under these terms and conditions, with full power and authority to perform all or any of the acts to be performed by the Plan Administrator under the terms and conditions agreed upon by the Company. Upon any such appointment of any agent for the purpose of receiving Distributions, the Company shall be authorized to pay to such successor agent, for each Participant’s account, all Distributions payable on shares of Common Stock held in the Participant’s name or under the Plan for retention or application by such successor agent as provided in these terms and conditions.
12. The Plan Administrator will at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under the Plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the Plan Administrator’s negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees or agents.
13. These terms and conditions of the Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to any conflict of laws principals or rules thereof, to the extent such principals would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In the event of a conflict, the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act shall control.
3
Effective Date: [●], 2020
4
Exhibit 10.7
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
Subscription Instructions
To subscribe for a shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of Franklin BSP Capital Corporation (the “Company”), please:
1. | Complete and sign the attached Subscription Agreement as follows: |
· | Execute the signature page to the Subscription Agreement (the “Agreement”). |
· | If you are an individual (or the alter-ego of an individual such as an IRA or a revocable grantor trust), complete Exhibit A (Investor Qualification Statement for Individuals). Please note in particular that Part II, Accredited Investor Status, needs to be completed. |
· | If you are not an individual (or the alter-ego of an individual such as an IRA or revocable grantor trust), complete Exhibit B (Investor Qualification Statement for Entities). Please note in particular that Part II, Accredited Investor Status, needs to be completed. |
· | Complete Exhibit C (Plan Asset Questionnaire). |
· | If you are a “United States person” (i.e., if you answer “yes” to question (b)(1) in Part VI of the applicable Investor Qualification Statement), complete, sign and return a Form W-9 (as defined below). |
· | If you are not a “United States person” (i.e., if you answer “no” to question (b)(1) in Part VI of the applicable Investor Qualification Statement), complete, sign and return an appropriate Form W-8 (as defined below). |
· | Complete and execute Exhibit D, the New Issues Questionnaire. |
· | Complete Exhibit E, the Anti-Money Laundering Supplement. |
· | Complete Exhibit F, the consent to electronic delivery of tax documents. |
· | Complete Exhibit G, the Questionnaire Regarding Status of Subscribers Under Rule 506(d) of Regulation D. |
· | If the Subscriber is an IRA, complete Exhibit H, the Additional Representation with Respect to Investment for an IRA and the Trustee/Custodian Acknowledgement. |
2. Send a PDF copy of the executed items described above to Company in care of Benefit Street Partners L.L.C. at the e-mail address below so that the Company may determine whether you are eligible to subscribe for shares of the Company:
Email Address: | s.hambelton@benefitsreetpartners.com | |
and a.davi@benefitstreetpartners.com |
Please also send originals of the executed items described above to the attention of Shirley Hambelton at the address listed below:
9 West 57th Street
New York, NY 10019
Please contact Cynthia Bien of Dechert LLP at (202) 261-3431 or Matthew Carter of Dechert LLP at (202) 261-3395 if you have any questions regarding the subscription documents provided or if the Investor Qualification Statement indicates that a prospective investor’s response to a question requires more information. Please contact Shirley Hambelton at Benefit Street Partners L.L.C. at s.hambelton@benefitstreetpartners.com or (212) 715-2813 if you have any questions of a business nature.
2
Name of Subscriber: __________________________
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
To: | Franklin BSP Capital Corporation |
c/o Benefit Street Partners L.L.C.
9 West 57th Street, Suite 4920
New York, NY 10019
United States of America
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is hereby made to the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum (as amended or supplemented as of the date hereof, the “Memorandum”) relating to the private offering of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”), of Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation (including the predecessor to such entity, the “Company”), which has been previously provided to the undersigned subscriber (the “Subscriber”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings set forth in the Memorandum.
The Subscriber hereby agrees as follows:
1. Sale and Purchase of Common Stock. Subject to acceptance by the Company and the conditions precedent set forth herein, the Subscriber hereby irrevocably offers to subscribe for and agrees to purchase from the Company shares of Common Stock (the “Shares”) with a capital commitment to the Company in the amount (the Subscriber’s “Capital Commitment”) equal to the amount set forth on the Company’s acceptance of the Subscriber’s subscription (the “Company Acceptance”), which amount shall not exceed the amount of the Subscriber’s requested capital commitment set forth on the Subscriber’s signature page hereto (the “Requested Capital Commitment”).
The Company’s registration statement on Form 10 (the “Registration Statement”) for the registration of its Shares with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that is filed prior to the Company’s election to be regulated as a business development company is not the offering document pursuant to which the Company is conducting this offering of securities. Accordingly, the Subscriber should rely exclusively on information contained in the Memorandum, together with reports the Company may file under the Exchange Act from time to time, in making its investment decision.
3
2. Acceptance by the Company. The Subscriber hereby agrees that the offer is not binding until it is accepted by the Company and that the obligations of the Subscriber hereunder will terminate if this offer is not accepted by the Company on or prior to 180 days after the date hereof. The Subscriber further understands and agrees (a) that this offer shall not be deemed accepted by the Company until and unless the acceptance at the end of this Agreement shall have been executed by the Company and (b) that the Company reserves the right to reject this offer in whole or in part.
3. Drawdowns.
3.1. Subject to Section 1, the Subscriber agrees to purchase Shares for an aggregate purchase price equal to its Capital Commitment, payable at such times and in such amounts as required by the Company. The Subscriber shall be required to fund a capital contribution to purchase Shares (a “Drawdown Purchase”) each time the Company delivers a notice (the “Drawdown Notice”) to the Subscriber. Drawdown Notices shall be delivered at least ten business days prior to the date on which payment will be due (each, a “Drawdown Date”) and shall set forth the amount, in U.S. dollars, of the aggregate purchase price (the “Drawdown Purchase Price”) to be paid by the Subscriber to purchase Shares on such Drawdown Date. Each purchase of Shares pursuant to a Drawdown Notice will be made at a per Share price, as determined by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) or an appropriately designated committee of the Board of Directors, which price will be determined prior to the issuance of such Shares and in accordance with the limitations under Section 23 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). The Board of Directors may set the per-share price above the net asset value (“NAV”) per Share based on a variety of factors, including the total amount of the Company’s organizational and other expenses. No Subscriber shall be required to invest more than the total amount of its Capital Commitment. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that any distributions by the Company are deemed to be a return of capital with respect to the Subscriber, such return of capital shall not increase the Subscriber’s Undrawn Capital Commitment (as defined below).
3.2. Each Drawdown Purchase Price shall be payable in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds per the wire transfer instructions set forth in such Drawdown Notice. In addition to the wire transfer instructions, each Drawdown Notice shall set forth (i) the Drawdown Date, (ii) the aggregate amount of capital that is being drawn down from all subscribers and (iii) the Subscriber’s share of capital drawn. The delivery of a Drawdown Notice to the Subscriber shall be the sole and exclusive condition to the Subscriber’s irrevocable and unconditional obligation to pay such Drawdown Purchase Price in the amount set forth therein, without any right of offset, reduction, counterclaim or defense.
3.3. On the Drawdown Date, the Company shall issue to the Subscriber a number of Shares equal to the amount of the Drawdown Purchase Price funded by the Subscriber on the applicable Drawdown Date divided by the per share price determined by the Board or an appropriately designated committee. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not issue Shares for any portion of the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment that has not been paid to the Company and used to purchase Shares pursuant to one or more Drawdown Notices (the “Undrawn Capital Commitment”).
4
3.4. Closings of the Company’s private placement are expected to occur, from time to time, during the twelve month period following the initial closing of the Company’s private placement (the “Initial Closing Period”), provided that the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may extend the Initial Closing Period. The Company may draw down Capital Commitments to make investments at any time until the earlier of (i) a Liquidity Event or (ii) the two-year anniversary of the end of the Initial Closing Period, provided that this period may be extended by an additional one-year extension in the discretion of the Board of Directors (such period, including any extension, the “Drawdown Period”), unless the Drawdown Period is terminated earlier as a result of a Key Person Event (as defined below).
After the end of the Drawdown Period, the Company may draw down Capital Commitments to the extent necessary to: (i) pay Company expenses, including any amounts that may become due under any borrowings or other financings or similar obligations, any indemnity obligations or other liabilities and including expenses under the Administration Agreement or the Investment Advisory Agreement, and/or (ii) complete portfolio investments with respect to which commitments have been made or for which the Company has entered into a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, written bid letter, written agreement in principle or other binding written agreement as of the end of the Drawdown Period and/or prior to the start of any suspension of the Drawdown Period (including investments that are funded in phases).
Upon occurrence of a Key Person Event, there will be an immediate suspension of the Drawdown Period commencing as of the date of the Key Person Event. If prior to or during the 45 day period following the sending of such written notice (the “Notice Period”) the Key Persons (who are the subject of such Key Person Event) have not been replaced by the Adviser with a Qualified Replacement, the Company shall convene a meeting of the Company’s independent directors to be held no later than 30 days following the expiration of the Notice Period for the purpose of determining whether the Drawdown Period shall be continued (the “Key Person Meeting”). If a majority of the Company’s independent directors vote in favor of the proposal to continue the Drawdown Period, including by approving Qualified Replacements recommended by the Adviser, the Drawdown Period shall be reinstated and continued, effective as of the date of the Key Person Meeting, and the Company’s stockholders will be obligated to fund capital contributions as if a Key Person Event had never occurred. Otherwise, the Drawdown Period shall be deemed to have terminated as of the date of the Key Person Meeting, and the Company may draw down Capital Commitments only to the extent necessary to: (i) pay Company expenses, including any amounts that may become due under any borrowings or other financings or similar obligations, any indemnity obligations or other liabilities and including expenses under the Administration Agreement or Investment Advisory Agreement, and/or (ii) complete portfolio investments with respect to which commitments have been made or for which the Company has entered into a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding, written bid letter, written agreement in principle or other binding written agreement as of the end of the Drawdown Period and/or prior to the start of any suspension of the Drawdown Period (including investments that are funded in phases).
A “Key Person Event” will occur if, during the Drawdown Period, any three of Thomas J. Gahan, Michael E. Paasche, Blair D. Faulstich, Larry Zimmerman and David Manlowe, or their respective Qualified Replacements (such persons collectively, the “Key Persons”), cease to be actively involved in and devoting sufficient time to the business and affairs of the Company and the other investment vehicles managed by Benefit Street Partners L.L.C. and its affiliates as deemed reasonably necessary by the Adviser. The Company will send written notice of the Key Person Event to the Company’s stockholders within ten business days of such occurrence.
5
“Qualified Replacement” means a senior investment professional selected by the Adviser and approved by either (i) a majority of the independent directors of the Company or (ii) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.
3.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the closing of an initial public offering (“IPO”) or a listing of the Shares on a national securities exchange (“Exchange Listing”), the Subscriber will be released from any further obligation to purchase additional Shares with respect to any undrawn Capital Commitment.
3.6. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company intends to request capital contributions from all subscribers with an Undrawn Capital Commitment pro rata in accordance with the Capital Commitments of all subscribers with Undrawn Capital Commitments; provided that the Company shall retain the right to require the Subscriber (i) to fund Catch-up Purchases (as defined below), (ii) to fund a Drawdown Purchase Price that is more or less than its pro rata share or (iii) to fund a Drawdown Purchase Price (but not require other purchasers of the Shares pursuant to separate subscription agreements (“Other Subscribers”) to do so), in either case, in the sole discretion of the Company, including if it is necessary or appropriate, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, to avoid a violation of, or noncompliance with, any law or regulation to which Subscriber, the Company, the Adviser, any Other Subscriber or a portfolio company of the Company would be subject, or for other regulatory reasons. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company may, if determined by the Company in its sole discretion, from time to time require capital contributions from Other Subscribers and not the Subscriber, including (i) for Catch-up Purchases, (ii) if, in the sole discretion of the Company, there is a substantial likelihood that the Subscriber’s capital contribution at such time would result in a violation of, or noncompliance with, any law or regulation to which such Subscriber, the Company, the Adviser, the Administrator, any Other Subscriber or a portfolio company of the Company would be subject, and (iii) in order to attempt to avoid the assets of the Company being treated as plan assets for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). Accordingly, Drawdown Notices may be issued only to selected subscribers (including or excluding the Subscriber) from time to time and require a purchase of Shares by such investors in amounts determined by the Company in its sole discretion.
In the event that the Company enters into subscription agreements with the Subscriber or Other Subscribers after the initial closing of the Company’s private placement, each such subscriber may be required to make purchases of Shares (each, a “Catch-up Purchase”) on one or more dates to be determined by the Company. The aggregate purchase price of the Catch-up Purchases will be equal to an amount necessary to ensure that, upon payment of the aggregate purchase price, such subscriber will have contributed the same percentage of its Capital Commitment to the Company as all subscribers whose subscriptions were accepted at previous closings. Catch-up Purchases will be made at a per-share price as determined by the Board of Directors (including any committee thereof), which price will be determined prior to the issuance of such Shares and in accordance with the limitations of Section 23 under the 1940 Act. In order to more fairly allocate organizational expenses among all stockholders, investors subscribing after the initial closing of the Company’s private placement may be required to pay a price per share price above the NAV per Share reflecting a variety of factors, including, without limitation, the total amount of the Company’s organizational and other expenses.
6
4. Pledging.
4.1. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Subscriber specifically agrees and consents that the Company may, at any time, without further notice to or consent from the Subscriber (except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement), grant security over and, in connection therewith, transfer its right to draw down Capital Commitments from the Subscriber pursuant to Section 3, and the Company’s right to receive the Drawdown Purchase Price (and any related rights of the Company), to lenders or other creditors or holders of other obligations or guarantees of the Company, in connection with any indebtedness, guarantee or surety of the Company (such right of the Company with respect to the Subscriber and Other Subscribers, collectively, the “Assigned Rights”); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any such grantee’s right to draw down capital shall be subject to the limitations on the Company’s right to draw down capital pursuant to Section 3; provided, further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Company may exclude from such Assigned Rights all or a portion of the Assigned Rights of any Subscribers that are officers or directors of the Company and certain other persons, to the extent restricted under, or considered by the Board to be necessary or desirable to facilitate compliance with, applicable laws or regulations, including ERISA, the Investment Company Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended.
4.2. In furtherance of Section 4.1 and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Subscriber specifically agrees and consents that the Company may, in each case subject to such other conditions as the Company may reasonably determine, (i) authorize any lender or other creditors or holders of other obligations or guarantees of the Company, including any agent or trustee acting on their behalf, as agent and on behalf of the Company, or in such other capacity as the Company may specify (A) to exercise from time to time Assigned Rights, (B) to issue Drawdown Notices and to require all or any portion of Subscriber’s Undrawn Capital Commitment to be contributed to the Company for purposes of paying such funds to a lender or other creditor or holders of other obligations or guarantees, including by payment to an account or accounts pledged to a lender, a creditor or such holder, (C) to exercise any right or remedy of the Company under this Agreement in respect of any Assigned Rights or in respect of any Drawdown Notice, capital contributions or Undrawn Capital Commitment, and (D) to enforce obligations of the Subscriber and the Other Subscribers under their respective Subscription Agreements, and (ii) take any other action the Company reasonably determines to be necessary for the purpose of providing such Assigned Rights (collectively, clauses (i) and (ii), the “Lender Powers”); provided that any exercise of such Lender Powers with respect to Subscriber shall be made in accordance with this Agreement. In addition, the Company is hereby authorized to provide to or receive from any lender or other creditors or holders of other obligations or guarantees, including any agent or trustee acting on their behalf, financial information related to the Subscriber and other documentation reasonably and customarily required to incur or assume such indebtedness, subject to applicable law and in connection therewith, each Subscriber hereby agrees to cooperate with the Company with respect to the provision of such information and documentation.
7
4.3. To facilitate the Company’s ability to incur and maintain borrowings or other financings or similar obligations and to otherwise make available Assigned Rights and/or the right to exercise any Lender Power for such borrowings or other financings or similar obligations, the Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that: (i) in the event of a failure by Subscriber or any Other Subscriber to pay all or any portion of the purchase price due from Subscriber or such Other Subscriber, as applicable, on any Drawdown Date, in addition to the Lender Powers, the related creditor or lender may issue additional Drawdown Notices in order to make up any deficiency caused by the failure to fund the Drawdown Purchase Price and Subscriber’s ownership in the Company may be diluted as a result, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Subscriber shall not be required to fund more than its Undrawn Capital Commitments, (ii) its obligation to fund Drawdown Notices pursuant to Section 3 is irrevocable, and shall be without setoff, counterclaim or defense, including any defense under Section 365(c) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and (iii) it has received full and adequate consideration on the date hereof for its subscription for the Shares, and any defense of non-consideration or similar defenses for its subscription are hereby irrevocably waived, whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings or otherwise, including any failure or inability of the Company to issue Shares or for any such Shares to have positive value.
4.4. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any lender or other person granted a lien with respect to any of the Assigned Rights and/or the right to exercise any Lender Power shall be an express third-party beneficiary of this Agreement and shall be entitled to enforce the provisions of this Section 4.
5. Power of Attorney. By executing this Agreement, the Subscriber hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Company and each of the officers of the Company, with full power of substitution, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, in its name, place and stead for its use and benefit, to approve, execute, acknowledge, swear to, file and record:
(a) | any and all filings required to be made by the Subscriber under the Investment Company Act or the Exchange Act with respect to any of the Company’s securities that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Subscriber under the Exchange Act; |
(b) | all certificates and other instruments deemed advisable by the Company in order for the Company to enter into any borrowing or other financing arrangement; |
(c) | all certificates and other instruments deemed advisable by the Company to comply with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable law or regulation to permit the Company to continue as a business development company; |
(d) | all conveyances and other instruments necessary or appropriate to effect the dissolution and liquidation of the Company; |
(e) | all other instruments or papers not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement that may be required by law to be filed on behalf of the Company; and |
8
(f) | any amendment or modification to any of the foregoing and all other certificates, instruments and documents which said attorney-in-fact determines in its sole discretion are necessary or desirable to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement or any other subscription agreements and the purposes of the Company. |
It is expressly acknowledged by the Subscriber that the foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and is coupled with an interest and shall survive and be unaffected by any subsequent disability, death or legal incapacity of the Subscriber (or if the Subscriber is a corporation, trust, association, limited liability company or other legal entity, by the dissolution or termination thereof). Such power of attorney may be exercised by said attorney-in-fact either by signing separately as attorney-in-fact for each of the Subscribers or by listing all the Subscribers with a single signature as attorney-in-fact for all of them. Such power of attorney shall survive the termination or dissolution of the Subscriber or the assignment of its interest in the Company; provided, however, that such power of attorney shall so survive only to the extent necessary to enable said attorney-in-fact to effect substitution (if approved by the Company) of the Subscriber’s successor-in-interest. The Subscriber hereby waives any and all defenses which may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the actions of said attorney-in-fact taken in good faith under such power of attorney.
This power of attorney shall not supersede the terms of this Agreement or any written agreement between the Company and the Subscriber, nor is it to be used to deprive the Subscriber of its rights as a stockholder, and is intended only to provide a simplified system for execution of documents. The Subscriber shall execute and deliver to the Company, within five days after the receipt of a request therefor, such confirmatory powers of attorney as the Company may request.
6. Remedies Upon Drawdown Purchase Price Default. In the event that the Subscriber fails to pay all or any portion of the Drawdown Purchase Price due from the Subscriber on any Drawdown Date (such amount, together with the amount of the Subscriber’s Undrawn Commitment, a “Defaulted Commitment”) and such default remains uncured for a period of 30 days, then the Company shall be permitted to declare the Subscriber to be in default on its obligations under this Agreement (in such capacity, a “Defaulting Subscriber” and, collectively with any Other Subscribers declared to be in default, the “Defaulting Stockholders”) and shall be permitted to pursue one or any combination of the following remedies:
6.1. Participation in Future Drawdowns. The Company may prohibit the Defaulting Subscriber from purchasing additional Shares on any future Drawdown Date.
6.2. Forfeiture of Shares. 50% of the Shares then held by the Defaulting Subscriber may be automatically forfeited and transferred on the books of the Company to the Other Subscribers (other than any other Defaulting Stockholders), pro rata in accordance with their respective number of Shares held; provided that no Shares shall be transferred to any Other Subscriber pursuant to this Section 6.2 in the event that such transfer would (i) violate the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Investment Company Act or any state (or other jurisdiction) securities or “blue sky” laws applicable to the Company or such transfer, (ii) constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or (iii) cause all or any portion of the assets of the Company to constitute “plan assets” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (the “Default Remedy Limitations”) (it being understood that this proviso shall operate only to the extent necessary to avoid the occurrence of the consequences contemplated herein and shall not prevent any Other Subscriber from receiving a partial allocation of its pro rata portion of Shares); and provided, further, that any Shares that have not been transferred to one or more Other Subscribers pursuant to the previous proviso shall be allocated among the participating Other Subscribers pro rata in accordance with their respective number of Shares held, provided that the Company retains the right to make non-pro-rata transfers for any reason in the Company’s sole discretion, including, without limitation, if the Company determines that it is necessary or advisable in light of applicable legal, tax, regulatory and other considerations. The mechanism described in this Section 6.2 is intended to operate as a liquidated damage provision since the damage to the Company and the Other Subscribers resulting from a default by the Defaulting Subscriber is both significant and not easily susceptible to precise quantification. By entry into this Agreement, the Subscriber agrees to this Section 6.2 and acknowledges that the automatic transfer of 50% of its Shares constitutes a reasonable liquidated damages remedy for any default of the Subscriber’s obligations to fund a Drawdown Purchase Price.
9
6.3. Inability to Vote. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, the Defaulting Subscriber hereby makes, constitutes and appoints the Company with full power of substitution, its true and lawful proxy to exercise all voting and other rights of such Defaulting Subscriber with respect to the Shares, at every annual, special or adjourned meeting of the Stockholders of the Company and in every written consent in lieu of such meeting in exact proportion to the votes or consents cast by Stockholders other than Defaulting Stockholders or, in the absence of any such Stockholders, in the discretion of the proxy.
6.4. Other Remedies. The Company may pursue any other remedies against the Defaulting Subscriber available to the Company at law or in equity. No course of dealing between the Company and any Defaulting Stockholder and no delay in exercising any right, power or remedy conferred in this Section 6 or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise shall operate as a waiver or otherwise prejudice any such right, power or remedy. In addition to the foregoing, the Company may in its discretion institute a lawsuit against the Defaulting Subscriber for specific performance of its obligation to pay any Drawdown Purchase Price and any other payments to be made by the Defaulting Subscriber pursuant to this Agreement and to collect any overdue amounts hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Subscriber agrees (i) to pay on demand all costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of the Company in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement against the Subscriber sustained as a result of any default by the Subscriber and (ii) that any such payment shall not constitute payment of a Drawdown Purchase Price or reduce the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment.
The Subscriber agrees that this Section 6 is solely for the benefit of the Company and shall be interpreted by the Company against the Defaulting Subscriber in the discretion of the Company. The Subscriber further agrees that the Subscriber cannot and will not seek to enforce this Section 6 against the Company or any other investor in the Company.
10
7. Representations and Warranties of the Subscriber. The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator as follows:
7.1. Authorization of Purchase; etc. The Subscriber has the full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to subscribe for and purchase the Shares. The Subscriber, if the Subscriber is an individual, is at least 21 years of age; and if the Subscriber is not an individual the Subscriber is duly organized, formed or incorporated, as the case may be, and validly existing, and to the extent applicable, in good standing, under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, formation or incorporation. The Subscriber’s purchase of the Shares and its execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on its behalf, and this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Subscriber, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with their respective terms.
7.2. Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and the performance of the Subscriber’s obligations hereunder will not conflict with, or result in any violation of or default under, any provision of any charter, bylaws, trust agreement, partnership agreement or other governing instrument applicable to the Subscriber, or any agreement or other instrument to which the Subscriber is a party or by which the Subscriber or any of its properties are bound, or any permit, franchise, judgment, decree, statute, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Subscriber or any of the Subscriber’s business or properties.
7.3. The Memorandum, etc. The Subscriber has been furnished with a copy of the Memorandum, and has read it and understands the risks of, and the other considerations relating to, the purchase of the Shares, including, without limitation, the investment considerations set forth under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Conflicts of Interest” in the Memorandum. In addition, the Subscriber understands and acknowledges that the Company can borrow and the risks related to the leverage utilized within the Company, as described in the Memorandum. The Subscriber is purchasing the Shares relying solely on the information contained in the Memorandum, and not on any other statement or information (whether oral or written) with respect to the offering of Common Stock made by the Company, the Adviser, the Administrator or any officer, director, employee, owner, member, representative, agent, consultant or affiliate of any of them. Neither the Company nor any other person acting on the Company’s behalf offered to sell the Subscriber shares of Common Stock by means of any form of general solicitation or advertising, such as media advertising or public seminars.
7.4. Access to Information. The Subscriber has been provided an opportunity to ask questions of, and has received answers thereto satisfactory to the Subscriber from, the Company and its representatives regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of Common Stock, and the Subscriber has obtained all additional information requested by it of the Company and its representatives to verify the accuracy of all information furnished to the Subscriber regarding the offering of the interests. With respect to the tax, ERISA and other considerations related to this investment, the Subscriber has relied only on the advice of its own professional advisers.
11
7.5. Evaluation of and Ability to Bear Risks. The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial affairs that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of purchasing the Shares. The Subscriber has previously invested in private placement securities and is familiar with the characteristics and risks associated with such investments. The Subscriber’s financial and cash liquidity situation is such that it can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Shares for an indefinite period of time, and can afford to suffer the complete loss of the Subscriber’s entire investment in the Shares.
7.6. Purchase for Investment. The Subscriber is acquiring the Shares for its own account or for a separate account maintained by it or for the account of a single pension or trust fund, in each case for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of all or any part of the Shares, and Subscriber does not have any contract, undertaking or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant a participation with respect to the Shares and no one other than the Subscriber has any interest in or any right to acquire the Shares. The Subscriber hereby agrees that it will not, directly or indirectly, transfer all or any part of the Shares (or solicit any offers to acquire all or any part of the Shares) except in accordance with (a) the registration provisions of the Securities Act, and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration provisions, and (b) any applicable non-U.S. securities laws. The Subscriber understands that it must bear the economic risk of an investment in the Shares for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the offering and sale of the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Shares cannot be sold unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available. In addition, the Subscriber acknowledges that, to the extent the Company has an IPO or Exchange Listing, it will be subject to a lock-up period (the “Lock-up Period”) for the transfer of Shares that will extend up to six months following an IPO or Exchange Listing. Prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, the Subscriber may not transfer its Shares or its Capital Commitments. The Subscriber also understands that transfers of the Shares may be restricted by applicable non-U.S. securities laws.
7.7. Certain ERISA Matters. If the Shares are being acquired for the account of a pension plan or trust fund, the Subscriber represents that the person making the decision to acquire Shares and executing this Agreement on behalf of the Subscriber is a trustee, a named fiduciary or a duly appointed “investment manager” (within the meaning of Section 3(38) of ERISA) with respect to the Subscriber, or in the case of a pension plan that is not subject to ERISA, is acting as duly authorized by and consistent with the requirements of applicable local law and the plan’s governing documents, and, in either case, has final investment discretion with respect to the acquisition of the Shares, and the determination and decision on the Subscriber’s behalf to purchase the Shares for such pension or trust fund is being made by the same individual or group of individuals who customarily pass on such investments.
12
The Subscriber acknowledges that it is currently intended that the assets of the Company will not be treated as plan assets (i.e., less than 25% of each class of the Company’s equity interests will be held by Benefit Plan Investors, as defined below) and that the Company’s authority to redeem or transfer any Shares includes the authority to require the redemption or transfer of all or some of the Shares held by any Benefit Plan Investor or any other stockholder if the continued holding of such Shares, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, could result in the Company being subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or similar law. Further, the Subscriber hereby acknowledges and agrees that, at any time when the assets of the Company are not deemed to be plan assets, the Adviser is not a “fiduciary” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code with respect to any assets of the Subscriber invested in the Company.
If the Shares are being acquired with the assets of a “benefit plan investor” within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA, which includes (i) any “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA that is subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, (ii) any “plan” as defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, and (iii) any entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA) by reason of investment by plans described in clause (i) or (ii) in the entity, the Subscriber represents that (a) such acquisition has been duly authorized under and is permitted by the governing documents of such Benefit Plan Investor, including any applicable investment guidelines, (b) the acquisition and the subsequent holding of the Shares do not and will not violate ERISA or constitute a “prohibited transaction” (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) that is not subject to a statutory or administrative exemption; (c) the plan on whose behalf the acquisition is being made does not permit its beneficiaries or participants to make investment decisions with respect to amounts contributed to such plan by such beneficiaries or participants or on their behalf or amounts allocated to them under such plan; (d) neither the Adviser, the Company nor any affiliate thereof has rendered any “investment advice” within the meaning of Section 3(21)(A)(ii) of ERISA or acted in a “fiduciary” capacity in connection with the Subscriber’s acquisition of the Shares; and (e) the Subscriber (i) has been informed of and understands the investment objectives and policies of, and the investment strategies that may be pursued by, the Company, (ii) is aware of the provisions of Section 404 of ERISA relating to the requirement for investment prudence and diversification of the assets of an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA, (iii) has given appropriate consideration to the facts and circumstances relevant to the investment in the Company and has determined that such investment is consistent with the requirements of Section 404 of ERISA and (iv) will be solely responsible for ensuring that such investment continues to comply with the diversification requirements of such Section 404. If the Subscriber is an IRA, the Subscriber has executed the Additional Representation with Respect to Investment for an IRA and the trustee or custodian has executed the corresponding acknowledgement, in each case, contained in Exhibit H.
If the Shares are being acquired with the assets of an entity subject to any other law which is, to a material extent, similar to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, the Subscriber represents that: (a) such acquisition is duly authorized, (b) the acquisition and subsequent holding of the Shares do not and will not be prohibited by any such law; (c) any plan on whose behalf the acquisition is being made does not permit its beneficiaries or participants to make investment decisions with respect to amounts contributed to such plan by such beneficiaries or participants or on their behalf or amounts allocated to them under such plan; (d) such acquisition will not cause the assets of the Company to be subject to any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law or regulation that is similar to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and (e) the Subscriber (i) has been informed of and understands the investment objectives and policies of, and the investment strategies that may be pursued by, the Company, (ii) has given appropriate consideration to the facts and circumstances relevant to the investment in the Company and has determined that such investment complies with any applicable legal requirements and (iii) will be solely responsible for ensuring that such investment continues to so comply.
13
7.8. Certain Tax Matters. The Subscriber agrees, represents and warrants that: (i) the Subscriber is purchasing the Shares for its own account and is the sole beneficial owner thereof for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (ii) the Subscriber is not a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes; (iii) either (1) the Subscriber is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a partnership, trust, estate or “S Corporation” as defined in the Code (in each case a “Pass-Through Entity”), or (2) the Subscriber is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a Pass-Through Entity, and within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (A) it is not a principal purpose of the use of the tiered arrangement involving the Subscriber to permit the Company to satisfy the 100-partner limitation described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(1)(ii) and (B) at no time during the term of the Company will substantially all of the value of a beneficial owner’s interest in the Subscriber (directly or indirectly) be attributable to the Subscriber’s ownership of the Shares; and (iv) the Subscriber has not transferred and will not transfer the Shares on or through (x) an established securities market or (y) a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, all within the meaning of Section 7704(b) of the Code.
The Subscriber understands that the Company intends to file or has filed an election to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act and intends to elect or has elected to be treated as a “regulated investment company” within the meaning of Section 851 of the Code for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Pursuant to these elections, the Subscriber shall be required to furnish certain information to the Company as required under U.S. Treasury Regulation §1.852-6(a) and other regulations. If the Subscriber is unable or refuses to provide such information directly to the Company, the Subscriber understands that it shall be required to include additional information on its income tax return as provided in U.S. Treasury Regulation § 1.852-7.
7.9. Investor Qualification Statement. The answers, statements and information set forth in the Investor Qualification Statement attached hereto as Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable, the Plan Asset Questionnaire attached hereto as Exhibit C, the New Issues Questionnaire attached hereto as Exhibit D, the Anti-Money Laundering Supplement attached hereto as Exhibit E, and the Questionnaire Regarding Status of Subscribers Under Rule 506(d) of Regulation D attached here to as Exhibit G which have been completed and delivered by the Subscriber as part of this Agreement, are true, correct and complete, and the Subscriber agrees to notify the Company immediately upon becoming aware that any of the answers, statements or information contained therein or elsewhere in this Agreement were untrue at the time they were made. The Subscriber hereby represents, warrants and agrees that it has completed each of Exhibit A through Exhibit G, unless in the case of Exhibit A or Exhibit B, such Exhibit is not applicable to the Subscriber. If the subscription is not accepted, payment, if any, will be returned without deduction or interest.
14
The Subscriber understands that, based in part on the representations and warranties of the Subscriber, (i) the offering and sale of the Shares will not be registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any U.S. state or other jurisdiction. The Subscriber represents and warrants that it is an “accredited investor,” as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act. The Subscriber is, with respect to the Company, one person within the meaning of Rule 12g5-1 under the Exchange Act. The Subscriber’s form of holding its interest in the Company is not used primarily to circumvent the provisions of Section 12(g) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
The Subscriber is not subject to any conviction, order, judgment, decree, suspension, expulsion, bar, injunction, investigation or proceeding, and has not filed or been named in a registration statement or Regulation A offering statement, such that the Company (i) would be unable to rely on Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act or (ii) would be required to make disclosures under Rule 506(d) or 506(e) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, in each case assuming the Subscriber were to own, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding voting equity securities of the Company, calculated on the basis of (1) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such securities; and/or (2) investment power, which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such securities (a “Rule 506 Bad Actor”).
If at any time during the term of the Company the Subscriber is no longer in compliance with any of its representations, warranties and acknowledgments contained herein (including, without limitation, the answers, statements and information set forth in this paragraph, in the Subscriber’s Investor Qualification Statement, Plan Asset Questionnaire, New Issues Questionnaire, Anti-Money Laundering Supplement, Questionnaire Regarding Status of Subscribers Under Rule 506(d) of Regulation D, or any tax-related form or representation provided to the Company), the Subscriber shall so advise the Company promptly in writing.
In the event any tax-related form previously provided by the Subscriber becomes incorrect or obsolete, the Subscriber will promptly inform the Company and execute and deliver to the Company updated applicable forms. The Subscriber acknowledges that the Company is relying on the information, statements and responses set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Investor Qualification Statement, the Plan Asset Questionnaire, the New Issues Questionnaire, Anti-Money Laundering Supplement and Questionnaire Regarding Status of Subscribers Under Rule 506(d) of Regulation D attached hereto) in deciding whether to accept the Subscriber’s subscription for the Shares and will continue to rely on such information, statements and responses on an on-going basis in managing the investments and affairs of the Company.
15
7.10. Additional Information. The Subscriber (i) acknowledges that in view of developments in the law and applicable regulations, or other circumstances, the Company, the Administrator or the Adviser may require additional information from the Company’s stockholders to facilitate or confirm compliance with or qualification for an exemption from the requirements of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, or any applicable similar law, and (ii) agrees to provide additional information and representations reasonably requested by the Company, the Administrator or the Adviser from time to time to determine whether the assets of the Company include assets subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code or any similar law and in order to comply with such laws, all as determined by the Company. The Subscriber acknowledges that the Company, the Administrator, and the Adviser will rely on the information and representations given by the Subscriber, including those set forth herein and those that may hereafter be given, in determining whether assets of the Company include assets subject to ERISA, Section 4975 of the Code, or any similar law and in complying with such laws.
7.11. Certain Foreign Investor Matters.
(a) | The Subscriber understands and acknowledges that the Company has taken reasonable steps to comply with the law and practice governing the marketing and offering of fund interests and/or securities in the Subscriber’s home jurisdiction (the “Jurisdiction”) which may be relevant to the offering of the Shares. The Subscriber has taken professional advice to confirm or is otherwise satisfied that there is no rule of law and/or practice in the Jurisdiction (a) that would preclude the Subscriber from participating in the offering of the Shares and subscribing for Shares and (b) to the reasonable knowledge of the Subscriber, with which the Company has not complied to enable it to market and offer the Shares to the Subscriber lawfully or otherwise give the Subscriber the right to (i) claim rescission from, (ii) claim any award for damages with respect to or (iii) seek any similar remedies with respect to this Agreement or any other agreement relating to the Company. |
16
(b) | The Subscriber is not purchasing the Shares via a “public offering” as defined in paragraph 1 of Article 7 of the R.O.C. Securities and Exchange Act, or general advertising in Taiwan, Republic of China (“R.O.C.”) or in any other jurisdiction, and none of the Subscriber’s funding sources is within the territory of Taiwan, R.O.C., and the Subscriber specifically represents and warrants to the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator that (1) it has a pre-existing relationship with the Company, the Adviser, and/or any officer, director, employee, owner, member, representative, agent, consultant or affiliate of any of them (the “Group”), (2) it has received information relating to the sale of the Shares solely as a result of the Subscriber’s own requests for such information, (3) the Subscriber has not been solicited or contacted by any of the Group through any general advertising or public inducement by means of public announcement, advertisement, broadcast, video/teletext, internet advertising, letter, telephone calls, presentation, seminars or other public communications and (4) the Subscriber has not been introduced by any third party in relation to the sale of the Shares where such third party has engaged in the activities described in (1) – (3) above. The Subscriber represents and warrants that it is a qualified investor under the ruling issued by the Republic of China Securities and Futures Bureau, Financial Supervisory Commission under the Securities Investment Trust and Consulting Act and the Rules Governing Offshore Funds. The Subscriber represents and warrants that, to the extent applicable, it has complied with all applicable foreign investment and foreign exchange laws and regulations of Taiwan in connection with its investment in the Company, and will comply with any and all reporting requirements to be made after its investment in the Company after the date hereof, to the extent necessary. |
7.12. Regulation S Matters. If the Subscriber has indicated in response to Part IV in Exhibit A or Part VII in Exhibit B that it is not a “U.S. Person/Resident” (as set forth in Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act (as modified by related guidance of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission) and defined below), then the Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Company and the Adviser as follows:
(a) | The Subscriber is not, and is not acquiring the Shares for the account of or benefit of, directly or indirectly, a “U.S. Person/Resident” as defined in Part IV in Exhibit A and Part VII in Exhibit B. |
(b) | The Subscriber is acquiring the Shares as principal for investment only and not with a view to, or for, resale, distribution or fractionalization or syndication thereof, in whole or in part, and, in particular, it has no intention to distribute either directly or indirectly any of the Shares in the United States (as defined in Regulation S) or to “U.S. Persons/Residents” (as defined in Part IV in Exhibit A and Part VII in Exhibit B). |
(c) | The offer of the Shares was not made to the Subscriber in the United States and was made pursuant to an “offshore transaction” (as defined in Regulation S), including that it has both received the Memorandum, and any supplements or amendments thereto, and executed this Agreement outside the United States (as defined in Regulation S). |
(d) | The Subscriber has not acquired the Shares as a result of, and will not itself engage in, any “directed selling efforts” (as defined in Regulation S) in the United States in respect of any of the Shares which would include any activities undertaken for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, conditioning the market in the United States for the resale of any of the Shares. |
17
(e) | The Subscriber agrees only to resell or otherwise transfer its Shares in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S, pursuant to registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption from registration, and agrees that the Company may refuse any transfer of Shares not made in accordance with Regulation S. |
(f) | The Subscriber agrees not to engage in hedging transactions with regard to the Shares unless in compliance with the Securities Act. |
7.13. Bank Holding Company Act Matters. Each Subscriber represents and warrants that except as indicated in Part IX(a) in Exhibit B it is not (and is not subscribing for the benefit of) (i) a bank holding company, a savings and loan holding company, a non-U.S. bank subject to the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), pursuant to the U.S. International Banking Act of 1978, as amended, or (ii) an “affiliate” as defined in the BHC Act or Regulation Y promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“BHC Affiliate”) of any such bank holding company, savings and loan holding company or non-U.S. bank (each, a “BHC Partner”). Each BHC Partner and BHC Affiliate represents and warrants that it is eligible to invest in the Company under the BHC Act.
8. Privacy Statement/Certain Dislosures. The Subscriber acknowledges receipt of the Privacy Statement attached hereto as Appendix I. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that in connection with the services provided to the Company, its personal data may be transferred and/or stored in various jurisdictions in which the Company, the Adviser, the Administrator and/or each of their affiliates have a presence, including to jurisdictions that may not offer a level of personal data protection equivalent to the Subscriber’s country of residence. Furthermore, the Subscriber agrees that the Company, the Administrator or the Adviser may disclose the Subscriber’s personal data to each other, to any affiliate, to any other service provider to the Company (including banks and/or brokers of the Company), to any investment vehicle (including its administrator) that the Company may invest or to any regulatory body in any applicable jurisdiction to which any of the Company, the Administrator and/or the Adviser is or may be subject. This includes copies of the Subscriber’s subscription application/documents and any information concerning the Subscriber in their respective possession, whether provided by the Subscriber to the Company, the Administrator and/or the Adviser or otherwise, including details of the Subscriber’s holdings in the Company, historical and pending transactions in the Company’s Shares and the values thereof, the Subscriber’s identity to other prospective investors or existing investors in the Company or other funds or accounts sponsored by the Company, the Adviser or their affiliates and may also disclose the Subscriber’s identity and such other information regarding the Subscriber to the placement agent or its affiliates and as otherwise required or permitted by applicable law or regulation. Any such disclosure, use, storage or transfer shall not be treated as a breach of any restriction upon the disclosure, use, storage or transfer of information imposed on any such person by law or otherwise.
18
9. Anti-Money Laundering Provisions. The Subscriber hereby acknowledges the Company’s intention to comply with all applicable economic sanctions and laws concerning money laundering, terrorism and related activities, including, without limitation, the applicable provisions of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, as amended (“PATRIOT Act”). In furtherance of such efforts, the Subscriber hereby represents, warrants, and agrees that, to the best of the Subscriber’s knowledge based on reasonable diligence and investigation:
(a) none of the Subscriber’s past or future capital contributions to the Company to purchase Shares have been or shall be derived from money laundering or other activities deemed illegal under U.S. or other applicable laws and regulations;
(b) none of the Subscriber’s past or future capital contributions to the Company will cause the Company, the Adviser or any of their personnel to be in violation of applicable economic sanctions or anti-money laundering laws, including without limitation the United States Bank Secrecy Act (31 U.S.C. § 5311, et seq.), the United States Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 or the International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001, and any regulations promulgated thereunder;
(c) the Subscriber is not and none of its beneficial owners, controllers, controlled persons or authorised persons (“Related Persons”), is, in the case of each of the foregoing, an individual, entity, country or territory: (i) named on any list of sanctioned entities or individuals maintained by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) or pursuant to European Union (“EU”) and/or United Kingdom (“UK”) Regulations (as the latter are extended to the Cayman Islands by Statutory Instrument), (ii) ordinarily resident, organized, operationally based or domiciled in a country or territory in relation to which sanctions imposed by the United Nations, OFAC, the EU and/or the UK apply, or (iii) otherwise subject to sanctions imposed by the United Nations, OFAC, the EU or the UK (including as the latter are extended to the Cayman Islands by Statutory Instrument) (collectively, a “Sanctions Subject”). The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that (i) should the Subscriber or a Related Person be, or become at any time during its investment in the Company, a Sanctions Subject, the Company or its duly authorised delegate may immediately and without notice to the Subscriber cease any further dealings with the Subscriber and/or the Subscriber’s interest in the Company until the Subscriber ceases to be a Sanctions Subject or a licence is obtained under applicable law to continue such dealings (a “Sanctioned Persons Event”), and (ii) the Company, the Administrator and the Adviser shall have no liability whatsoever for any liabilities, costs, expenses, damages and/or losses (including but not limited to any direct, indirect or consequential losses, loss of profit, loss of revenue, loss of reputation and all interest, penalties and legal costs and all other professional costs and expenses) incurred by the Subscriber as a result of a Sanctioned Persons Event;
(d) if Subscriber is acting as an agent, trustee, representative, intermediary, nominee, or in a similar capacity on behalf of any other person or entity, nominee account or beneficial owner, whether a natural person or entity (each, an “Underlying Beneficial Owner”), Subscriber understands and acknowledges that the representations, warranties and agreements made herein are made by Subscriber: (i) with respect to Subscriber; and (ii) with respect to the Underlying Beneficial Owner. Subscriber represents and warrants that it has all requisite power and authority from said Underlying Beneficial Owner to execute and perform the obligations under this Agreement; and
19
(e) the Subscriber will immediately notify the Company if Subscriber is or Subscriber knows, or has reason to suspect, that one of the Subscriber’s underlying beneficial owners is:
(1) a Prohibited Subscriber;1
(2) a Senior Foreign Political Figure,2 any member of a Senior Foreign Political Figure’s “immediate family,” which includes the figure’s parents, siblings, spouse, children and in-laws, or any Close Associate3 of a Senior Foreign Political Figure, or a person or entity resident in, or organized or chartered under the laws of, a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction;4
(3) a person or entity resident in, or organized or chartered under the laws of, a jurisdiction that has been designated by the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury under Section 311 or 312 of the PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns; or
(4) a person or entity who gives Subscriber reason to believe that its funds originate from, or will be or have been routed through, an account maintained at a Shell Bank,5 a Foreign Shell Bank,6 an “offshore bank,” or a bank organized or chartered under the laws of a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction.
1 “Prohibited Subscriber” shall mean (i) a person or entity whose name appears on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (“SDN List”) maintained by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”); (ii) entities majority owned by persons on the SDN List; (iii) individuals, entities, or government agencies of a country targeted by OFAC comprehensive country-based sanctions (currently, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, or Crimea); or (iv) a person or entity whose name appears on one or more lists of prohibited or restricted persons and entities maintained by other governmental authorities or as may be provided to the Company in connection therewith.
2 “Senior Foreign Political Figure” shall mean a current or former senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military or judicial branches of a foreign government (whether elected or not), a senior official of a major foreign political party, or a senior executive of a foreign government-owned corporation. In addition, a Senior Foreign Political Figure includes any corporation, business or other entity that has been formed by, or for the benefit of, a Senior Foreign Political Figure.
3 “Close Associate” shall mean a person who is widely and publicly known internationally to maintain an unusually close relationship with a Senior Foreign Political Figure, and includes a person who is in a position to conduct substantial domestic and international financial transactions on behalf of the Senior Foreign Political Figure.
4 “Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction” shall mean any foreign country that has been designated as non-cooperative with international anti-money laundering principles or procedures by an intergovernmental group or organization, such as the Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering, of which the U.S. is a member and with which designation the U.S. representative to the group or organization continues to concur.
20
When requested by the Company, the Subscriber will provide any and all additional information or documentation that the Company deems necessary to ensure compliance with all applicable economic sanctions and laws and regulations concerning money laundering and similar activities. The Company may request additional documentation and information to verify the identity of the Subscriber, and where applicable and required, the Subscriber’s beneficial owners, controlling persons, authority persons, and intermediaries. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company may not accept this subscription until such time as the Company has received and is satisfied with all the information and documentation requested to verify the Subscriber’s identity.
The Subscriber shall promptly notify the Company in the event that any of the foregoing representations ceases to be true and accurate. The Subscriber understands and agrees that if at any time it is discovered that any of the foregoing representations are incorrect, or if otherwise required by applicable laws or regulations, the Company may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, undertake appropriate actions, and the Subscriber agrees to cooperate with such actions, to ensure continued compliance with applicable laws or regulations, including, but not limited to, freezing, segregating or requiring the Subscriber to withdraw the Subscriber’s Shares in the Company. The Subscriber further understands and agrees that the Company, the Adviser and/or the Administrator may release confidential information about the Subscriber (and, if applicable, any underlying beneficial owners of the Subscriber) to appropriate authorities if the Company, the Adviser, and/or the Administrator, each in its sole discretion, determines that it is in the Company’s, the Adviser’s and/or the Administrator’s best interests to do so in light of applicable laws and regulations.
10. Further Assurances. The Subscriber will provide the Company with such information, documentation and representations (as well as any revised applicable tax-related forms) as it may reasonably request from time to time including, without limitation, with respect to its citizenship, residency, ownership or control so as to permit the Company to evaluate and comply with any legal, regulatory and tax requirements applicable to the Company, the Subscriber’s investment in the Company or any of the portfolio investments (or proposed portfolio investments) to be made by the Company.
5 “Shell Bank” means any institution that accepts currency for deposit and that (a) has no physical presence in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or in which it is operating, as the case may be, and (b) is unaffiliated with a regulated financial group that is subject to consolidated supervision.
6 “Foreign Shell Bank” shall mean a Foreign Bank without a Physical Presence in any country, but does not include a Regulated Affiliate.
A “Foreign Bank” shall mean an organization that (i) is organized under the laws of a foreign country, (ii) engages in the business of banking, (iii) is recognized as a bank by the bank supervisory or monetary authority of the country of its organization or principal banking operations, (iv) receives deposits to a substantial extent in the regular course of its business, and (v) has the power to accept demand deposits, but does not include the U.S. branches or agencies of a foreign bank.
“Physical Presence” shall mean a place of business that is maintained by a Foreign Bank and is located at a fixed address, other than solely a post office box or an electronic address, in a country in which the Foreign Bank is authorized to conduct banking activities, at which location the Foreign Bank (i) employs one or more individuals on a full-time basis, (ii) maintains operating records related to its banking activities, and (iii) is subject to inspection by the banking authority that licensed the Foreign Bank to conduct banking activities.
“Regulated Affiliate” shall mean a Foreign Shell Bank that (i) is an affiliate of a depository institution, credit union or Foreign Bank that maintains a Physical Presence in the U.S. or a foreign country regulating such affiliated depository institution, credit union or Foreign Bank.
21
11. Instructions.
(a) The Subscriber hereby authorizes and instructs the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator to accept and execute any instruction, notice, consent or other request (collectively, “Instructions”) in respect of the Shares to which this Agreement relates given by the Subscriber in written form, by facsimile or by other electronic means. The Subscriber agrees to keep each of the Company, the Administrator and the Adviser indemnified against any loss of any nature whatsoever arising to any of them as a result of any of them acting upon Instructions submitted by facsimile or by other electronic means. The Company, the Administrator and the Adviser may rely conclusively upon and shall incur no liability whatsoever including, without limitation, any losses (whether direct, indirect, consequential, in contract, tort, or otherwise) in respect of any loss arising from (i) the non-receipt of any Instructions relating to the Shares of the Subscriber delivered by facsimile or other electronic means or (ii) any action taken upon any Instructions or other instrument believed in good faith to be genuine or to be signed by properly authorized persons on behalf of the Subscriber.
(b) If the Subscriber elects at any time to provide an Instruction to the Company or the Adviser or the Administrator on its behalf (including Instructions relating to subscription, contact updates or otherwise) using electronic or digital signature technology (“E-signature”), whether it is a computer generated signature, an electronic copy of the Subscriber’s true ink signature or otherwise, the Subscriber authorizes and instructs the Administrator, the Adviser, the Company and its agents to accept and execute any and all such Instructions which are provided using an E-signature. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that any Instruction provided to the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator on its behalf using an E-signature shall be treated by the Company, the Adviser and the Administrator as valid and binding as the Subscriber’s true ink signature. If Instructions are provided by the Subscriber at any time using an E-signature, the Subscriber agrees to keep each of the Company, the Adviser, and the Administrator indemnified against any loss of any nature whatsoever arising to any of them as a result of any of them acting upon Instructions provided using an E-signature. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the Company, the Adviser, and the Administrator may rely conclusively upon and shall incur no liability whatsoever including, without limitation, any losses (whether direct, indirect, consequential, in contract, tort, or otherwise) arising in respect of any action taken or omitted to be taken upon any Instructions provided using an E-signature believed in good faith to be genuine or to be signed by properly authorized persons on behalf of the Subscriber. The foregoing shall not obligate the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator to process Instructions executed by E-signature. The Company, the Adviser and/or the Administrator may decline to act on any E-signature instruction in their absolute discretion, and intend to do so particularly in circumstances where the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator are unable to verify whether an Instruction has been provided by a party authorized to give Instructions on behalf of the Subscriber. If any Instruction is submitted by the Subscriber and not acknowledged by the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, it is the Subscriber’s obligation to contact the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator to confirm receipt.
22
12. Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any provision hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Subscriber and the Company.
13. Amendments and Alterations by Subscriber. The Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that any notations, alterations, strike-outs, addenda, inserts or verbiage purporting to amend the terms of this Agreement shall not be effective unless explicitly agreed to by the Company or its agents. Absent explicit agreement, the issuance of a capital call notice shall not be construed as the Company’s acceptance or agreement to any such purported amendments.
14. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnity. The Subscriber (a) acknowledges that the Company, the Administrator and the Adviser (as well as their officers, directors, employees, owners, members, counsel, representatives, agents, consultants and affiliates) are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement and are relying on the representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements of the Subscriber contained herein (including, without limitation, the answers, statements and information set forth in the Subscriber’s Investor Qualification Statement), and (b) unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company, agrees to indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of them and their agents, representatives, officers, directors, employees, owners, members and affiliates against any and all claims, demands, losses, damages, costs and expenses whatsoever arising as a result of, or in connection with, any breach by the Subscriber of any such representations, warranties, acknowledgments or agreements or the inaccuracy of any information provided by the Subscriber, whether contained in this Agreement or otherwise.
15. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
16. Applicable Law and Related Matters. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL BE INTERPRETED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE. THE SUBSCRIBER HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY RIGHT TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN.
17. Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof.
18. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and there are no representations, covenants or other agreements except as stated or referred to herein.
19. Severability. Each provision of this Agreement shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Agreement that are valid, enforceable and legal.
23
20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute a single instrument.
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
24
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Subscriber has executed this Agreement for the purchase of the Shares as of this ____ day of _______________, 2020.
Requested Capital Commitment $_______________________.
Subscribers who are Individuals | Subscribers other than Individuals | ||
Name of Subscriber | Name of Subscriber | ||
By: | |||
Signature | Signature | ||
Name of Subscriber
(joint owner, if applicable) |
Name of Signatory | ||
Signature (joint owner, if applicable) | Title of Signatory |
Distribution Reinvestment Plan
Stockholders may elect to “opt out” of the Company’s Distribution Reinvestment Plan and receive their distributions in cash by checking the box below. Stockholders who do not make such an election will have their distributions automatically reinvestment in additional Shares as described in the Memorandum.
¨ Opt out of the Company’s Distribution Reinvestment Plan to receive distributions in cash.
The foregoing Agreement is hereby agreed to and accepted by or on behalf of the Company as of the ___ day of ___________, 20___ for the Capital Commitment set forth below.
Capital Commitment $_______________________.
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
EXHIBIT A
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
INVESTOR QUALIFICATION STATEMENT FOR INDIVIDUALS
(or the alter-ego of an individual such as an IRA or a revocable grantor trust)
Note: If you are not a natural person or alter-ego of a natural person (i.e., a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other entity), please complete Exhibit B.
Part I. | General Information |
(a) | Full Name of the Subscriber: |
(b) | Current Residential Address: | |||
Citizenship: |
Occupation: | ||||
Name of Employer: | ||||
Business Address: | ||||
(c) | Primary Contact Person |
Name: | ||||
Address: | ||||
Telephone Number: | ||||
Facsimile Number: | ||||
Email Address: |
Preferred Method of Communication: ¨ Email ¨ Facsimile ¨ Postal Mail
A-1
(d) | Contact Person Responsible for Drawdown Purchases (if different from Primary Contact above) |
Name: | ||||
Address: | ||||
Telephone Number: | ||||
Facsimile Number: | ||||
Email Address: |
Preferred Method of Communication: ¨ Email ¨ Facsimile ¨ Postal Mail
A-2
(e) Electronic Delivery of Reports and Other Communications
Subject to your consent below, at its discretion, the Company, the Adviser and/or the Administrator, acting on their behalf, may provide to the Subscriber (or its designated agents) statements, reports and other communications relating to the Company and/or your investment in the Company, in electronic form, such as e-mail, or via a password protected website in addition to or in lieu of sending such communications as hard copies via fax or mail. Please note that e-mail messages and websites are not secure and may contain computer viruses or other defects, may not be accurately replicated on other systems, or may be intercepted, deleted or interfered with without the knowledge of the sender or the intended recipient. None of the Company, the Adviser or Administrator may make any warranties in relation to these matters. Please note that the Company, the Adviser and Administrator reserve the right to intercept, monitor and retain e-mail or website messages to and from its systems as permitted by applicable law. If you have any doubts about the authenticity of an e-mail or web message purportedly sent by the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, you would be required to contact the purported sender immediately.
Do you consent to the sending of such statements, reports and other communications regarding the Company and Subscriber’s investment in the Company (including, but not limited to, net asset value information, current and future account statements, Company documents (including all supplements and amendments thereto), letters to investors, regulatory communications, tax forms, subscription and withdrawal activity, annual and other updates of the Company’s privacy policies and procedures and audited financial statements) via e-mail or password protected website in lieu of receiving mail and fax transmissions? (Note that in order to revoke this consent you must notify the Company in writing).
Yes No
(f) |
U.S. Social Security or
Taxpayer Identification Number: |
__________________________________ |
A-3
(g) | The Subscriber’s Bank Account (into which amounts in respect of distributions and other payments from the Company to the Subscriber will be paid) |
Name of Financial
Institution: |
__________________________________ | |||
ABA No./SWIFT No. | __________________________________ | |||
Address: | __________________________________ | |||
__________________________________ | ||||
Telephone Number: | __________________________________ | |||
Facsimile Number: | __________________________________ | |||
Name of Account
Representative: |
__________________________________ | |||
For Account of: | __________________________________ | |||
Account Number: | __________________________________ | |||
For Further Credit | ||||
Account of: | __________________________________ | |||
For Further Credit | ||||
Account Number: | __________________________________ |
A-4
Part II. | Accredited Investor Status |
Please indicate with an “X” the manner in which the Subscriber qualifies as an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):
______ | (a) | a natural person (or the alter-ego of a natural person) whose individual net worth7 (or joint net worth with such person’s spouse) exceeds $1,000,000; or |
______ | (b) | a natural person (or the alter-ego of a natural person) who had an individual income8 in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years and who reasonably expects to have an individual income in excess of $200,000 in the current year or who had joint income9 in excess of $300,000 in each of the two most recent years and who reasonably expects to have joint income in excess of $300,000 in the current year. |
7 For purposes of this item, “net worth” means the excess of total assets at fair market value over total liabilities. For purposes of calculating “net worth”: (i) the individual’s primary residence shall not be included as an asset; (ii) indebtedness that is secured by the individual’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of Subscriber’s subscription for the limited partner interests hereunder, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of such subscription exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (iii) indebtedness that is secured by the individual’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the purchase of the limited partner interests shall be included as a liability.
8 For purposes of this item, “individual income” means adjusted gross income as reported for U.S. federal income tax purposes, less any income attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse, increased by the following amounts (but not including any amounts attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse): (i) the amount of any interest income received that is tax-exempt under Section 103 of the Code, (ii) the amount of losses claimed as a limited partner in a limited partnership (as reported on Schedule E of IRS Form 1040), (iii) any deduction claimed for depletion under Section 611 et seq. of the Code, and (iv) any amount by which income from long-term capital gains has been reduced in arriving at adjusted gross income pursuant to the provisions of Section 1202 of the Code prior to its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.
9 For purposes of this item, “joint income” means adjusted gross income as reported for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including any income attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse, increased by the following amounts (including any amounts attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse): (i) the amount of any interest income received that is tax-exempt under Section 103 of the Code; (ii) the amount of losses claimed as a limited partner in a limited partnership (as reported on Schedule E of IRS Form 1040); (iii) any deduction claimed for depletion under Section 611 et seq. of the Code; and (iv) any amount by which income from long-term capital gains has been reduced in arriving at adjusted gross income pursuant to the provisions of Section 1202 of the Code prior to its repeal by the Tax Reform Act of 1986.
A-5
Part III. | Tax Matters |
(a) Indicate the annual date on which the Subscriber’s taxable year ends: ________________________
(b)(1) Is the undersigned a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code?
Yes No
(b)(2) If the answer to the question in (b)(1) above is “Yes,” the Subscriber has delivered to the Company a properly executed original copy of Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9, or any successor form (“Form W-9”) available on the IRS’s website at www.irs.gov.
(b)(3) If the answer to the question in (b)(1) above is “No,” the Subscriber has delivered to the Company a properly executed original copy of the appropriate IRS Form W-8 (W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8IMY, W-8ECI or W-8EXP), or any successor form (“Form W-8”), available on the IRS’s website at www.irs.gov.
A-6
Part IV. | U.S. Person/Resident |
¨ | The Subscriber is a U.S. Person/Resident.10 |
¨ | The Subscriber is NOT a U.S. Person/Resident. |
10 The term “U.S. Person/Resident” means any person who is a “U.S. person” as set forth in Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act (as modified by related guidance of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission).
Each of the following is a “U.S. person” under Regulation S (as modified by related guidance): (1) any natural person resident in the United States; (2) any natural person who is only temporarily residing outside the United States; (3) any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States; (4) any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person; (5) any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person; (6) any agency or branch of a non-U.S. entity located in the United States; (7) any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person; (8) any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; (9) any account of a U.S. person over which a non-U.S. fiduciary has investment discretion or any entity, which, in either case, is being used to circumvent the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act; (10) any employee benefit or pension plan that does not have as its participants or beneficiaries persons substantially all of whom are not U.S. persons; and (11) any partnership or corporation if (i) organized or incorporated under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction and (ii) formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Securities Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts. Terms used in this Part VII have the meanings given to them in Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Notwithstanding the above, “U.S. person” under Regulation S and related guidance does not include: (1) any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a non-U.S. person by a dealer or other professional fiduciary organized, incorporated or, if an individual, resident in the United States; (2) any estate of which any professional fiduciary acting as executor or administrator is a U.S. person if (i) an executor or administrator of the estate who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate and (ii) the estate is governed by non-U.S. law; (3) any trust of which any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a U.S. person if a trustee who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a U.S. person; (4) an employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States and customary practices and documentation of such country; (5) any agency or branch of a U.S. person located outside the United States if (i) the agency or branch operates for valid business reasons and (ii) the agency or branch is engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the jurisdiction where located; or (6) the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.
A-7
EXHIBIT B
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
INVESTOR QUALIFICATION STATEMENT FOR ENTITIES
Note: If you are a natural person (i.e., an individual) or alter-ego of a natural person, please complete Exhibit A.
Part I. | General Information |
(a) | Full Name of the Subscriber: |
(b) | Legal Form of Entity: |
Jurisdiction of Organization: | ||||
Year Organized: | ||||
Location of Principal
Place of Business: |
||||
(c) | Primary Contact Person |
Name: | |||
Address: | |||
Telephone Number: | |||
Facsimile Number: | |||
Email Address: |
Preferred Method of Communication: ¨ Email ¨ Facsimile ¨ Postal Mail
B-1
(d) | Contact Person Responsible for Drawdown Purchases (if different from Primary Contact above) |
Name: | |||
Address: | |||
Telephone Number: | |||
Facsimile Number: | |||
Email Address: |
Preferred Method of Communication: ¨ Email ¨ Facsimile ¨ Postal Mail
B-2
(e) | Electronic Delivery of Reports and Other Communications |
Subject to your consent below, at its discretion, the Company, the Adviser and/or the Administrator, acting on their behalf, may provide to the Subscriber (or its designated agents) statements, reports and other communications relating to the Company and/or your investment in the Company, in electronic form, such as e-mail, or via a password protected website in addition to or in lieu of sending such communications as hard copies via fax or mail. Please note that e-mail messages and websites are not secure and may contain computer viruses or other defects, may not be accurately replicated on other systems, or may be intercepted, deleted or interfered with without the knowledge of the sender or the intended recipient. None of the Company, the Adviser or Administrator may make any warranties in relation to these matters. Please note that the Company, the Adviser and Administrator reserve the right to intercept, monitor and retain e-mail or website messages to and from its systems as permitted by applicable law. If you have any doubts about the authenticity of an e-mail or web message purportedly sent by the Company, the Adviser or the Administrator, you would be required to contact the purported sender immediately.
Do you consent to the sending of such statements, reports and other communications regarding the Company and Subscriber’s investment in the Company (including, but not limited to, net asset value information, current and future account statements, Company documents (including all supplements and amendments thereto), letters to investors, regulatory communications, tax forms, subscription and withdrawal activity, annual and other updates of the Company’s privacy policies and procedures and audited financial statements) via e-mail or password protected website in lieu of receiving mail and fax transmissions? (Note that in order to revoke this consent you must notify the Company in writing).
Yes No
(f) |
U.S. Taxpayer Identification
Number:__________________________________ |
B-3
(g) | Description of Subscriber (Subscriber must check one box below that most accurately describes the Subscriber and its beneficial owners) |
11 “Private Fund” means any issuer that would be an investment company as defined in Section 3 of the Investment Company Act but for Section 3(c)(1) or 3(c)(7) of that Act.
12 “Government Entity” means any state or political subdivision of a state, including (i) any agency, authority, or instrumentality of the state or political subdivision, (ii) a plan or pool of assets controlled by the state or political subdivision or any agency, authority, or instrumentality thereof, and (iii) any officer, agent, or employee of the state or political subdivision or any agency, authority, or instrumentality thereof, acting in their official capacity.
B-4
(h) | Pay to Play Questions (Please indicate either “yes” or “no” in response to each of the following questions) |
(1) | Is the Subscriber a “government entity”13 within the meaning of Rule 206(4)-5 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”)? |
Yes No
(2) | If the Subscriber is acting as agent, representative or nominee for one or more investors, are any such investors a “government entity” within the meaning of Rule 206(4)-5 under the Advisers Act? |
Yes No
If the answer to question 2 is “Yes,” please indicate the names of any such investors:
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
13 A “government entity” is defined in Rule 206(4)-5 as any state or political subdivision of a state, including: (i) any agency, authority, or instrumentality of the state or political subdivision; (ii) a pool of assets sponsored or established by the state or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, including, but not limited to a “defined benefit plan” as defined in Section 414(j) of the Code (26 U.S.C. § 414(j)), or a state general fund; (iii) a plan or program of a government entity; and (iv) officers, agents, or employees of the state or political subdivision or any agency, authority or instrumentality thereof, acting in their official capacity.
B-5
(i) | The Subscriber’s Bank Account (into which amounts in respect of distributions and other payments from the Company to the Subscriber will be paid) |
Name of Financial
Institution: |
||||
ABA No./SWIFT No. | ||||
Address: | ||||
Telephone Number: | ||||
Facsimile Number: | ||||
Name of Account
Representative: |
||||
For Account of: | ||||
Account Number: | ||||
For Further Credit | ||||
Account of: | ||||
For Further Credit | ||||
Account Number: |
B-6
Part II. | Accredited Investor Status |
Please indicate with an “X” the category or categories in which the Subscriber qualifies as an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):
________ | (a) | a bank as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity; |
________ | (b) | a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; |
________ | (c) | an insurance company as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act; |
________ | (d) | an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”); |
________ | (e) | a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act; |
________ | (f) | a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended; |
________ | (g) | a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; |
________ | (h) | an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), if: |
(A)the investment decision is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of ERISA, which is either a bank, savings and loan association, insurance company or registered investment adviser; | ||
(B)the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; or | ||
(C)such plan is a self-directed plan with investment decisions made solely by persons that are “accredited investors”; |
(i) | a private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Advisers Act; |
B-7
________ | (j) | one of the following entities, which was not formed for the specific purpose of making an investment in the Company and which has total assets in excess of $5,000,000: |
(A) | an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code; |
(B) | a corporation, limited liability company or partnership; or |
(C) | a Massachusetts or similar business trust; |
________ | (k) | a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000 not formed for the specific purpose of purchasing the Shares, whose purchase of the Shares is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) of Regulation D; or |
________ | (l) | an entity in which all of the equity owners are “accredited investors” (a separate Investor Qualification Statement may be required for each stockholder, partner, member or other owner of the undersigned). |
B-8
Part III. | Tax Matters |
(a) Indicate the annual date on which the Subscriber’s taxable year ends:
(b)(1) Is the undersigned a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code?
Yes No
(b)(2) If the answer to the question in (b)(1) above is “Yes,” the Subscriber has delivered to the Company a properly executed original copy of Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 or any successor form (“Form W-9”), available on the IRS’s website at www.irs.gov.
(b)(3) If the answer to the question in (b)(1) above is “No,” the Subscriber has delivered to the Company a properly executed original copy of the appropriate IRS Form W-8 (W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8IMY, W-8ECI or W-8EXP) or any successor form (“Form W-8”), available on the IRS’s website at www.irs.gov.
(c) Is the undersigned exempt from tax pursuant to Section 501(a) of the Code?
Yes No
Part IV. | Related Parties |
(a) To the best of the Subscriber’s knowledge, does the Subscriber control, or is the Subscriber controlled by or under common control with, any other investor in the Company?
Yes No
(b) Will any other person or persons have a beneficial interest in the Shares to be acquired hereunder (other than as a shareholder, partner or other beneficial owner of equity interests in the Subscriber)?
Yes No
B-9
Part V. | Public Access Law Matters |
The Subscriber is subject to the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. § 552 (“FOIA”), any state public records access laws, any state or other jurisdiction’s laws similar in intent or effect to FOIA, or any other similar statutory or legal right that might result in the disclosure of confidential information relating to the Company (including as a result of ownership of Subscriber’s or any parent of Subscriber’s securities by a public entity or listing of such securities on a public exchange):
______ True ______ False
Part VI. | Special Entities |
Please indicate below with an “X” if you are any of the following:
______ | (a) a “BHC Partner”, including any of the following (please indicate with an “X” here and in the applicable item below): |
______ | a bank holding company (as defined in Section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended) or an affiliate of a bank holding company; | |
______ | a savings and loan holding company or an affiliate of a savings and loan holding company; or | |
______ | a non-U.S. bank subject to the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, pursuant to the U.S. International Banking Act of 1978, as amended, or an affiliate of such a non-U.S. bank |
______ | (b) an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act. |
______ | (c) a “Fund of Funds” (The Subscriber is a fund that invests 10 % or more of its total assets in other pooled investment vehicles, whether or not they are also private funds, or registered investment companies.) |
B-10
Part VII. | U.S. Person/Resident |
¨ | The Subscriber is a U.S. Person/Resident.14 |
¨ | The Subscriber is NOT a U.S. Person/Resident. |
14 The term “U.S. Person/Resident” means any person who is a “U.S. person” as set forth in Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act (as modified by related guidance of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission).
Each of the following is a “U.S. person” under Regulation S (as modified by related guidance): (1) any natural person resident in the United States; (2) any natural person who is only temporarily residing outside the United States; (3) any partnership or corporation organized or incorporated under the laws of the United States; (4) any estate of which any executor or administrator is a U.S. person; (5) any trust of which any trustee is a U.S. person; (6) any agency or branch of a non-U.S. entity located in the United States; (7) any non-discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary for the benefit or account of a U.S. person; (8) any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held by a dealer or other fiduciary organized, incorporated, or (if an individual) resident in the United States; (9) any account of a U.S. person over which a non-U.S. fiduciary has investment discretion or any entity, which, in either case, is being used to circumvent the registration requirements of the Investment Company Act; (10) any employee benefit or pension plan that does not have as its participants or beneficiaries persons substantially all of whom are not U.S. persons; and (11) any partnership or corporation if (i) organized or incorporated under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction and (ii) formed by a U.S. person principally for the purpose of investing in securities not registered under the Securities Act, unless it is organized or incorporated, and owned, by accredited investors (as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act) who are not natural persons, estates or trusts. Terms used in this Part X have the meanings given to them in Regulation S under the Securities Act.
Notwithstanding the above, “U.S. person” under Regulation S and related guidance does not include: (1) any discretionary account or similar account (other than an estate or trust) held for the benefit or account of a non-U.S. person by a dealer or other professional fiduciary organized, incorporated or, if an individual, resident in the United States; (2) any estate of which any professional fiduciary acting as executor or administrator is a U.S. person if (i) an executor or administrator of the estate who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the assets of the estate and (ii) the estate is governed by non-U.S. law; (3) any trust of which any professional fiduciary acting as trustee is a U.S. person if a trustee who is not a U.S. person has sole or shared investment discretion with respect to the trust assets, and no beneficiary of the trust (and no settlor if the trust is revocable) is a U.S. person; (4) an employee benefit plan established and administered in accordance with the law of a country other than the United States and customary practices and documentation of such country; (5) any agency or branch of a U.S. person located outside the United States if (i) the agency or branch operates for valid business reasons and (ii) the agency or branch is engaged in the business of insurance or banking and is subject to substantive insurance or banking regulation, respectively, in the jurisdiction where located; or (6) the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the United Nations and their agencies, affiliates and pension plans, and any other similar international organizations, their agencies, affiliates and pension plans.
B-11
EXHIBIT C
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
PLAN ASSET QUESTIONNAIRE
I. | The Subscriber Represents That It Is (Please Check All Applicable Boxes): |
¨ | (A) | not and will not be a Benefit Plan Investor*(Code: NBPI); |
*A “Benefit Plan Investor” is (i) any “employee benefit plan” that is subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (e.g., U.S. corporate plans), (ii) any “plan” as defined in Section 4975(s) of the Code that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code (e.g., IRAs) and (iii) any entity (e.g., a passive investment fund) whose underlying assets include “plan assets” (generally because plans described in (i) or (ii) or other Benefit Plan investors own 25% or more of any class of the investment fund’s equity interests). Any entity that is a Benefit Plan Investor by virtue of (iii) above should check I-B.3 below.
¨ | (B) | a Benefit Plan Investor that is: |
¨ | (1) | An employee benefit plan or trust that is subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA – this includes U.S. pension plans and U.S. profit-sharing and 401(k) plans, “Multiemployer Plans” and “Taft-Hartley Plans” but does not include U.S. governmental plans, certain church plans and non-U.S. employee pension and welfare benefit plans (Code: ERISA); |
¨ | (2) | A U.S. individual retirement account, Keogh Plan and/or other plan that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code (Code: E-IRC); or |
¨ | (3) | An entity (e.g., a fund of funds) whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of an investment in the entity by one or more U.S. pension benefit plans, individual retirement accounts, Keogh plans or other by Benefit Plan Investors (generally because 25% or more of any class of equity interests in the entity is held by Benefit Plan Investors that include any plan described above) (Code: E-25%+). |
If the Subscriber is an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets,” indicate the maximum percentage of such assets that may constitute “plan assets” is (please check an applicable box):
¨ 10% ** ¨ 20% ** ¨ 30% □ 40% ¨ 50%
¨ 60% ¨70% ¨ 80% ¨ 90% ¨ 100%
**Applicable to entities with multiple classes, one of which exceeds the 25% threshold for Benefit Plan Investors.
¨ | (C) | subject to the provisions of any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other laws or regulations that are similar to the provisions of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. |
The Subscriber agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing if there is a change in the percentage as set forth above and at such time or times as the Company may request.
C-1
II. | Insurance Company |
If the Subscriber is an insurance company, please certify to either A or B below:
□ | (A) | The Subscriber is an insurance company investing the assets of its general account (or the assets of a wholly owned subsidiary of its general account) in the Company but none of the underlying assets of the Subscriber’s general account currently constitute or will in the future constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of Section 401(c) of ERISA. |
□ | (B) | The Subscriber is an insurance company investing the assets of its general account (or the assets of a wholly owned subsidiary of its general account) in the Company and the maximum percentage of the underlying assets of the Subscriber’s general account that may be deemed to constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of Section 401(c) of ERISA is(please check an applicable box) (Code: E-ICGA). |
□ | 10% | □ | 20% | □ | 30% | □ | 40% | □ | 50% | ||
□ | 60% | □ | 70% | □ | 80% | □ | 90% | □ | 100% |
□ | (C) | The Subscriber is an insurance company separate account that is deemed to hold “plan assets”. |
The Subscriber agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing if there is a change in the percentage as set forth above and at such time or times as the Company may request.
C-2
III. | Person(s) or Affiliate(s) with Control Over Assets/Providing Investment Advice |
If the Subscriber is not a Benefit Plan Investor, please indicate whether the Subscriber is (i) a person (including an entity) who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the Company or (ii) a person (including an entity) who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets or an “affiliate” of any such person described in (i) and/or (ii). For purposes of this representation, an “affiliate” is any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company or any of its investment advisers (including the Adviser), including by reason of having the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Company or its investment adviser(s).
Yes: ______ (Code: IM&A) No: _______
C-3
EXHIBIT D
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
NEW ISSUES QUESTIONNAIRE
In order to confirm the eligibility of each Subscriber to receive allocations with respect to “New Issues” (as defined in Rule 5130 (“Rule 5130”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”)) the Subscriber has initialed all those statements below which apply to it or, if the Subscriber is a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity (including an account), which apply to any person having a Beneficial Interest in such corporation, partnership, trust or other entity (including an account). The capitalized terms used in this Questionnaire and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in Rule 5130 and FINRA Rule 5131 (“Rule 5131”).
_______ | Voluntarily Restricted. Subscriber voluntarily elects to be treated as a Restricted Person under Rule 5130 and as a Rule 5131 Covered Person (defined in Part IV(B) below) under Rule 5131, and understands that it shall not participate in “new issues”, or such Subscriber’s participation shall be limited to the de minimis amounts permitted by FINRA rules, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. If the Subscriber checks this box to be voluntarily restricted, please skip the rest of this Questionnaire and proceed to Exhibit E. |
Part I. | Restricted Persons |
________ | (A) | Members or other Broker-Dealers. The Subscriber, or any person having a Beneficial Interest in the Subscriber, is a member of the FINRA or other broker-dealer. |
________ | (B) | Broker-Dealer Personnel. The Subscriber, or any person having a Beneficial Interest in the Subscriber, is: |
(1) | an officer, director, general partner, Associated Person, or employee of a FINRA member or any other broker-dealer (other than a Limited Business Broker-Dealer); |
(2) | an agent of a FINRA member or any other broker-dealer (other than a Limited Business Broker-Dealer) that is engaged in the investment banking or securities business; or |
(3) | an Immediate Family Member of a person described in subparagraph (B)(1) or (B)(2) if the person specified in subparagraph (B)(1) or (B)(2): |
D-1
PLEASE CHECK ALL THAT APPLY
______ | (a) | Materially Supports, or receives Material Support from, the Immediate Family Member; | ||
______ | (b) | is employed by or is a Person Associated with a FINRA member or Affiliate of a FINRA member; or | ||
______ | (c) | has an ability to control the allocation of New Issues. |
If the Subscriber, on behalf of itself or any person having a Beneficial Interest in the Subscriber, answered affirmatively to statements (b) or (c) above, please provide the name of the FINRA member or other broker-dealer:
__________________________________________.
________ | (C) | Finders and Fiduciaries. The Subscriber, or any person having a Beneficial Interest in the Subscriber, is: |
(1) | a finder or a person who is in the business of acting in a fiduciary capacity to a managing underwriter, including, but not limited to, attorneys, accountants and financial consultants; or |
(2) | an Immediate Family Member of a person specified in subparagraph (C)(1) if the person specified in (C)(1) Materially Supports, or receives Material Support from, the Immediate Family Member. |
If the Subscriber, on behalf of itself or any person having a Beneficial Interest in the Subscriber, answered affirmatively to statements (C)(1) or (C)(2) please provide the name of the person who may be a finder or fiduciary:
__________________________________________.
________ | (D) | Portfolio Managers. The Subscriber, or any person having a Beneficial Interest in the Subscriber: |
(1) | has authority to buy or sell securities for a bank, savings and loan institution, insurance company, investment company, investment adviser or Collective Investment Account; or |
(2) | is an Immediate Family Member of a person specified in subparagraph (D)(1) that Materially Supports, or receives Material Support from, such person. |
D-2
________ | (E) | Persons Owning a Broker-Dealer. The Subscriber, or any person having a Beneficial Interest in the Subscriber (in each case, other than a Sovereign Entity15): |
PLEASE CHECK ALL THAT APPLY
_______ | (1) | is listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule A of a Form BD (other than with respect to a Limited Business Broker-Dealer), except persons identified by an ownership code of less than 10%; | ||
_______ | (2) | is listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule B of a Form BD (other than with respect to a Limited Business Broker-Dealer), except persons whose listing on Schedule B relates to an ownership interest in a person listed on Schedule A identified by an ownership code of less than 10%; | ||
_______ | (3) | directly or indirectly owns 10% or more of a public reporting company listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule A of a Form BD (other than a reporting company that is listed on a national securities exchange, or other than with respect to a Limited Business Broker-Dealer); | ||
_______ | (4) | directly or indirectly owns 25% or more of a public reporting company listed, or required to be listed, in Schedule B of a Form BD (other than a reporting company that is listed on a national securities exchange, or other than with respect to a Limited Business Broker-Dealer); | ||
_______ | (5) | is an Immediate Family Member of a person specified in subparagraphs (E)(1) through (4) unless the person owning the broker-dealer: |
(a) | does not Materially Support, or receive Material Support from, the Immediate Family Member; |
(b) | is not an owner of a FINRA member, or an Affiliate of a FINRA member; and |
(c) | has no ability to control the allocation of New Issues. |
If the Subscriber, on behalf of itself or a person having a Beneficial Interest in the Subscriber, answered affirmatively to statement (5), please provide the name of the FINRA member:
__________________________________________.
15 “Sovereign Entity” means a Sovereign Nation or a pool of capital or an investment fund or other vehicle owned or controlled by a Sovereign Nation and created for the purpose of making investments on behalf or for the benefit of the Sovereign Nation. “Sovereign Nation” means a sovereign nation or its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.
D-3
_______ | (F) | None of the above statements apply. |
Part II. | General Exemptions |
Please indicate whether the Subscriber is one or more of the following:
PLEASE CHECK ALL THAT APPLY
______ | (A) | An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; | ||
______ | (B) | A common trust fund or similar fund as described in Section 3(a)(12)(A)(iii) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended which: |
(1) | has investments from 1,000 or more accounts; and |
(2) | does not limit beneficial interests in the fund principally to trust accounts of Restricted Persons; | |
______ | (C) | An insurance company general, separate or investment account which satisfies each of the following conditions: |
(1) | the account is funded by premiums from 1,000 or more policyholders, or, if a general account, the insurance company has 1,000 or more policyholders; and |
(2) | the insurance company does not limit the policyholders whose premiums are used to fund the account principally to Restricted Persons, or, if a general account, the insurance company does not limit its policyholders principally to Restricted Persons; | |
______ | (D) | A bank, foreign bank, broker-dealer, investment adviser or other conduit or collective investment vehicle; | ||
______ | (E) | A publicly traded entity (other than a broker-dealer or an Affiliate of a broker-dealer where such broker-dealer is authorized to engage in the public offering of New Issues either as a selling group member or underwriter) that: |
(1) | is listed on a national securities exchange; or |
(2) | is a foreign issuer whose securities meet the quantitative designation criteria for listing on a national securities exchange; |
D-4
______ | (F) | An investment company organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction which satisfies each of the following conditions: |
(1) | the investment company is listed on a foreign exchange for sale to the public or authorized for sale to the public by a foreign regulatory authority; |
(2) | (a) no person owning more than 5% of the shares of the investment company is a Restricted Person, (b) the investment company has 100 or more direct investors or (c) the investment company has 1,000 or more indirect investors; and |
(3) | the investment company was not formed for the specific purpose of permitting Restricted Persons to invest in New Issues. |
______ | (G) | An ERISA benefits plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and is not sponsored solely by a broker-dealer; |
______ | (H) | An employee retirement benefits plan organized under and governed by the laws of the United States or of a foreign jurisdiction, provided that such plan or family of plans: (i) has, in the aggregate, at least 10,000 plan participants and beneficiaries and $10 billion in assets; (ii) is operated in a non-discriminatory manner insofar as a wide range of employees, regardless of income or position, are eligible to participate without further amendment or action by the plan sponsor; (iii) is administered by trustees or managers that have a fiduciary obligation to administer the funds in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries; and (iv) is not sponsored solely by a broker-dealer; |
______ | (J) | A state or municipal government benefits plan that is subject to state or municipal regulation; |
______ | (K) | A tax-exempt charitable organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code; |
______ | (L) | A church plan under Section 414(e) of the Code. |
Part III. | Collective Investment Accounts and Other Conduits |
(A) | If Subscriber, on behalf of itself, answered affirmatively to Statement (D) under Part II. “General Exemptions” above, does Subscriber allocate all profit and loss away from: |
(1) Restricted Persons who are Beneficial Owners of Subscriber?
Yes No
(2) Rule 5131 Covered Persons who are Beneficial Owners of Subscriber?
Yes No
D-5
(B) | What percentage of Subscriber is beneficially owned, in the aggregate, by Restricted Persons? | |
________ %
(C) | If Subscriber partially allocates profit and loss from New Issues attributable to Subscriber’s Shares in the Company away from Restricted Persons who are Beneficial Owners of Subscriber in order to comply with the so-called “de minimis” threshold of Rule 5130, please indicate below the percent participation of Restricted Persons in New Issues. | |
________ %
(D) | What percentage of Subscriber is beneficially owned in the aggregate by Rule 5131 Covered Persons? |
________ %
(E) | If Subscriber partially allocates profit and loss from New Issues attributable to Subscriber’s Shares in the Company away from Rule 5131 Covered Persons who are Beneficial Owners of Subscriber in order to comply with the so-called “de minimis” threshold of Rule 5131, please indicate below the present participation of Rule 5131 Covered Persons in New Issues. | |
________ %
D-6
Part IV. | “Covered Persons” Under Rule 5131 |
(A) Natural Persons
If the Subscriber is a natural person, please respond to this Part IV(A). If the Subscriber is an entity (including an account), please skip Part IV(A) and respond to Part IV(B).
(1) | The Subscriber is (i) an executive officer or director of a Public Company or a Covered Non-Public Company, or (ii) a person receiving Material Support from an executive officer or director of a Public Company or a Covered Non-Public Company. |
Yes* No
* If you check yes, please name the Public Company or Covered Non-Public Company:
__________________________________________________
(B) Entities
If the Subscriber is an entity (including an account), please respond to this Part IV(B).
(1) | The Subscriber, or any person having a Beneficial Interest in the Subscriber, is (i) an executive officer or director of a Public Company or a Covered Non-Public Company, or (ii) a person receiving Material Support from an executive officer or director of a Public Company or a Covered Non-Public Company (clauses (i) and (ii) collectively, “Rule 5131 Covered Persons”). |
Yes* No
* If you answered “Yes” to question (1) above,
please answer questions (a) and (b) below, if applicable.
(a) | Does the Subscriber allocate all profit and loss from New Issues attributable to the Subscriber’s Shares in the Company away from Rule 5131 Covered Persons who are beneficial owners of the Subscriber? |
Yes No*
* If you answered “No” to question (a) above,
please answer question (b) below, if applicable.
(b) | Please indicate below the percent of such Subscriber that is comprised of Rule 5131 Covered Persons. |
________ %
D-7
The Subscriber acknowledges that the Company will rely on the representations set forth herein in connection with representations the Company must make under Rule 5130 and Rule 5131 and other applicable FINRA rules to purchase New Issues. The Subscriber agrees to promptly notify the Company if there is any change in the foregoing information.
Subscriber Name | ||
By | ||
Signature | ||
Print Name | ||
Title of person signing for Subscriber or for its trustee or other representative | ||
Address | City | State | Postal Code | Country |
D-8
EXHIBIT E
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
Anti-Money Laundering Supplement
To comply with applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations and the Company’s Know Your Customer policies and procedures, you are required to provide the following information and documentation to the Company:
1. All Subscribers must provide the following:
(a) Verification of Signature Requirements
In order to verify the signature(s) on the subscription agreement, as well as the authority for all future requests relating to the investment, please provide a list of authorized signatories (with sample signatures), or for individual investors, a certified16 true copy of the your current passport or other government issued document (e.g. driver’s license) bearing your name, picture and signature.
(b) Verification of Address Requirements
In order to verify the Subscriber’s residential address specified in the subscription agreement, please provide an original or certified true copy of a recent document (no older than 3 months) that includes both the name and address of the investor and is issued by an independent third party.
For individual Subscribers, we are required to verify the residential address. This could be by means of a copy of a utility bill, showing the name and address, or a current valid driver’s license or government issued identity card, containing the residence address.
For legal entities, we require verification of the registered address. This could be by means of (depending on the jurisdiction): certificate of good standing which includes the address; excerpt from the Chamber of Commerce; or any other document issued by an independent third party that contains both name and registered office address of the legal entity.
16 Wherever reference is made to certified copies please note that certification of passports/drivers licenses/national identity cards, address verification documents and any other copy documents to be provided, should be certified by a suitable person. Suitable persons include: Police Officers; Chartered & Certified Public Accountants; Notaries Public/Practicing Attorneys/Solicitors/Lawyers/Commissioners for Oaths; Embassy /Consular staff; Officers of Financial Institutions in Approved Jurisdictions; or a Citco officer or employee who has signing authority for the relevant Citco Company. The certifier should sign the copy (printing his/her name underneath) and clearly indicate his/her position or capacity, and include a contact address and phone number. The certifier must indicate that the document is a true copy of the original document.
E-1
(c) | For Fund of Funds/Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Fund of Funds/Pooled Investment Vehicle investors will be required to submit an AML Representation Letter. Please contact the Company for an example.
(d) | For Nominees of Financial Institutions |
Where the investor is a nominee of a financial institution, the financial institution will need to provide a letter summarizing its relationship to the nominee and detailing its AML policies and procedures. Please contact the Company for more details.
2. Originating Account Information:17
(a) | Wiring Instructions: |
Bank Name: |
Bank Country: |
ABA No: |
SWIFT: |
Account Name: |
Account Number: |
Subscriber name: |
The account name must be the same as the Subscriber’s name.
If your bank is unable to wire the funds as per the specifications mentioned, the Sub-Administrator will request your bank to confirm in writing that the funds were wired from a bank account held with them in the name of the Subscriber. The Sub-Administrator reserves the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of any Subscriber.
(b) | Will the subscription payment be made from an account in your name held with a bank located in one of the following countries approved by the Administrator? |
Yes No
17 Important notice: please instruct your bank to ensure that the originating account and bank information is available in the wire. Your transaction may be delayed or rejected if this information is not provided.
E-2
Company Approved Countries
|
|
Austria | Italy |
Australia | Japan |
Belgium | *Kingdom of the Netherlands |
Bermuda | Luxembourg |
Bahamas | Malta |
Canada | New Zealand |
Cayman Islands | Norway |
Channel Islands | Portugal |
Denmark | Singapore |
Finland | Spain |
France | Sweden |
Germany | Switzerland |
Hong Kong | United Kingdom |
Iceland | United States of America |
Ireland | |
Isle of Man |
* The Kingdom of the Netherlands consists of: Aruba, Curacao, the Netherlands and Saint Maarten.
If you answered NO to 2(b), please contact the Company to determine the additional documentation which will be required in order to comply with applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations and the Company’s Know Your Customer policies and procedures.
Your Subscription Agreement will not be deemed complete until all of the required documentation listed herein and additionally requested documentation is received by the COMPANY.
E-3
EXHIBIT F
CONSENT STATEMENT PURSUANT TO REVENUE PROCEDURE 2012-17
ELECTRONIC RECEIPT OF TAX INFORMATION
Franklin BSP Capital Corporation (together with any predecessor thereto, the “Company”) would like to offer the opportunity for investors to receive in an electronic format in lieu of paper copies of tax information otherwise required to be provided to you by the Company in a paper format (collectively, “tax statements”).
This Consent Statement provides the disclosures required by IRS Revenue Procedure 2012-17 (the “Revenue Procedure”). In accordance with the Revenue Procedure, if you return an executed PDF version of this Consent Statement by email to the address listed below, this statement will constitute your consent to receive tax statements from the Company in an electronic format, from the date below.
Pursuant to the Revenue Procedure, please note the following:
If you do not return an executed version of this Consent Statement in the manner described above, the Company will continue to provide your tax statements in a paper format.
If you do return an executed version of this Consent Statement in the manner described above:
· | Your consent will apply to each tax statement that the Company is required to provide after your consent is given until you withdraw your consent in the manner described below. |
· | You may request a paper copy of your tax statements by writing to the Company at the address listed below. A request for a paper tax statement will not be treated as a withdrawal of your consent. |
· | You may withdraw your consent by notifying the Company in writing (electronically or in a paper format) at the address listed below. A withdrawal of consent takes effect sixty (60) calendar days after it is received at the address listed below. If you withdraw consent, the Company will provide you with written confirmation (either electronically or in a paper format) of your withdrawal and the date on which it takes effect within a reasonable period of time after receiving the withdrawal. No withdrawal of consent applies to tax statements that the Company already provided electronically to you before the effective date of your withdrawal. |
· | The Company will stop providing tax statements to you electronically if you withdraw completely from the Company or under such other conditions determined by the Company in its sole discretion. |
· | The Company will inform you of any change in its contact information. If your contact information changes, you must promptly notify the Company in writing (electronically or in a paper format) at the address listed below. |
· | To access, print, and retain tax statements received electronically from the Company, you will require a computer or other electronic device with Internet access, an email account, Adobe Acrobat Reader version 9 or newer (“Adobe Acrobat”), and a printer that can print items from your computer or other electronic device. You will be able to access and print tax statements received electronically for as long as you retain the electronic version of the tax statements. |
F-1
· | Certain tax information may be required to be printed and attached to your federal, state, or local income tax return. |
· | To access and print the disclosures contained in this Consent Statement in the future, simply open this document in Adobe Acrobat and print the document from any standard printer. |
You may contact the Company regarding any of the information contained in this Consent Statement as follows:
In writing: | Franklin BSP Capital Corporation | |
Attention: |
Shirley Hambelton
9 West 57th Street |
|
New | York, NY 10019 | |
By telephone: | (212) 715-2813 | |
By email: | s.hambelton@benefitstreetpartners.com |
The undersigned has read and understands this Consent Statement and, by signing this document, is consenting to receive tax statements from the Company in an electronic format from the date hereof until this Consent Statement is effectively withdrawn.
___________________________________
Name of Investor
___________________________________
Authorized Signature
___________________________________
Name and Title of Authorized Signatory
___________________________________
Date
F-2
EXHIBIT G
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
QUESTIONNAIRE REGARDING STATUS OF SUBSCRIBERS
UNDER RULE 506(d) OF REGULATION D
In order to confirm each Subscriber’s eligibility, for purposes of Rule 506(d) under Regulation D, to purchase shares of common stock of Franklin BSP Capital Corporation, the Subscriber has initialed all those statements below that apply to it and any other person who could be deemed to beneficially own the Shares held by the Subscriber (any such person, collectively with the Subscriber, a “Covered Person”).18 If the Subscriber cannot initial one or more of the below statements, then the Subscriber should contact the Company immediately as additional information or disclosures may be required and the Subscriber may not be eligible to purchase Shares of the Company.
In consideration for the Subscriber’s Shares in the Company, the Subscriber represents and warrants that:
________ (A) Convictions. No Covered Person has been convicted, within the last ten years, of any felony or misdemeanor:
(1) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;
(2) Involving the making of any false filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”); or
(3) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities.
________ (B) Court Orders, Judgments or Decrees. No Covered Person is subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, entered within the last five years, that restrains or enjoins any Covered Person from engaging or continuing to engage in any conduct or practice:
(1) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;
(2) Involving the making of any false filing with the SEC; or
18 The term beneficial owner of a security under the Rule 506(d) has the same meaning as it does under Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which defines it to include any person who directly or indirectly has or shares voting power (including the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security) and/or investment power (including the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security).
G-1
(3) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities.
________ (C) Agency Final Orders. No Covered Person is subject to a final order of a U.S. state securities commission (or an agency or officer of a U.S. state performing like functions); a U.S. state authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a U.S. state insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a U.S. state performing like functions); an appropriate U.S. federal banking agency; the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission; or the U.S. National Credit Union Administration that:
(1) Bars any Covered Person from: (i) association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency, or officer; (ii) engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking; or (iii) engaging in savings association or credit union activities; or
(2) Constitutes a final order based on a violation of any law or regulation that prohibits fraudulent, manipulative or deceptive conduct entered within the last ten years.
Definition of the term “final order.” For the purposes of this questionnaire, the term “final order” means a written directive or declaratory statement issued by a federal or state agency described in this clause (C) under applicable statutory authority that provides for notice and an opportunity for hearing, which constitutes a final disposition or action by that federal or state agency.
________ (D) SEC Orders. No Covered Person is subject to an order of the SEC entered pursuant to Section 15(b) or 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or Section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) that:
(1) Suspends or revokes any Covered Person’s registration as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer or investment adviser;
(2) Places limitations on the activities, functions or operations of any Covered Person; or
(3) Bars any Covered Person from being associated with any entity or from participating in the offering of any penny stock.
________ (E) SEC Cease and Desist Orders. No Covered Person is subject to any order of the SEC entered within the last five years that orders any Covered Person to cease and desist from committing or causing a violation or future violation of:
(1) Any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the federal securities laws, including without limitation Section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and 17 CFR 240.10b-5, Section 15(c)(1) of the Exchange Act and Section 206(1) of the Advisers Act, or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or
G-2
(2) Section 5 of the Securities Act.
________ (F) Securities Association or Securities Exchange Suspension or Expulsion. No Covered Person is suspended or expelled from membership in, or suspended or barred from association with a member of, a registered national securities exchange or a registered national or affiliated securities association for any act or omission to act constituting conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade.
________ (G) Refusal Order, Stop Order or Suspension of Regulation A Exemption. No Covered Person has filed (as a registrant or issuer), and no Covered Person was or was named as an underwriter in, any registration statement or Regulation A offering statement filed with the SEC that, within the last five years, was the subject of a refusal order, stop order, or order suspending the Regulation A exemption, and no Covered Person is the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a stop order or suspension order should be issued.
________ (H) U.S. Postal Service False Representation Order. No Covered Person is subject to a United States Postal Service false representation order entered within the last five years, and no Covered Person is subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction with respect to conduct alleged by the United States Postal Service to constitute a scheme or device for obtaining money or property through the mail by means of false representations.
________ (I) To the best of the Subscriber’s knowledge, no Covered Person is currently the subject of any threatened or pending investigation, proceeding, action or other event that, if adversely determined, would give rise to any of the events described in clauses (A)-(H) above.
G-3
The representations and warranties in clauses (A)-(I) above shall be true and correct at all times while the Subscriber holds Shares in the Company, and, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Agreement, if such representations and warranties are no longer true and correct then the Subscriber shall notify the Company in writing promptly.
By: | |||
Name of Subscriber (if an entity) | Signature | ||
Name of Signatory | Title of Signatory | ||
Date |
G-4
EXHIBIT H
FRANKLIN BSP CAPITAL CORPORATION
ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATION WITH RESPECT TO INVESTMENT FOR AN IRA
If the Subscriber is an individual retirement account (an “IRA”) and the custodian or trustee of the IRA has executed the Subscription Agreement on the signature page, then the individual who established the IRA: (i) has directed the custodian or trustee of the Subscriber to execute the Subscription Agreement on the signature page; and (ii) has signed below to indicate that he or she has reviewed, directed and certifies to the accuracy of the representation and warranties made by the Subscriber herein.
____________________________________
Type in Name
____________________________________
Signature
Name and Address of Custodian
and Contact Individual:
___________________________
___________________________
___________________________
Account or other Reference Number:
___________________________
Trustee/Custodian’s Tax I.D. Number:
___________________________
*** The IRA custodian or trustee in every case must sign acknowledgment on next page***
H-1
IRA CUSTODIAN/TRUSTEE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT:
The undersigned, being the custodian or trustee of the above-named individual retirement account, hereby accepts and agrees to this subscription.
_____________________________________
Name of Custodian or Trustee
By: ________________________________
Signature of Authorized Signatory
________________________________
Name of Authorized Signatory
H-2
APPENDIX I
Privacy Statement
WHAT DOES Benefit Street partners l.L.C.
DO WITH YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION?
Financial companies choose how they share your personal information. Federal law gives our clients the right to limit some but not all sharing. Federal law also requires us to tell you how we collect, share, and protect your personal information. Please read this notice carefully to understand what we do.
We do not disclose nonpublic personal information about our clients or former clients to third parties other than as described below.
Personal information we collect. We collect personal information about you in connection with our providing advisory services to you. This information includes your social security number and may include other information such as your:
· | Assets; |
· | Investment experience; |
· | Transaction history; |
· | Income; and |
· | Wire transfer instructions. |
How we collect this information. We collect this information from you through various means. For example when you give us your contact information, enter into an investment advisory contract with us, buy securities (i.e., interests in a fund) from us, tell us where to send money, or make a wire transfer. We also may collect your personal information from other sources, such as our affiliates19 or other non-affiliated companies.
How we use this information. All financial companies need to share customers’ personal information to run their everyday business and we use the personal information we collect from you for our everyday business purposes or as permitted by law. These purposes may include for example:
· | To provide advisory services to you; |
· | To open an account for you; |
· | To process a transaction for your account; |
19 Our affiliates are companies related to us by common ownership or control and can include both financial and nonfinancial companies. Non-affiliates are companies not related to us by common ownership or control and can include both financial and nonfinancial companies.
I-1
· | To market products and services to you; and |
· | To respond to court orders and legal investigations. |
Disclosure to others. We may provide your personal information to our affiliates and to firms that assist us in servicing your account and have a need for such information, such as a broker or fund administrator. We may also disclose such information to service providers and financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing arrangements (i.e., a formal agreement between nonaffiliated financial companies that together market financial products or services to you, such as placement agents). We require third-party service providers and financial institutions with which we have joint marketing arrangements to protect the confidentiality of your information and to use the information only for the purposes for which we disclose the information to them. These sharing practices are consistent with Federal privacy and related laws, and in general, you may not limit our use of your personal information for these purposes under such laws. We note that the Federal privacy laws only give you the right to limit the certain types of information sharing that we do not engage in (e.g., sharing with our affiliates certain information relating to your transaction history or creditworthiness for their use in marketing to you, or sharing any personal information with nonaffiliates for them to market to you).
How we protect your personal information. To protect your personal information from unauthorized access and use, we use security measures that comply with Federal law. These measures include computer safeguards and secured files and buildings.
Who is providing this Privacy Statement. This Privacy Statement relates to the following entities:
· | Franklin BSP Capital Corporation |
· | Franklin BSP Capital Adviser L.L.C. |
· | Benefit Street Partners L.L.C. |
Who to contact with questions. If you have any questions about this Privacy Statement, call David Manlowe at (212) 588-6786.
I-2